भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
MASTER CIRCULAR
SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DMP/P/CIR/2022/64 May 17, 2022
The Managing Directors/Chief Executive Officers
All Stock Exchanges and Clearing Corporation with Commodity Derivatives Segment
Dear Sir / Madam,
Sub: Master Circular for Commodity Derivatives Market
1. In order to ensure availability of comprehensive information mentioned in the circulars
pertaining to commodity derivatives market at one place, SEBI has been issuing Master
Circular comprising of information mentioned in various circulars pertaining to
commodity derivatives segment. The references in the circular to the
Statutes/Regulations which now stand repealed have been suitably updated. Efforts
have also been made to incorporate in the circular, certain applicable provisions of
existing circulars issued by other departments of SEBI, relevant to commodity
derivatives markets. This circular has covered various circulars issued till March 31,
2022.
2. The term “national commodity derivatives exchanges” or “regional commodity
derivatives exchanges” or “commodity derivatives exchanges” may be read as stock
exchanges; wherein stock exchanges means recognized stock exchange having
commodity derivatives segment.
3. It is hereby clarified that in case of any inconsistency between the Master Circular and
the original applicable circular, the content of the original circular shall prevail.
4. This Master Circular shall supersede previous Master Circular
SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DMP/P/CIR/2021/589 dated July 01, 2021.
Page 1 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
5. This circular is issued with the approval of the Competent Authority.
6. This circular is available on SEBI Website at www.sebi.gov.in under the category
“Circulars” and “Info for Commodity Derivatives.”
Yours faithfully,
Naveen Sharma
General Manager
Division of Market Policy
Commodity Derivatives Market Regulation Department
Email: naveens@sebi.gov.in
Page 2 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Table of Contents
Abbreviations ....................................................................................................................... 9
CHAPTER 1. TRADING.............................................................................................. 13
1.1. Trading Hours and Holidays ...................................................................................... 13
1.2. Transaction Charges ................................................................................................... 14
1.3. Spot Price Polling ........................................................................................................ 15
1.4. Unique Client Code (UCC) and Mandatory Requirement of Permanent Account
Number ..................................................................................................................................... 17
1.5. Modification of Client Codes Post Execution of Trades ........................................... 19
1.6. Disclosure of Proprietary Trading by Broker to Client ............................................. 21
1.7. “Pro – account” Trading Terminals .......................................................................... 21
1.8. Sharing of Information in Case of Declaration of Member as Defaulter in case of
Multiple Membership ............................................................................................................... 22
1.9. Liquidity Enhancement Scheme (LES) ...................................................................... 23
1.10. Framework for Utilization of Regulatory Fee Forgone by SEBI ............................. 25
1.11. Price Dissemination through SMS / Electronic Communication Facility ................ 28
1.12. Programmes Sponsored by the Exchanges through Media Channels ....................... 29
1.13. Maintenance and Preservation of Records ................................................................. 29
1.14. Forward Segment ......................................................................................................... 30
1.15. Disclosure Requirements for stock exchanges on their websites ............................... 30
1.16. Disclosures regarding commodity risks by listed entities ........................................... 32
CHAPTER 2. PRODUCTS RELATED GUIDELINES ............................................. 34
2.1. Goods notified under SCRA ......................................................................................... 34
2.2. Criteria for Eligibility, Retention and Re-introduction of Derivative Contracts on
Commodities ............................................................................................................................. 34
2.3. Role of Regulatory Oversight Committee regarding Product Design ....................... 37
2.4. Product Advisory Committee ...................................................................................... 38
2.5. Performance Review of the Commodity Derivatives Contracts .................................. 40
CHAPTER 3. DAILY PRICE LIMITS AND POSITION LIMITS ............................ 42
3.1. General guidelines for Daily Price Limit (DPL) ......................................................... 42
3.2. DPL for Commodity futures contracts which are based on agricultural and agri-
processed goods ......................................................................................................................... 44
3.3. DPL for Commodity futures contracts which are based on non- agricultural goods 45
Page 3 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
3.4. General guidelines for Position Limits ........................................................................ 46
3.5. Position limits for Agricultural Commodity Derivatives............................................. 47
3.6. Position limits for Non-Agricultural Commodity Derivatives .................................... 51
3.7. Position Limit for Hedgers .......................................................................................... 54
CHAPTER 4. PARTICIPANTS IN COMMODITY DERIVATIVES MARKETS .... 57
4.1. Category III Alternative Investment funds (AIFs) .................................................... 57
4.2. Eligible Foreign Entities (EFEs) ................................................................................ 57
4.3. Portfolio Management Services ................................................................................... 64
4.4. Mutual Funds ............................................................................................................... 65
CHAPTER 5. OPTIONS IN GOODS ......................................................................... 70
5.1. Product Design ............................................................................................................. 70
5.2. Risk Management......................................................................................................... 71
5.3. Other aspects ................................................................................................................ 73
CHAPTER 6. OPTIONS ON COMMODITY FUTURES .......................................... 74
6.1. Product Design ............................................................................................................. 74
6.2. Risk Management......................................................................................................... 76
6.3. Other aspects ................................................................................................................ 78
CHAPTER 7. DESIGN OF COMMODITY INDICES AND PRODUCT DESIGN
FOR FUTURES ON COMMODITY INDICES ............................................................. 79
7.1. Design of Commodity Indices ...................................................................................... 79
7.2. Product Design for Futures on Commodity Indices ................................................... 81
7.3. Risk Management......................................................................................................... 82
7.4. Cross Margin in Commodity Index Futures and its underlying constituent futures or
its variants.................................................................................................................................. 83
7.5. Other aspects ................................................................................................................ 85
CHAPTER 8. OPTIONS ON COMMODITY INDICES - PRODUCT DESIGN AND
RISK MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK.......................................................................... 86
8.1. Product Design ............................................................................................................. 86
8.2. Risk Management......................................................................................................... 87
8.3. Other aspects ................................................................................................................ 88
CHAPTER 9. RISK MANAGEMENT......................................................................... 90
9.1. Risk Management Framework ................................................................................... 90
9.2. Alternative Risk Management Framework Applicable in case of Near Zero and
Negative Prices ........................................................................................................................ 104
9.3. Regaining matched book ............................................................................................ 107
Page 4 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
9.4. Framework to Enable Verification of Upfront Collection of Margins .................... 108
9.5. Mechanism for regular monitoring of and penalty for short- collection/ non-
collection of margins from clients .......................................................................................... 108
9.6. Settlement Guarantee Fund, Default Waterfall and Stress Testing ......................... 112
9.7. Interoperability among Clearing Corporations ........................................................ 113
CHAPTER 10. CONTRACT APPROVAL AND MODIFICATION ...................... 114
10.1. Permission for Trading in Futures Contracts .......................................................... 114
10.2. Modifications in the Contract Specifications of Commodity Derivatives Contracts
116
CHAPTER 11. DELIVERY AND SETTLEMENT ................................................. 118
11.1. Staggered Delivery .................................................................................................... 118
11.2. Early Delivery System ............................................................................................... 119
11.3. Early Pay-in Facility ................................................................................................. 120
11.4. Penalty on Delivery Default ...................................................................................... 120
11.5. Penalty for Repeated Delivery Default ...................................................................... 122
11.6. Fixation of Final Settlement Price (FSP) ................................................................ 122
11.7. Change in Expiry Date .............................................................................................. 123
11.8. Identification and Selection of Location as a Delivery Centre(s) ........................... 123
11.9. Criteria for Settlement Mode of Commodity Derivative Contracts .......................... 125
11.10. Timelines for Marking Delivery Intention ........................................................... 126
11.11. Location Premium / Discount .............................................................................. 126
CHAPTER 12. WAREHOUSING NORMS FOR AGRICULTURE AND AGRI-
PROCESSED COMMODITIES AND NON-AGRICULTURAL GOODS .................. 127
12.1. General ....................................................................................................................... 127
12.2. Accreditation of Warehouse Service Provider (WSP) .............................................. 128
12.3. Eligibility and Experience of WSP/Promoters/Promoter Group of WSP ................ 129
12.4. Financial Soundness of the WSP .............................................................................. 129
12.5. Fit and Proper Criteria .............................................................................................. 134
12.6. Corporate Governance norms for WSP..................................................................... 134
12.7. Know Your Depositor ................................................................................................. 136
12.8. PAN requirement ....................................................................................................... 136
12.9. Facilities & Infrastructure Requirement for WSP ................................................... 137
12.10. Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) and Standards ......................................... 140
12.11. Sampling Procedure .............................................................................................. 142
12.12. Accreditation of Assayers ...................................................................................... 142
Page 5 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
12.13. Warehouses at delivery centres ............................................................................. 143
12.14. Insurance ............................................................................................................... 143
12.15. Embracing new technology ................................................................................... 144
12.16. Monitoring/Inspection/Audit ................................................................................. 144
12.17. Code of Conduct .................................................................................................... 147
12.18. Grievance Cell ........................................................................................................ 148
12.19. Monthly Information System (MIS) ...................................................................... 148
12.20. Surrender/Cancellation of accreditation .............................................................. 148
12.21. Business Continuity Plan ...................................................................................... 150
12.22. Actions against WSPs ............................................................................................ 150
12.23. Policy for depositors for rejection of goods .......................................................... 151
12.24. Disclosures by Clearing Corporations .................................................................. 151
CHAPTER 13. INVESTOR PROTECTION FUND & INVESTOR SERVICE
FUND AND ITS RELATED MATTERS ...................................................................... 154
13.1. Investor Protection Fund (IPF) ................................................................................. 154
13.2. Investor Service Fund (ISF) ...................................................................................... 161
CHAPTER 14. INVESTOR GRIEVANCE REDRESSAL SYSTEM AND
ARBITRATION MECHANISM..................................................................................... 164
14.1. Investor Grievance Redressal System ..................................................................... 164
14.2. Disclosure of Complaints against the Stock Exchange(s)and the Clearing
Corporation(s) ......................................................................................................................... 170
14.3. Arbitration mechanism ............................................................................................. 170
.......................................................................................................................................... 182
CHAPTER 15. GOVERNANCE AND ADMINISTRATION OF EXCHANGES
AND CLEARING CORPORATIONS ............................................................................ 182
15.1. Compliance with various provisions of Securities Laws by Stock Exchanges having
Commodity Derivatives Segment ........................................................................................... 182
15.2. Commencement of operations by a newly recognized stock exchange/ Clearing
Corporation ............................................................................................................................ 183
15.3. Statutory Committees ................................................................................................. 183
15.4. Monthly Development Report ................................................................................... 186
15.5. Mandatory requirements / exit policy ....................................................................... 186
CHAPTER 16. TRADING SOFTWARE AND TECHNOLOGY ........................... 189
16.1. Algorithmic Trading .................................................................................................. 189
16.2. Co-Location ............................................................................................................... 195
16.3. Annual System Audit.................................................................................................. 195
Page 6 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
16.4. Business Continuity Plan (BCP) and Disaster Recovery (DR) ................................ 201
16.5. Annual System Audit of Stock Brokers / Trading Members ................................... 203
16.6. Testing of software used in or related to Trading and Risk Management ............... 204
16.7. Cyber Security and Cyber Resilience framework ...................................................... 209
ANNEXURES ................................................................................................................. 211
Format for Dissemination of Member’s Data on Website – Annexure A ......................... 211
Disclosure of Information Regarding Trading Activity during Life Cycle of Contract –
Annexure B ............................................................................................................................. 212
Format for Disclosure of Open Interest (OI) and Turnover for Various Categories of
Market Participants at Individual Commodity as well as Overall Market Level –
Annexure C ............................................................................................................................. 214
Commodity-wise Format of Disclosure for Top Participants, Members and Market Wide
Position Limits – Annexure D ............................................................................................... 218
Disclosures regarding commodity risks by listed entities – Annexure E .......................... 219
Goods notified u/s 2(bc) of SCRA – Annexure F ................................................................. 220
Template on Criteria for Eligibility of Commodity Derivative Products – Annexure G 223
Parameters for Performance Review of Commodity Derivative Contract – Annexure H
.................................................................................................................................................. 226
Clubbing of Open Positions – Annexure I ........................................................................... 229
Position Limit Violation – Annexure J ................................................................................. 231
Format for Dissemination of Information on Website – Annexure K............................... 232
Format for disclosing data of complaints by all the Recognized Stock Exchanges and
Clearing Corporations on their website – Annexure L ...................................................... 233
Client Level Numerical Position Limits for Non-Agricultural Commodities – Annexure M
.................................................................................................................................................. 235
Liquidity Categorization and Computation of VaR – Annexure N ................................... 236
Core Settlement Guarantee Fund (Core SGF) – Annexure O ........................................... 238
Checklist of information/details for launch of new contract or/and for renewal of
existing/earlier contracts – Annexure P ............................................................................... 247
List of contracts approved for continuous trading – Annexure Q..................................... 251
Categorization of contract specification parameters in commodity derivatives contracts –
Annexure R ............................................................................................................................. 252
Formats for providing details of Security Deposit – Annexure S ...................................... 255
Format for details of disposal of arbitration proceedings – Annexure T .......................... 256
Format for disclosure of Arbitration Awards – Annexure U ............................................. 258
Report on Shareholding Pattern – Annexure V .................................................................. 259
Functions and Composition of Statutory Committees – Annexure W .............................. 263
Format for Monthly Development Report – Annexure X .................................................. 283
Page 7 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Stock Broker System Audit Framework – Annexure Y ..................................................... 294
Cyber Security and Cyber Resilience framework – Annexure Z ...................................... 316
LIST OF CIRCULARS ................................................................................................... 324
Page 8 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Abbreviations
AD -1 AUTHORIZED DEALER CATEGORY-I BANK
AIFs ALTERNATIVE INVESTMENT FUNDS
AMCs ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANIES
AMFI ASSOCIATION OF MUTUAL FUNDS IN INDIA
API APPLICATION PROGRAMMING INTERFACE
APMC AGRICULTURAL PRODUCE MARKETING COMMITTEE
ASBs AUTHORIZED STOCK BROKERS
AT ALGORITHMIC TRADING
ATM AT THE MONEY
BCP BUSINESS CONTINUITY PLAN
BG BANK GUARANTEE
BIS BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS
BMC BASE MINIMUM CAPITAL
CBI CENTRAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
CCs RECOGNISED CLEARING CORPORATIONS
CISA CERTIFIED INFORMATION SYSTEM AUDITORS
CISM CERTIFIED INFORMATION SECURITIES MANAGER
CISSP CERTIFIED INFORMATION SYSTEMS SECURITY
PROFESSIONAL
CPF CONSUMER PROTECTION FUND
CSR Fund CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY FUND
CTCL COMPUTER TO COMPUTER LINK SOFTWARE
CTM CLOSE TO THE MONEY
DMA DIRECT MARKET ACCESS
DPL DAILY PRICE LIMITS
DR DISASTER RECOVERY
DRS DISASTER RECOVERY SITE
DSP DAILY SETTLEMENT PRICE
E EXPIRY DAY
EFE ELIGIBLE FOREIGN ENTITIES
ELM EXTREME LOSS MARGINS
eNWRs ELECTRONIC NEGOTIABLE WAREHOUSE RECEIPTS
Page 9 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
EOD END OF DAY
ETCD EXCHANGE TRADED COMMODITY DERIVATIVES
EWMA EXPONENTIALLY WEIGHTED MOVING AVERAGE
FAQs FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
FATF FINANCIAL ACTION TASK FORCE
FCRA FORWARD CONTRACTS (REGULATION) ACT, 1952
FDR FIXED DEPOSIT RECEIPTS
FED FINAL EXPIRY DATE
FEMA FOREIGN EXCHANGE MANAGEMENT ACT, 1999
FPIs FOREIGN PORTFOLIO INVESTORS
FPOs FARMER PRODUCER ORGANIZATIONS
FSD FINANCIAL SECURITY DEPOSIT
FSP FINAL SETTLEMENT PRICE
FSSAI FOOD SAFETY STANDARD AUTHORITY OF INDIA
FVCI FOREIGN VENTURE CAPITAL INVESTORS
GDS GOLD DEPOSIT SCHEME
GLEIF GLOBAL LEGAL ENTITY IDENTIFIER FOUNDATION
GMS GOLD MONETISATION SCHEME
Gold ETFs GOLD EXCHANGE TRADED FUNDS
IBT INTERNET BASED TRADING
IGRC INVESTOR GRIEVANCE REDRESSAL COMMITTEE
IGRP INVESTORS GRIEVANCE RESOLUTION PANEL
IM INITIAL MARGINS
IML INTERMEDIATE MESSAGING LAYER
IOC IMMEDIATE OR CANCEL
IPF INVESTOR PROTECTION FUND
ISACA INFORMATION SYSTEMS AUDIT AND CONTROL
ASSOCIATION
ISC INVESTOR SERVICE COMMITTEE
ISF INVESTOR SERVICES FUND
ITM IN THE MONEY
KMP KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL
KYC KNOW YOUR CLIENT
Page 10 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
KYD KNOW YOUR DEPOSITOR
LEI LEGAL ENTITY IDENTIFIER
LES LIQUIDITY ENHANCEMENT SCHEME
LTP LAST TRADED PRICE
MCR MONTHLY CUMULATIVE REPORT
MDR MONTHLY DEVELOPMENT REPORT
MFs MUTUAL FUNDS
MIIs MARKET INFRASTRUCTURE INSTITUTIONS
MoUs MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING
MPOR MARGIN PERIOD OF RISK
MSMEs MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES
MT METRIC TON
MTM MARK TO MARKET
NABL NATIONAL ACCREDITATION BOARD FOR CALIBRATION
AND TESTING LABORATORIES
NAV NET ASSET VALUE
NISM NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF SECURITIES MARKET
NRIs NON-RESIDENT INDIA
NS NEAR SITE
OI OPEN INTEREST
OTM OUT OF THE MONEY
PAC PRODUCT ADVISORY COMMITTEE
PAN PERMANENT ACCOUNT NUMBER
PDC PRIMARY DATA CENTRE
PFMI PRINCIPLES FOR FINANCIAL MARKET INFRASTRUCTURE
PIDs PUBLIC INTEREST DIRECTORS
PMLA PREVENTION OF MONEY LAUNDERING ACT, 2002
RBI RESERVE BANK OF INDIA
RMS RISK MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
RPF RISK PARAMETER FILE
RPO RECOVERY POINT OBJECTIVE
RTO RECOVERY TIME OBJECTIVE
SCRA SECURITIES CONTRACTS (REGULATION) ACT, 1956
Page 11 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
SCRR SECURITIES CONTRACT (REGULATION) RULES, 1957
SD SECURITY DEPOSIT
SEBI SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE BOARD OF INDIA
SECC Regulations SECURITIES CONTRACTS (REGULATION) (STOCK
EXCHANGES AND CLEARING CORPORATIONS)
REGULATIONS, 2018
SGF SETTLEMENT GUARANTEE FUND
SOP STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE
SOR SMART ORDER ROUTING
STWT SECURITIES TRADING USING WIRELESS TECHNOLOGY
TAC TECHNICAL ADVISORY COMMITTEE
TGF TRADE GUARANTEE FUND
TOR TERMS OF REFERENCE
UAT USER ACCEPTANCE TEST
UCC UNIQUE CLIENT CODE
VaR VALUE AT RISK
VCP VALUE CHAIN PARTICIPANTS
VWAP VOLUME WEIGHTED AVERAGE PRICE
WDRA WAREHOUSE DEVELOPMENT AND REGULATORY
AUTHORITY
WMA WEIGHTED MOVING AVERAGE
WSP WAREHOUSE SERVICE PROVIDER
Page 12 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
CHAPTER 1. TRADING
1.1.Trading Hours and Holidays 1
1.1.1. Trading Hours
i. Trading shall be permitted only from Monday to Friday.
ii. Trading hours shall be fixed by the stock exchanges within the time limits
as mentioned in the table below 2:
S. Commodity category Trade Trade end time
No start time
After start of US After end of US
day light savings day light savings
in spring season in fall season
1 Non-agricultural 09:00 AM 11:30 PM 11:55 PM
commodities
2 Agricultural and agri- 09:00 AM 09:00 PM
processed commodities
1 SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DMP/CIR/P/2016/75 dated August 30, 2016
2 Substituted vide SEBI circular no. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DMP/CIR/P/2018/146 dated November 30, 2018.
Prior to substitution, the earlier provisions read as under:
“Trading hours shall be fixed by the exchange within the time limits as mentioned in the table
below:
S. Commodity category Trade Trade end time
No start
After start of US day After end of US day
time
light savings in light savings in fall
spring season season
1 Internationally referenceable 10:00 11:30 PM 11:55 PM
non-agri commodities AM
2 Internationally referenceable 10:00 09:00 PM 09:30 PM
agri commodities* AM
3 All Other Commodities 10:00 05:00 PM
AM
*Presently traded internationally referenceable Agri commodities are Crude Palm Oil, Cotton,
Kapas, Soya Oil and Sugar.
Page 13 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
iii. The extension of the trade timing is subject to the stock exchanges and its
clearing corporation(s) putting in place adequate risk management system,
surveillance system and infrastructure commensurate with the increased
trading hours.
iv. Regarding Muhurat Trading on Diwali (Lakshmi Poojan) day, all stock
exchanges shall jointly decide the common trade timing and notify the same
to the market under prior intimation to SEBI.
v. Stock exchanges shall ensure that they have necessary risk management
system and infrastructure in place commensurate to their trading hours.
1.1.2. Trading Holidays
i. All stock exchanges shall jointly decide upon the common holiday list
within the broad framework of the Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881 and
also taking into consideration Central/State/Local holidays and notify the
same to the market well in advance under prior intimation to SEBI.
ii. On such trading holidays, stock exchanges may permit trading of
internationally referenceable commodities in evening session i.e. post 5:00
PM, in case corresponding international markets are open.
iii. While finalizing trading holidays list, stock exchanges shall suitably
consider the views of market participants. Frequent changes in holiday List
shall be avoided i.e. once decided, same holidays should be followed every
year irrespective of the holidays falling on a working day or a non-working
day in that year.
1.2.Transaction Charges 3
1.2.1. The stock exchanges collect transaction charges from the members for the
trades executed on their trading platform. In order to promote competition
in the market and bring in greater efficiencies and lower transaction costs to
market participants, following norms shall be applicable levying transaction
charges-
3 SEBI Circular no SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DMP/CIR/P/2016/82 dated September 07, 2016
Page 14 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
i. The stock exchanges can levy different transaction charges for different
commodities' contracts and even in the case of contracts of the same
commodity.
ii. The stock exchanges will ensure that the ratio between highest to lowest
transaction charges in the turnover slab of any contract is not more than
2:1.4
iii. In the slab system the concessional transactional charges shall be charged
only on the incremental volume/turnover and not on the entire
volume/turnover.
iv. The transaction charges are to be charged-on post-facto basis that is after
the trades are executed.
1.2.2. It is also emphasized that, while revising the transaction charges, the stock
exchanges shall also comply with the following guidelines:
i. Its system is capable of handling additional load.
ii. It does not affect the existing risk management system.
iii. It does not favour selective trades or selective category of investor.
iv. It does not encourage generation of artificial demand.
v. It does not result in any market irregularities.
vi. It is uniformly applied to trades of similar nature.
vii. It is imposed in fair and transparent manner.
1.3.Spot Price Polling 5
1.3.1. The stock exchanges have been using a ‘Spot Price Polling Mechanism’ to
arrive at the prevailing spot prices. Transparent discovery of spot prices is a
critical factor in smooth running of futures market as the same are used as
reference prices for settlement of contracts traded on the exchange platform.
To arrive at the prevailing spot prices, the stock exchanges are polling the
spot prices from various spot price polling participants. Some stock
exchanges undertake this activity themselves whereas some have
outsourced this work to an external agency.
4 Substituted vide SEBI circular no SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DMP/CIR/P/2018/1 dated January 03, 2018. Prior to
substitution, the earlier provisions read as under:
“The exchanges will ensure that the ratio between highest to lowest transaction charges in the
turnover slab of any contract is not more than 1.5:1”
5 SEBI Circular No SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DMP/CIR/P/2016/78 dated September 02, 2016
Page 15 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
1.3.2. In order to maintain the transparency of spot price polling process and
dissemination of spot prices arrived at through spot price polling process,
the stock exchanges shall:
i. have a well laid down and documented policy for the spot price polling
mechanism.
ii. display the spot price polling mechanism adopted for every contract on its
website along with following details:
S. No. Particulars Details
1. Details of the contract
2. Mechanism of spot price polling
3. How spot prices are arrived at
4. Whether these prices include or exclude taxes and
other levies / costs
5. Whether spot prices polling has been outsourced to
any external agency and if so, the details thereof.
6. Criteria for selection of these polling participants
7. Any other information that the Exchange may
consider
iii. disclose, for every contract, following details with respect to individual spot
price polling participants on its website:
Participants Location Profession Price quoted Time, Date
A
1
A
2
 The exchanges may assign a code such A1, A2, A3…etc. for poling
participants of a particular contract and reveal his location and price
(s) for the day.
 This information shall be updated on exchange website every day for
every contract traded on the exchange platform.
 The information shall continue to be displayed even after the expiry
of the contract for a period of 3 years.
iv. endeavor in increasing the sample size used for fixing the daily spot prices
during the last 15 days of the contract.
v. review on a monthly basis the prices polled by the participants to identify
participants habitually polling unrealistic prices. These participants could
Page 16 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
be put under watch and subsequently removed from the panel if such
instances reoccur despite appropriate communications.
vi. provide a separate feedback window for receiving complaints in this regard.
The exchanges shall address such complaints in a time-bound manner.
Further the exchanges shall keep the audit trail of all such complaints
received and the steps taken for redressal.
1.4.Unique Client Code (UCC) and Mandatory Requirement of Permanent Account
Number 6
1.4.1. It shall be mandatory for the members of the exchanges having commodity
derivatives segment to use Unique Client Code (UCC) for all clients
transacting on the commodity derivative segment. The exchanges with
commodity derivatives segment shall not allow execution of trades without
uploading of the UCC details by the members of the exchange. For this
purpose, members shall collect after verifying the authenticity and maintain
in their back office the copies of Permanent Account Number (PAN) issued
by the Income Tax (IT) Department, for all their clients. However, in case
of e-PAN, members shall verify the authenticity of e-PAN with the details
on the website of IT Department and maintain the soft copy of PAN in their
records.7
1.4.2. PAN would be the sole identification number and mandatory for all
entities/persons who are desirous of transacting on the commodity
derivatives exchanges.
However, the investors residing in the State of Sikkim are exempted from
the mandatory requirement of PAN. The exchanges should, however, ensure
a system of proper verification to verify that such members / investors are
residents of the State of Sikkim.
Further, PAN may not be insisted in the case of Central Government, State
Government, and the officials appointed by the courts e.g. Official
6 SEBI circular no SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DMP/CIR/P/2016/87 dated September 16, 2017
7 Substituted vide SEBI circular no. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DNP/CIR/P/2021/30 dated March 08, 2021. Prior
to substitution, the provision read as under:
“It shall be mandatory for the members to have Unique Client Code (UCC) for all clients transacting
on the stock exchanges. The stock exchanges shall not allow execution of trades without uploading
of the UCC details by the members of the exchange. For this purpose, members shall collect after
verifying the authenticity and maintain in their back office the copies of Permanent Account Number
(PAN) issued by the Income Tax Department, to all their clients.”
Page 17 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
liquidator, Court receiver etc. (under the category of Government) for
transacting in the securities market. The intermediary shall verify the
veracity of the claim of the specified organizations, by collecting sufficient
documentary evidence in support of their claim for such an exemption.
1.4.3. 8The exchanges having commodity derivatives segment shall ensure that
their members shall:
i. collect copies of PAN cards issued to their existing as well as new clients
after verifying with the original.
ii. cross-check the aforesaid details collected from their clients with the details
on the website of the Income Tax (IT) Department. However, in case of e-
PAN, verify the authenticity of e-PAN with the details on the website of IT
Department and maintain the soft copy of PAN in their records.”
iii. upload details of PAN or e-PAN so collected to the Exchanges as part of
Unique Client Code.
iv. verify the documents with respect to the unique client and retain a copy of
the document.
1.4.4. The member shall also be required to furnish the above particulars of their
clients to the commodity derivatives exchanges and the same would be
updated on a monthly basis. Such information for a specific month should
reach the exchange within 7 working days of the following month.
1.4.5. The stock exchanges shall impose penalty on the member at the rate of 1%
of the value of every trade that has been carried out by the member without
uploading the UCC details of the clients. The penalty so collected by the
stock exchanges shall be transferred to the Investor Protection Fund (IPF).
8 Substituted vide SEBI circular no. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DNP/CIR/P/2021/30 dated March 08, 2021. Prior
to substitution, the provision read as under:
“The stock exchanges shall ensure that their members shall:
i. collect copies of PAN cards issued to their existing as well as new clients
after verifying with the original.
ii. cross-check the aforesaid details collected from their clients with the details
on the website of the Income Tax Department.
iii. upload details of PAN so collected to the stock exchanges as part of UCC.
iv. verify the documents with respect to the UCC and retain a copy of the
document.”
Page 18 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Further, if the client details are not uploaded within a month of the trade, the
member is liable to be suspended.
1.4.6. The stock exchanges shall be required to maintain a database of client details
submitted by members. Historical records of all such submissions shall be
maintained for a period of 7 years by the stock exchange.
1.5.Modification of Client Codes Post Execution of Trades 9
1.5.1. The stock exchanges may allow modifications of client codes of non-
institutional trades only to rectify a genuine error in entry of client code at
the time of placing/ modifying the related order in all segments. It is also re-
emphasized here that this facility is expected to be used more as an
exception rather than a routine.10
1.5.2. For this purpose, the following shall be classified as genuine errors:
i. Error due to communication and / or punching or typing such that the
original client code / name and the modified client code / name are similar
to each other.
ii. Modification within relatives (‘Relative’ for this purpose would mean as
defined under Companies Act, 2013)
1.5.3. Error Account
i. Shifting of trades to the ‘Error account’ of broker would not be treated as
modification of client code, provided that trades in ‘Error account’ are
subsequently liquidated in the market and not shifted to some other code.
ii. Further, broker shall disclose the codes of accounts which are classified as
‘Error accounts’ to the stock exchanges. Each broker should have a well-
documented error policy approved by the management of the broker. The
stock exchanges shall periodically review the trades flowing to the error
accounts of the brokers.
1.5.4. If stock exchange wishes to allow trading members to modify client codes
of non-institutional trades, it shall
i. lay down strict objective criteria (in line with the Para ‘1.5.2’ above), with
the approval of its Governing Board, for identification of genuine errors in
9 SEBI Circular no SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DMP/CIR/P/2016/73 dated August 19, 2016
10 SEBI circular no SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DMP/CIR/P/2016/43 dated March 29, 2016
Page 19 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
client codes which may be modified, and disclose the same to market in
advance,
ii. set up a mechanism to monitor that the trading members modify client
codes only as per the strict objective criteria, and
iii. ensure that modification of client codes is covered in the internal audit of
trading members.
iv. shall not allow proprietary trades to be modified as client trades and vice
versa.
v. shall levy a penalty and collect from trading members and credit the same
to its Investor Protection Fund as under:
‘a’ as % of ‘b’ Penalty as % of ‘a’
≤ 5 1
> 5 2
Where
a = Value (turnover) of non-institutional trades where client codes have
been modified by a trading member in a segment during a month.
b = Value (turnover) of non-institutional trades of the trading member in
the segment during the month
vi. shall undertake stringent disciplinary actions against brokers who undertake
frequent client code modifications. If ‘a’ as % of ‘b’, as defined above,
exceeds 1% during a month, then the stock exchange shall conduct a special
inspection of the trading member to ascertain whether the modifications of
client codes are being carried on as per the strict objective criteria set by the
stock exchange. Appropriate disciplinary action shall be taken by the stock
exchange, if any deficiency is observed.
1.5.5. Waiver of Penalty
i. The stock exchanges may waive penalty for a client code modification
where broker is able to produce evidence to the satisfaction of the exchange
to establish that the modification was on account of a genuine error.
However, not more than one such waiver per quarter may be given to a
broker for modification in a client code
Page 20 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Explanation: If penalty wavier has been given with regard to a genuine
client code modification from client code AB to client code BA, no more
penalty waivers shall be allowed to the stock broker in the quarter for
modifications related to client codes AB and BA.
ii. The stock exchanges shall submit a report to SEBI every quarter regarding
all such client code modifications where penalties have been waived.
1.6.Disclosure of Proprietary Trading by Broker to Client 11
1.6.1. With a view to increase the transparency in the dealings between the broker
and the client, every broker shall disclose to his client whether he does client
based business or proprietary trading as well.
1.6.2. The broker shall disclose the aforesaid information to his existing clients
within a period of one month from the date of this circular.
1.6.3. Further, the broker shall disclose this information upfront to his new clients
at the time of entering into the KYC agreement.
1.6.4. In case of a broker who at present does not trade on proprietary account,
chooses to do so at a later date, he shall be required to disclose this to his
clients before carrying out any proprietary trading.
1.7.“Pro – account” Trading Terminals 12
1.7.1. Facility of placing orders on “pro-account” through trading terminals shall
be extended only at one location of the members as specified / required by
the members
1.7.2. Trading terminals located at places other than the above location shall have
a facility to place orders only for and on behalf of a client by entering client
code details as required / specified by the stock exchange / SEBI.
1.7.3. In case any member requires the facility of using “pro-account” through
trading terminals from more than one location, such member shall be
required to submit an undertaking to the exchange stating the reason for
11 SEBI Circular no SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DMP/CIR/P/2016/49 dated April 25, 2016
12 SEBI Circular no SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DMP/CIR/P/2016/49 dated April 25, 2016
Page 21 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
using the “pro-account” at multiple locations and the exchange may, on case
to case basis after due diligence, consider extending the facility of allowing
use of “pro-account” from more than one location.
1.7.4. Exchanges to take necessary disciplinary action wherever such facility is
being misused by any member.
1.8.Sharing of Information in Case of Declaration of Member as Defaulter in case of
Multiple Membership 13
1.8.1. Whenever a member of any segment is declared defaulter, the concerned
stock exchange/clearing corporation shall immediately declare it a defaulter
in all its segments. It shall also immediately inform all other stock
exchanges/clearing corporations the details of the defaulter member such as
name of the member, the names of the proprietors/ partners/ promoters/
dominant shareholders, as applicable.
1.8.2. Immediately on receipt of the information about default of a member, the
other stock exchange / clearing corporation shall declare the said member
defaulter on all its segments.
1.8.3. The stock exchanges / clearing corporations shall take appropriate action
against the associates of defaulter member. For this purpose, the term
‘associate’ shall include a person:
i. who, directly or indirectly, by itself, or in combination with other persons,
exercises control over the member, whether individual, body corporate or
firm or holds substantial share of not less than 15% in the capital of such
entities; or
ii. in respect of whom the member, individual or body corporate or firm,
directly or indirectly, by itself or in combination with other persons,
exercises control; or
iii. whose director or partner is also a director or partner of the member, body
corporate or the firm, as the case may be.
13 SEBI Circular No SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DMP/CIR/P/2016/102 dated September 27, 2016
Page 22 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Explanation: The expression “control" shall have the same meaning as
defined under SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares and Takeovers)
Regulations.
1.9.Liquidity Enhancement Scheme (LES) 14
1.9.1. The stock exchanges may introduce LES in commodity derivatives segment
subject to the following:
i. The scheme shall have the prior approval of the Exchange’s Board and its
implementation and outcome shall be monitored by the Board at quarterly
intervals.
ii. The scheme shall be objective, transparent, non-discretionary and non-
discriminatory.
iii. The scheme shall specify the incentives available to the market makers/
liquidity providers and such incentives may include discount in fees,
adjustment in fees in other segments, cash payment or issue of shares,
including options and warrants.
iv. The scheme shall not compromise market integrity or risk management.
v. The effectiveness of the scheme shall be reviewed by the exchange every
six months and the exchange shall submit half-yearly reports to SEBI.
vi. The scheme, including any modification therein or its discontinuation, shall
be disclosed to the market at least 15 days in advance.
vii. Outcome of the scheme (incentives granted, and volume achieved – market
maker wise and security wise) shall be disseminated monthly.
viii. The scheme shall comply with all the relevant laws.
1.9.2. The stock exchange shall formulate its own benchmarks for selecting the
commodity derivative product for liquidity enhancement with the broad
objective of enhancing liquidity in illiquid securities.
i. The stock exchanges shall introduce LES on any commodity derivative
product for a maximum period of three years. Once the scheme is
discontinued, the scheme can be re-introduced on the same commodity
derivative product provided it is less than the three-year period since the
introduction of scheme on that security.
ii. Further, an exchange may introduce LES in commodity derivative product
where LES has been introduced in another exchange. Such schemes cannot
be continued beyond the period of LES of the initiating exchange.
14 SEBI circular no SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/P/2018/55 dated March 26, 2018
Page 23 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
iii. The list of commodity derivative product eligible for liquidity enhancement
shall be disseminated to the market.
iv. Any commodity that is classified as ‘Sensitive Commodity’ by the
Exchange, shall not be eligible for LES.
v. If any commodity derivative product is 'liquid' on any of the exchanges i.e.
there is at least one exchange where the average daily turnover in Options
or/and Futures on similar underlying commodity is more than or equal to
INR 200 crore for agricultural and agri-processed commodity, and INR
1000 crore for non-agricultural commodity during the last six months, then
no other exchange is eligible to launch LES on the same derivative product,
unless the exchange where the product is liquid, has itself also launched a
LES on said product.
1.9.3. The incentives under LES shall be transparent and measurable, and may take
either of the following:
i. Discount in fees, adjustment in fees in other segments or cash payment -
The incentives during a financial year shall not exceed 25% of the net
profits or 25% of the free reserves of the exchange, whichever is higher, as
per the audited financial statements of the preceding financial year.
ii. Shares, including options and warrants, of the exchange - The shares that
may accrue on exercise of warrants or options, given as incentives under all
liquidity enhancement scheme, during a financial year, shall not exceed
25% of the issued and outstanding shares of the stock exchange as on the
last day of the preceding financial year. Further, the exchange shall ensure
that this is in compliance with the SECC Regulations at all times.
1.9.4. An exchange in early years of its formation /commencement of business
may not be able to generate profits or have free reserves from business
operations. In this regard, such exchanges are exempted, during their first
five years of operation from the date of SEBI’s approval for
commencement/recommencement of their business, from the applicability
of abovementioned para (clauses given in 1.9.3 above)15 subject to
adherence to the following conditions:
i. The yearly incentives that such an exchange can earmark for LES shall not
exceed 25% of the audited net-worth of the said exchange as on the last day
of the previous financial year.
15 Inserted via SEBI Circular No SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DNPMP/CIR/P/2019/84 dated July 26, 2019
Page 24 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
ii. Such exchange shall create a reserve specifically to meet its LES
incentives/expenses and transfer funds to such reserve accordingly.
However, such reserves shall not be included in the calculation of exchange
net worth.
iii. Such exchange shall continuously comply with the minimum net-worth
requirements as per SECC Regulations.
1.9.5. Market integrity - The exchange shall ensure the following:
i. Exchanges shall put in place a mechanism to ensure that the LES does not
create artificial volumes, does not take away liquidity form the market, is
not manipulative in nature and shall not lead to misselling of the product in
the market.
ii. The exchange shall have systems and defined procedures in place to
monitor collusion between brokers indulging in trades solely for seeking
incentives and prevent payment of incentives in such cases.
iii. Incentives shall not be provided for the trades where the counterparty is
self, i.e., same UCC is on both sides of the transaction.
iv. Any violations of clauses in this para shall be viewed most seriously.
1.9.6. Market maker / liquidity enhancer - The exchange shall prescribe and
monitor the obligations of liquidity enhancers (liquidity provider, market-
maker, maker-taker or by whatever name called)
i. All market maker / liquidity enhancer orders / trades should be identifiable
by the exchange.
ii. A conflict of interest framework shall be put in place by the exchange for
the liquidity enhancement scheme. Such a framework shall provide for
obligation on the part of the market maker / liquidity enhancer to disclose
any conflict of interest while participating in the scheme. The same shall be
disclosed by the exchange on their website.
1.9.7. For the present, schemes which incentivize brokers based on activation of
new UCC, number of trades or open interest shall not be permissible under
LES.
1.10. Framework for Utilization of Regulatory Fee Forgone by SEBI 16
16 SEBI circular no SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DMP/IR/P/2019/40 dated March 20, 2019
Page 25 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
1.10.1. With a view to encourage the participation by Farmers/Farmer Producer
Organizations (FPOs) in agricultural commodity derivatives markets, SEBI
has reduced the regulatory fee on Stock Exchanges with respect to turnover
in agricultural commodity derivatives. The objective was to reduce the cost
burden on farmers/FPOs from the amount saved by the Exchanges due to
reduction of regulatory fee.
1.10.2. In order to pass on the desired benefits from reduction of regulatory fees on
agricultural commodity derivatives, the stock exchanges dealing with
agricultural commodity derivatives shall create a separate fund earmarked
for the benefit of farmers/FPOs in which, the regulatory fee forgone by SEBI
shall be deposited and utilized exclusively for the benefit of and easy
participation by Farmers and FPOs in the agri-commodity derivatives
market. Any income on investments from the fund shall also be ploughed
back into the same fund.
1.10.3. In this regard, exchanges shall follow the guiding principles outlined below
for the purpose of utilization of the earmarked fund –
i. The fund shall be used exclusively for the benefit of and for easy
participation by Farmers and FPOs in the agri-commodity derivatives
market.
ii. It shall be the endeavor of the exchange to utilize the earmarked fund
primarily for reducing cost of transaction and for facilitating ease of trading
by farmers/FPOs.
iii. Exchange shall draw an action plan for full utilization of regulatory fee
foregone by SEBI in any financial year to be utilized during the succeeding
financial year. Such action plan shall be drawn up by the 10th of April (of
the year in which the fund must be utilized) keeping in view the amount of
fund available for the purpose.
iv. Exchange shall disseminate the details of the action plan including the
financial assistance proposed to be rendered to farmers/FPOs, activities to
be subsidized/facilitated with respect to participation by farmers/FPOs
during the financial year on their website under intimation to SEBI.
v. The aforesaid earmarked fund shall not be clubbed with any other funds
such as Investor Protection Fund (IPF) /Investor Services Fund (ISF)
/Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Funds etc.
vi. The stock exchange shall ensure that the farmers/FPOs participating on the
exchange are treated in a fair and equitable manner while utilizing the
proceeds of the fund for their benefit. Accordingly, the choice of activities
for utilizing the fund and the rate of benefit should be such that benefits
Page 26 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
with respect to the activity are imparted to all farmers/FPOs participating
during the year and are not restricted to a select few farmers/FPOs.
1.10.4. While preparing the action plan for a financial year, the exchanges may
consider one or more of the following activities for utilization of the fund
for benefit of farmers/FPOs –
i. Funding of Warehousing and/or Assaying charges – Waiver/subsidy in
warehousing and/or assaying charges for agricultural commodities
deposited for delivery on exchange platform by the farmers/FPOs.
ii. Cost of bags and transportation for the Farmers / FPOs for delivery on
exchange platform- The cost of bags can be reimbursed or bags can be
provided to Farmers / FPOs for deposits on exchange platform. To
incentivize delivery-based participation by Farmers / FPOs, certain
percentage of transportation expenses can also be considered for
reimbursement to farmers/FPOs.
iii. Cost of Mark to market (MTM) funding – The cost of or a part of the
cost of MTM funding by Exchange/Clearing Corporation (CC) on the sell
positions of the Farmers / FPOs who make early pay-in of the commodities
in approved warehouses.
iv. Broker fee – Broker fee for farmers/FPOs can be subsidized.
v. Delivery fee/charge- As delivery fee is one of the largest constituents of
the overall transaction costs in the delivery based agri- commodity
derivatives markets, Exchanges may reduce/subsidize this cost head.
vi. Repository related fee – Exchanges may subsidize repository related
charges for farmers/FPOs - account opening, maintenance and transfer
charges or any other similar charges.
vii. 17Reimbursement of Mandi tax: Reimbursement of Mandi tax including
any other mandi cess or whatever name it may be called, levied against the
goods deposited in warehouses accredited with Clearing Corporations for
the purpose of delivering on Exchange platform for which exchange
specific Electronic Negotiable Warehouse Receipt (eNWR) is generated.
viii. 18Reimbursement of assaying, cleaning, drying, sorting, storage and
transportation charges: Farmers/FPOs can be reimbursed the charges
incurred towards assaying, cleaning, drying, sorting, storage and
transportation in respect of goods deposited in warehouses accredited with
Clearing Corporations with an intention to deliver them on Exchange
Platform for which exchange specific eNWR is generated.
17 Inserted vide SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DNPMP/CIR/P/2020/206 dated October 19, 2020
18Inserted vide SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DNPMP/CIR/P/2020/206 dated October 19, 2020
Page 27 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
ix. 19Incentivizing Option Premium: The Farmers / FPOs can be incentivized
to participate in “options in goods”. For this purpose, the Farmers / FPOs
can be reimbursed a certain percentage or fixed amount of the premium paid
by them, for purchasing “options in goods” on the exchange platform.
x. 20Reimbursement of fees levied by Clearing Corporation: Fees/cost
levied by Clearing Corporation, if any, on Farmers/FPOs in the process of
their participation in commodity derivatives trading can be reimbursed
xi. Any other activity as may be permitted by SEBI.
1.10.5. The exchanges shall allow utilization of the fund for the activities mentioned
above with certain conditions such as overall amount per activity, maximum
amount per farmer/FPO, maximum period etc., as may be applicable from
time to time, so as to ensure fair and equitable distribution of benefit to
farmers/FPOs.
1.10.6. 21Further, in order to enhance transparency, the Stock Exchanges are
advised to make disclosure regarding the corpus of the fund and its
utilization, on their website, on a monthly basis.
1.10.7. The Stock Exchanges are further advised to include the details of the corpus
of the fund and its utilization in the Monthly Development Report (MDR).
1.11. Price Dissemination through SMS / Electronic Communication Facility 22
1.11.1. Exchanges shall make efforts for registration of subscribers of Price
Dissemination services and disseminate derivatives prices to them on a daily
basis. Such direct price dissemination service would provide information to
subscribers instantly in an efficient and transparent manner and thus shall
be of great benefit to market participants.
1.11.2. The Exchanges may provide price dissemination through SMS or any other
electronic communication facility (instant messengers, email etc.) for all
commodities.
1.11.3. The service is to be provided free of cost to the subscribers. However, the
expenditure incurred for such price dissemination may be reimbursed from
the interest accrued on the Investor Protection Fund (IPF).
19 Inserted vide SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DNPMP/CIR/P/2020/206 dated October 19, 2020
20 Inserted vide SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DNPMP/CIR/P/2020/206 dated October 19, 2020
21 Inserted vide SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DNPMP/CIR/P/2020/206 dated October 19, 2020
22 SEBI Circular No SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DMP/CIR/P/2016/76 dated August 30, 2016
Page 28 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
1.12. Programmes Sponsored by the Exchanges through Media Channels23
1.12.1. The Exchanges being neutral platforms, either as an institution or through
their functionaries, shall not sponsor or associate themselves in any manner
with programmes/seminars/workshops/ activities etc. at various fora
including but not limited to TV/Radio/Social Networks/Websites or any
other media in which the discussions/suggestions are related to the price
behaviour, price outlook, trading strategy, buy/sell recommendations, or
similar subjects related to commodity derivatives.
1.12.2. Exchanges shall also ensure that the staff members of the Exchanges are not
associated with such activities as mentioned above. The Exchanges shall lay
down a suitable code of conduct for their executives and other staff members
in this regard.
1.13. Maintenance and Preservation of Records24
1.13.1. In terms of Rules 14 and 15 of SCRR (Securities Contract (Regulation)
Rules, 1957), every recognized stock exchange and its members are required
to maintain and preserve the specified books of account and documents for
a period ranging from two years to five years. Further, as per regulation 18
of Broker Regulations, every stock broker shall preserve the specified books
of account and other records for a minimum period of five years. In case
such documents are maintained in electronic form, provisions of
Information Technology Act, 2000 in this regard shall be complied with.
1.13.2. Further, it has been noticed that enforcement agencies like CBI, Police,
Crime Branch etc. have been collecting copies of the various
records/documents during the course of their investigation. The originals of
such documents maintained either in physical or in electronic form or in
both would be required by such enforcement agencies during trial of the
case also.
1.13.3. In view of the above it is clarified that if a copy is taken by such enforcement
agency either from physical or electronic record then the respective original
is to be maintained till the trial or investigation proceedings have concluded.
23 SEBI Circular No SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DMP/CIR/P/2016/72 dated August 19, 2016
24 SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DMP/CIR/P/2016/74 dated August 30, 2016
Page 29 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
1.14. Forward Segment25
1.14.1. Participants in Forward Segment are not allowed to enter into fresh
contracts.
1.15. Disclosure Requirements for stock exchanges on their websites26
1.15.1. In order to promote transparency in the markets, the stock exchanges shall
make following disclosures on their website:
i. Position of top 10 trading clients in buy side as well as sell side in order of
maximum open interest in anonymous manner every day after the end of
trading session.
ii. The delivery intent of the hedgers on a daily basis in an anonymous manner.
iii. The pay-in and pay-out of commodities made by top 10 clients including
hedgers 10 days after completion of settlement, for the information of the
market.
iv. Their members’ proprietary position on monthly basis. The disclosure shall
include average daily proprietary position (during the month) as a
percentage of member’s average daily total position (including clients) and
average daily margin on proprietary position (during the month) as a
percentage of margins on member’s average daily total position (including
clients).
v. The percentage of proprietary trade and client trade done and also specify
as to what percentage of this trade is by algorithmic trading/HFT. This
information shall be displayed before opening of the markets on the next
day.
vi. Members’ data (as mentioned in Annexure A on format for dissemination
of member’s data on website).
vii. List of the members whose request of surrender has been approved by the
Exchange, along with date of approval
viii. Break up of funds contributed into Settlement Guarantee Fund and will be
updated on quarterly basis.
ix. Disclosure of information regarding trading activity during life cycle of
contract (as mentioned in Annexure B on disclosure of information
regarding trading activity during life cycle of contract).
1.15.2. Disclosure of suspended /expelled /defaulter members: The Exchanges
which are suspending/expelling/declaring defaulter their members for
25 SEBI Circular no. CIR/CDMRD/DMP/2/2016 dated January 15, 2016
26 SEBI circular no SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DMP/2016/101 dated September 27, 2016
Page 30 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
irregularities/violation of regulatory measures and other various reasons,
shall disclose following information on their website-
i. The details of member (Name, Address, Names of Promoters/
Owners/Partners/Directors of Company, Registration No. etc.)
ii. The details of disciplinary action taken by the stock exchange.
1.15.3. Disclosure of disablement of member terminals 27: The disablement of
terminals of the members along with duration of disablement due to shortage
of funds, margin money etc., shall be disclosed by Exchange on its website
at the end of every quarter i.e., 30th June, 30th September, 31st December
and 31st March.
1.15.4. Category-wise disclosure of Open Interest and turnover: All recognized
stock exchanges shall also make additional disclosures on their websites (as
per the format at Annexure C on format for disclosure of Open Interest
(OI) and turnover for various categories of market participants at
individual commodity as well as overall market level and at Annexure D
on commodity wise format of disclosure for top participants, members and
market wide position limits ) 28. The Annexure on format for disclosure of
Open Interest (OI) and turnover for various categories of market participants
at individual commodity contains a disclosure format for Open Interest and
turnover for various categories of participants at Commodity as well as
market level. While the Annexure D on Commodity wise format of
disclosure for top participants, members and market wide position limits
contains commodity wise format of disclosure for top participants, members
and market wide position limits. In this regard the stock exchanges shall:
i. categorize the participants in the following six categories:
a) Farmers/FPOs: It includes participants such as farmers, farmers’
cooperatives, Famers Producers Organizations (FPOs) and such
entities of like nature.
b) Value chain participants (VCPs): It includes participants such as
Processors, Commercial users as Dal and Flour Millers, Importers,
Exporters, Physical Market Traders, Stockists, Cash & Carry
participants, Produces, SMEs/MSMEs & Wholesalers etc., but
exclude farmers/FPOs.
27 SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/P/2016/93 dated 26 September 2016
28 Inserted vide SEBI Circular no SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DNPMP/CIR/P/2019/08 dated January 04, 2019
Page 31 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
c) Proprietary traders: It includes the members of stock exchanges
trading in their proprietary account.
d) Domestic financial institutional investors: It includes participants
such as Mutual Funds (MFs), Portfolio Managers, Alternative
Investment Funds (AIFs), Banks, Insurance Companies and Pension
Funds etc., which are allowed to trade in commodity derivatives.
e) Foreign participants: It includes participants such as Eligible
Foreign Entities (EFEs), NRIs etc. which are allowed to trade in
commodity derivatives markets.
f) Others: All other participants which cannot be classified in the above
categories.
ii. The categorization of the clients/members shall be made on self-declaration
basis for each commodity. However, exchanges can re-classify any
participant where it deems necessary to do so based on the information
available with it. Exchanges shall be required to conduct periodical exercise
to capture the above data. Thus, the exchange shall put in place necessary
systems to capture the requisite information.
iii. In case self-declaration is not obtained for a particular client for a particular
commodity, positions of such client in such commodity shall be clubbed
with “Others” category.
iv. In case there are less than 10 participants in any category, the stock
exchanges while disclosing the number of participants can disclose as “less
than 10”.
v. Such Disclosures shall be made on daily basis by 6:00 PM on T+1 day.
vi. Stock Exchanges shall make disclosures on daily basis, latest within a
month of the date of this circular. Such disclosures for any day are to be
made before start of trading on the next day. The recognized stock exchange
shall make necessary disclaimer that the grouping of clients is based on the
“Guidelines on Clubbing of Open Positions” issued by it.
vii. Exchanges shall also maintain complete historical data of the above
disclosures on their website in spread sheet format.
1.16. Disclosures regarding commodity risks by listed entities 29
1.16.1. Regulation 34(3) read with clause 9(n) of Part C of Schedule V of SEBI
(Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015
(“SEBI LODR Regulations”) mandates listed entities to make disclosures
29 SEBI Circular no SEBI/HO/CFD/CMD1/CIR/P/2018/141dated November 15, 2018
Page 32 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
regarding commodity price risk and hedging activities in the Corporate
Governance Report section of the Annual Report of a listed entity.
1.16.2. In order to benefit the shareholders and to bring further clarity in disclosures
to be made in the annual reports by listed entities, all listed entities shall
make the disclosures in the format as per the Annexure E on Disclosures
regarding commodity risks by listed entities as part of the Corporate
Governance Report in the Annual Report under clause 9(n) of Part C of
Schedule V.
Page 33 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
CHAPTER 2. PRODUCTS RELATED GUIDELINES
2.1.Goods notified under SCRA30
2.1.1. Pursuant to the repeal of the Forward Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1952
(FCRA) and amendment to the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956
(SCRA), the Central Government, in exercise of the powers conferred by
clause (bc) of section 2 of the SCRA and in consultation with the SEBI, have
vide Notification No. S.O. 3068(E) dated September 27, 2016 notified the
goods specified therein, for the purpose of clause (bc) of section 2 of the
SCRA with effect from the date of the said notification.
2.1.2. As specified in the aforesaid Gazette notification, list of notified goods are
at Annexure F on Goods notified u/s 2(bc) of SCRA.
2.2.Criteria for Eligibility, Retention and Re-introduction of Derivative Contracts on
Commodities 31
2.2.1. The commodities which are to be recommended by SEBI for notification by
the Government or on which the exchange proposes to launch a contract
should pass through some test based upon the objective parameters and upon
satisfaction, should be allowed for trading. It is also important that the
contracts available for trading in the commodity derivatives market are
liquid enough for the contracts to trade smoothly.
2.2.2. The following criteria for eligibility, retention and re-introduction of
derivative contracts on commodities shall be followed by all stock
exchanges.
2.2.3. Eligibility criteria for allowing derivative contracts on commodities:
Exchanges shall examine following basic parameters and the commodity
may be permitted to be included under derivatives if such commodity
satisfies these parameters.
i. Commodity Fundamentals
a) Size of the market / Volume of the market: The total supply value
of the commodity in each year is taken as a measure of the physical
30 SEBI circular no SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DMP/CIR/P/2016/105 dated September 28, 2016
31 SEBI circular no. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DMP/CIR/P/2017/6 dated January 20, 2017
Page 34 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
market size of that commodity in that year. A higher physical
market size could create higher futures trading volume by
attracting more hedgers and speculators into the futures market.
b) Homogeneity/Standardization: The commodity should be either
Homogeneous or should be conducive to standardization. This is
required so that participants trading the commodity on exchange
platform should be able to unambiguously understand exactly what
they are trading as on exchange only standardized contracts can be
traded.
c) Durable / Storable: The commodity should be durable and storable
for better price discovery. Durability i.e. higher shelf life makes
commodity conducive for storage, which creates opportunity for
cash and carry and hence would attract arbitragers thus make it
more suitable for derivatives trading.
ii. Trade Factors
a) Global: Global market in a commodity could be a positive
indicator as internationally linked commodity prices are influenced
by various global factors and thus create multiple reference points
for price discovery which may make it conducive for derivatives
trading.
b) Value chain: The term ‘’value chain’’ describes the full range of
value adding activities required to bring a product or service
through the different phases of production, including procurement
of raw materials and other inputs”, connected along a chain of
producing, transforming and bringing goods and services to end-
consumers through a sequenced set of activities and a strategic
network among a number of business organizations”. Larger is the
value chain larger would be the number of participants interested
in derivatives trading of such commodity.
c) Geographical coverage: The commodity should ideally have a vast
distribution across the country. The coverage can be in the form of
production of commodity or the distribution of the commodity
across the country. Higher coverage would attract higher number
of participants to the derivatives.
iii. Ease-of- doing-business
a) Price Control: Price controls are government mandated minimum
or maximum prices that can be charged for specified goods.
Page 35 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Government sometimes implements price controls when prices on
essential items, such as food grain or oil are rising rapidly. Such
goods which are prone to price control may be less conducive for
derivatives markets
b) Applicability of other laws: The, Essential commodities Act,
APMC Act etc., may have an impact on the commodities to be
introduced for derivatives trading. Commodities which have
excessive restrictions may be less conducive for derivatives
markets.
iv. Risk management
a) Correlation with International Market: Commodities which have a
strong correlation with the global market have higher need for price
risk management. Such commodities are conducive for derivatives
trading.
b) Seasonality: The Indian commodity sphere is characterized by
seasonality. The prices fluctuate with the supply season and the off
season. The derivatives market is necessary to even out this
fluctuation and facilitate better price discovery. Thus the
commodities with higher seasonality are conducive for derivatives
trading.
c) Price Volatility: Commodities with high volatility of prices have
high need for hedging. Such commodities are conducive for
Derivatives trading.
v. In order to bring in uniformity among the commodity derivatives
exchanges, the indicative template (as enclosed at Annexure G on
Template on Criteria for Eligibility of Commodity Derivative
Products) shall be adopted by the exchanges. In this regard the
exchanges shall decide upon the specific numerical weight ages as
approved by their oversight committee for 'Product Design'.
vi. The exchanges shall also analyze all the proposed commodities/
commodity derivatives contracts on the afore-said parameters
comprised in the template and submit the same to SEBI while applying
for the approvals along with necessary supporting documentary
evidence.
2.2.4. Applicability of the template on the commodities presently being traded
Page 36 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
i. As regards the commodities which are presently being traded on the
exchange platforms, the exchanges shall apply the afore-said parameters
comprised in the template on each of the commodities.
ii. The results of such exercise is to be submitted to SEBI within a period of 3
months.
2.2.5. Criteria for retention and reintroduction of derivative contracts on
commodities
i. For any commodity to continue to be eligible for Futures trading on
Exchange, it should have annual turnover of more than Rs.500 Crore across
all stock exchanges in at least one of the last three financial years. For
validating this criteria, gestation period of three years is provided for
commodities from the launch date/re-launch date, as may be applicable.
ii. Once, a commodity becomes ineligible for derivatives trading due to not
satisfying the retention criteria, the exchanges shall not reconsider such
commodity for re-launching contract for a minimum period of one year.
iii. Further, a commodity which is discontinued/suspended by the exchange
from derivatives trading on its platform, shall not be re-considered by the
concerned exchange for re-launching of derivatives contract on such
commodity at least for a minimum period of one year.
2.3.Role of Regulatory Oversight Committee regarding Product Design 32
32 SEBI circular no. SEBI/HO/MRD/DOP2DSA2/CIR/P/2019/13 dated January 10, 2019. Prior to
substitution, the earlier provisions vide SEBI circular no SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DMP/CIR/P/2018/12 dated
January 22, 2018 read as under:
1. “The functions of the oversight committee for ‘Product Design’ in all the commodity
exchanges shall be as under-
 To oversee matters related to product design such as introduction of new
products/contracts, modifications of existing product/contract designs etc. and review the
design of the already approved and running contracts.
 To oversee SEBI inspection observation on Product Design related issues.
 To estimate the adequacy of resources dedicated to Product design related function.
2. The head(s) of department(s) handling the above matters shall report directly to the committee
and also to the Managing Director. Any action of the Exchange against the aforesaid head(s)
shall be subject to an appeal to the committee, within such period as may be determined by the
governing board.”
Page 37 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
2.3.1. The Regulatory Oversight Committee of the stock exchanges is one of the
mandatory oversight committee of the Governing Board of the stock
exchange. The functions of Regulatory oversight committee with respect to
the “Product Design” is as under-
i. Oversee matters related to product design and review the design of the
already approved and running contracts
ii. Oversee SEBI inspection observation on Product Design related issues.
iii. Estimate the adequacy of resources dedicated to Product design related
function.
2.3.2. The head(s) of department(s) handling above matters shall report directly to
the committee and also to the Managing Director. Any action against the
head(s) of department shall be subject to an appeal to the committee, within
such period as may be determined by the governing board.
2.4.Product Advisory Committee 33
2.4.1. Each recognized stock exchange dealing in commodity derivatives segment
shall constitute a Product Advisory Committee (PAC) for each
group/complex of commodities having common stakeholders/value chain
participants, on which derivatives are traded or being proposed to be traded
on the exchange.
2.4.2. Terms of Reference: The PAC shall be consulted for the following:
i. Contract design on new commodities and review of design of existing
contracts, to ensure that contract specifications represent the industry’s
needs:
a. alignment of quality/quantity specifications of the product with the
physical market
b. choice of basis and additional delivery centers
c. appropriate premium/discount for additional deliverable quality/
delivery at additional delivery center, etc.
ii. Discussion on the “State of the Markets for the commodity” at every
meeting.
iii. Review of the delivery centres as well as recommendations with respect to
modifications of delivery centres.
33 SEBI circular no SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DNPMP/CIR/P/2019/89 dated August 07, 2019
Page 38 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
iv. Review of suggestions/feedback/complaints received by the exchange
regarding the commodity/contract and action taken thereon.
v. Performance review of the existing contracts on various parameters.
vi. Any other related matter thereof.
vii. Exchange shall have the right to accept, reject or modify any
recommendations made to it by the PAC, by recording the reasons thereof.
2.4.3. Composition
i. The PAC shall have a balanced representation from amongst the following
categories of stakeholders:
a. Representatives from Trade Associations representing various value
chain participants
b. Representatives from various Stakeholders and value chain
participants such as producers, traders, consumers, Farmers &
Farmers Producers Organisations (FPOs) / Cooperative societies in
case of agricultural commodities, SMEs / MSMEs etc.
c. Representative(s) from warehousing/ assaying sector
d. Independent Expert(s) in the specific commodity group
e. Representative(s) from financial sector (such as Financial
Institutions, brokers, etc.)
f. Representative(s) from Exchange / clearing corporation responsible
for specific commodity.
ii. Each PAC meeting shall be headed by a Chairman (who shall be an
independent person with experience in the specific commodity) selected as
such for the meeting based on attendees’ choice. PAC shall have an
exchange executive as Vice Chairman for administrative
coordination/decision.
2.4.4. Proceeding of meetings
i. The PAC shall meet at least twice a year and more frequently as and when
required.
ii. The Exchange shall prepare the agenda for the meeting based on the views
and requirements of value chain participants and also taking into account
any suggestions/feedback/complaints received by the exchange regarding
the commodity/contract.
Page 39 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
iii. In the PAC meetings at least 50% members (excluding representative from
exchange/Clearing Corporation) shall be present, including its chairman or
vice chairman (acting chairman).
2.4.5. Disclosure: For each PAC, the exchange shall make following disclosures
on its website:
i. Composition of Committee- Name of the member, Organisation, Sector
ii. Terms and reference of the Committee
iii. The Committee shall be at liberty to publicise agenda items with the
Exchange’s prior concurrence in order to encourage market participants to
contribute their point of view.
2.4.6. Confidentiality and Conflicts of Interest
i. PAC members must ensure that, unless outside consultation is specifically
agreed, all matters discussed and all materials and data made available to
them in respect of their Committee-related activities are kept confidential
at all times. Exchange shall formulate a code of conduct to be adhered to as
a member of the Committee.
ii. If there is a conflict of interest arising for a member out of any matter
proposed to be discussed at a Committee meeting or a matter that comes for
discussion in the course, in a Committee meeting, such committee member
must absent himself from discussion on that matter and the minutes of the
meeting must record the same.
2.4.7. There should be an annual review of the PAC’s performance by the
Regulatory Oversight Committee of the Stock Exchange.
2.5.Performance Review of the Commodity Derivatives Contracts34
2.5.1. All recognized stock exchanges shall review the performance of all
contracts traded on their exchanges, in commodity derivatives segment, (as
per the parameters illustrated in Annexure H on Parameters for
Performance Review of Commodity Derivative Contract) .
2.5.2. The said performance review shall be consulted with the PAC.
34 SEBI circular no SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DNPMP/CIR/P/2020/21 dated February 04,2020
Page 40 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
2.5.3. The said performance review along with the methodology adopted in
evaluation, if any, shall be disclosed by the stock exchanges on their website
prominently.
2.5.4. The said performance review shall be conducted on an annual basis for each
financial year and shall be disclosed by 30th June of the following financial
year.
Page 41 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
CHAPTER 3. DAILY PRICE LIMITS AND POSITION LIMITS
3.1.General guidelines for Daily Price Limit (DPL)35
3.1.1. Base price for DPL: The base price for fixing the DPL slabs shall be the
previous day’s closing price of the underlying contract on the respective
stock exchange.
3.1.2. Order Acceptance: The stock exchanges shall ensure that their system
should only accept those orders which are within the relevant prescribed
slab at any point of time.
3.1.3. Breach of slab: A breach of slab shall be considered when trading in a
contract is executed at the upper or lower band of the prescribed slab.
3.1.4. DPL on First Trading Day of the Contract
i. In order to prescribe DPL slabs for the first trading day (launch day) of each
contract, Stock Exchange shall determine base price as under:
a) Volume Weighted Average Price (VWAP) of the first half an hour,
subject to minimum of ten trades
b) If sufficient number of trades are not executed during the first half an
hour, then the VWAP of first hour trade subject to minimum of ten
trades shall be considered.
35 Substituted vide SEBI Circular no. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DNPMP/CIR/P/2021/9 dated January 11, 2021.
Prior to substitution, the provision read as under:
“DPL on First Trading Day of the Contract (For Agri/Non-Agri Commodity Derivatives) 35 : For
fixing DPL slabs, base price shall be taken as previous day’s closing price of the contract, however
for the first trading day (launch day) of each contract, the stock exchange shall determine base price
as under:
i. Volume Weighted Average Price (VWAP) of the first half an hour, subject to minimum of
ten trades
ii. If sufficient No. of trades are not executed during the first half an hour, then the VWAP of
first one-hour trade subject to minimum of ten trades.
iii. If sufficient No. of trades are not executed even during the first hour of the day then VWAP
of the first ten trades during the day
iv. The base price arrived as above, as the case may be, shall be calculated by the Exchange
and shall be used to determine DPL for the remaining part of the day
For any commodity derivatives, the stock exchanges at their discretion may prescribe DPL narrower
than the slabs prescribed by SEBI in case they require so based upon their analysis of price
movements and their surveillance findings.”
Page 42 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
c) If sufficient number of trades are not executed even during the first
hour of the day, then VWAP of the first ten trades during the day shall
be considered.
ii. The base price arrived as per para (a) or (b) or (c) above, as the case may
be, shall be calculated by the Exchange and shall be used to determine DPL
for the remaining part of the day.
iii. However, in case there is no trade during the day or there are less than ten
trades during the day, the exchange shall adopt an appropriate methodology
for determining the base price and disclose the same on their website for
dissemination to the stakeholders. DPL on the next trading day will be
applicable on such base price.
3.1.5. Calculation of closing price or Daily Settlement Price (DSP)
i. The stock Exchange/ Clearing Corporation shall determine the closing price
or daily settlement price in the following order:
a) VWAP of all trades done during last half an hour of the trading day;
b) If the number of trades during last half an hour is less than 10, then
DSP shall be based on the VWAP of the last 10 trades executed during
the day;
c) If the number of trades done during the day is less than 10or no trade
has been executed in a contract on a day, the stock exchange/ clearing
corporation shall adopt an appropriate methodology for determining
daily closing price/ settlement price and disclose the same on their
website for dissemination to the stakeholders.
ii. The Stock Exchange/ Clearing Corporation can increase the number of
minimum trades based on the liquidity criteria set by the Exchange/
Clearing Corporation. Approval shall be taken from their Risk Management
Committee on liquidity criteria and disclosed by them on their website
3.1.6. For any commodity futures contracts, the stock exchange at its discretion
may prescribe DPL narrower than the slabs prescribed based upon reasons
including analysis of price movements, finding pertaining to surveillance
etc.
Page 43 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
3.2.DPL for Commodity futures contracts which are based on agricultural and agri-
processed goods36
3.2.1. The DPL for commodity futures contracts based on agricultural and agri-
processed goods is as under:
Category Initial Slab Enhanced Slab Aggregate DPL
Broad 4% 2% 6%
Narrow 4% 2% 6%
Sensitive 3% 1% 4%
3.2.2. Once the initial slab limit is breached in any contract, then, after a cooling-
off period of 15 minutes, this limit shall be increased further by enhanced
slab, only in that contract.
3.2.3. During the cooling-off period of 15 minutes, the trading shall be permitted,
within the initial slab limit.
3.2.4. After the DPL is enhanced, trading shall be permitted throughout the day
within the enhanced Aggregate DPL.
36 Substituted vide SEBI Circular no. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DNPMP/CIR/P/2021/9 dated January 11, 2021.
Prior to substitution, the provision read as under:
“DPL slabs for agricultural commodity derivatives is as under:
Commodity Initial Slab Enhanced Slab Total DPL
Barley, Chilli, Jeera, Turmeric 2% 2% 4%
Other Agricultural Commodities 3% 1% 4%
DPL shall have two slabs - Initial and Enhanced Slab. Once the initial slab limit is reached in any
contract, then after a period of 15 minutes this limit shall be increased further by enhanced slab,
only in that contract. The trading shall be permitted during the 15 minutes period within the initial
slab limit. After the DPL is enhanced, trades shall be permitted throughout the day within the
enhanced total DPL of 4%.
The above slab-wise DPL norm shall be applicable uniformly on all trading days.”
Page 44 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
3.3.DPL for Commodity futures contracts which are based on non- agricultural goods37
3.3.1. Following slabs shall be applied for DPL on futures contracts based on non-
agricultural goods:
Category Initial Enhanced Aggregate Trading beyond
Slab Slab DPL Aggregate DPL
Energy 6% 3% 9% Yes
Metals and Alloys 6% 3% 9% Yes
Precious metals 6% 3% 9% Yes
Gems and Stone 3% 3% 6% No
Other Non- 6% 3% 9% No
agricultural
Commodities
37 Substituted vide SEBI Circular no. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DNPMP/CIR/P/2021/9 dated January 11, 2021.
Prior to substitution, the provision read as under:
“DPL slabs for non- agricultural commodity derivatives is as under:
Name of Initial Slab 1st Enhanced 2nd Enhanced Slab Aggregate
Commodity of DPL Slab of DPL of DPL DPL
Steel 4% 2% Not Applicable 6%
Gold 3% 3% 3% 9%
Other Non-Agri 4% 2% 3% 9%
Commodities
DPL for Gold and other non-agri commodities (excluding steel):
i. DPL shall have three slabs as mentioned in table above. Once the trade hits the prescribed
Initial slab, the DPL shall be relaxed further by‘1st Enhanced Slab’ without any cooling off
period in the trading. In case, ‘1st Enhanced Slab’ is also breached, then after a cooling off
period of 15 minutes, the DPL shall be further relaxed by ‘2nd Enhanced Slab’.
ii. During cooling off periods trading shall continue to be permitted within the previous slab
of DPL.
iii. In case price movement in reference able international market is more than the aggregate
DPL, the same may be further relaxed in steps of 3% by exchanges. The stock exchanges
shall immediately inform Integrated Surveillance Department (ISD) of SEBI about any such
relaxation of DPLs beyond Aggregate DPL, along with all the relevant details and
justification.
DPL for Steel shall have two slabs as mentioned in table above. Once the trade hits the prescribed
initial slab, the DPL shall be relaxed further by ‘1st Enhanced Slab’ (i.e. 2%) after a cooling off
period of 15 minutes. During cooling off periods trading shall continue to be permitted within the
previous slab of DPL. There shall not be further relaxation of DPL during that day.”
Page 45 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
3.3.2. Once the initial slab limit is breached in any contract, the DPL for
that contract shall be relaxed further by the ‘Enhanced Slab’ after the
cooling off period of 15 minutes in the trading.
3.3.3. During the cooling off period trading shall continue to be permitted within
the previous slab of DPL.
3.3.4. In case the price movement in the international markets is more than the
aggregate DPL, the same maybe further relaxed in stages of 3% by the
Exchange with cooling off period of 15 minutes. For such instances, the
Stock Exchanges shall immediately inform the Integrated Surveillance
Department (ISD) of SEBI about any such relaxation of DPLs beyond
Aggregate DPL, along with all the relevant details and justification for the
same.
3.3.5. Only in the event of exceptional circumstances, where there is extreme price
movement, beyond the initial slab of the DPL, in the international markets,
during trading hours or after the closure of trading on domestic exchanges,
the stock exchanges can relax the DPL directly by the required level, by
giving appropriate notice to the market and also inform the Integrated
Surveillance Department (ISD) of SEBI immediately, as per para 3.3.4
above.
3.4.General guidelines for Position Limits38
3.4.1. The following norms shall be applicable to the agricultural as well as non-
agricultural commodity derivatives at commodity level:
i. Numerical value of overall client level open position limits shall be
applicable for each commodity as explained subsequently.
ii. The stock exchanges, however, in their own judgment, may prescribe limits
lower than what is prescribed by SEBI by giving advance notice to the
market under intimation to SEBI.
iii. For the purpose of position limits, norms applicable on client level positions
shall also be applicable to the proprietary positions of trading members and
while calculating member’s open positions, his proprietary positions shall
be treated and computed like a client’s positions.
iv. For the purpose of calculating overall position of a member, the overall
position of its all clients (as determined in Clause ‘i (under 3.5.1) or (under
38 SEBI Circular No SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DMP/CIR/P/2016/96 dated September 27, 2016
Page 46 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
3.6.1)) shall be added without netting off among themselves as also against
proprietary positions of the member. Thus, all long clients and all short
clients shall be added up separately and higher of the two shall be reckoned
as Member’s open position in a commodity derivative.
3.4.2. Clubbing of Open Positions 39
i. While calculating open positions for the purpose of position limits,
Exchanges shall take suitable measures for clubbing of open positions of
clients/members who may be acting in concert to circumvent the norms of
position limits. The broad guidelines on this are provided in Annexure I on
Clubbing of Open Positions.
ii. All stock exchanges shall jointly formulate uniform guidelines and disclose
the same to the market.
3.4.3. Monitoring of Position Limits 40
i. Exchanges shall monitor the open position on a real time basis, and shall
endeavor that no client or member breaches the open position limits 'at end
of the day' as well as 'during intra-day trading'.
ii. Penalty shall be levied on those breaching the position limits at end of the
day as well as during intra-day trading as provided in Annexure J on
Position Limit Violation.
3.5.Position limits for Agricultural Commodity Derivatives41
3.5.1. Following norms shall be applicable on Agricultural commodity derivatives
at commodity level:
i. For the purpose of calculating positions of a client, all long and short
positions of the client across all contracts shall be added up separately and
higher of the two shall be considered as his overall open position.
ii. For determination of numerical value of overall client level open position
limits, framework is prescribed below for agricultural commodities
(3.5.2).42
39 SEBI Circular No SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DMP/CIR/P/2016/96 dated September 27, 2016
40 SEBI Circular No SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DMP/CIR/P/2016/96 dated September 27, 2016
41 SEBI Circular No SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DMP/CIR/P/2016/96 dated September 27, 2016
42 Substituted vide SEBI circular SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DMP/CIR/P/2017/84 dated July 25, 2017. Prior to
substitution, the provision read as under:
Page 47 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
iii. The overall member level position limits across all contracts shall be 10
times the numerical value of client level position limit or 15% of the
market-wide open interest, whichever is higher.
iv. Near Month Position Limits: In case of near month contracts:
a. Client level position limits shall be equivalent to the one fourth of the
overall Client level position limit as prescribed in 3.5.2 below.
b. Member level position limits shall also be equivalent to the one fourth
of the overall member level position limit.
c. For calculating near month open position of a client, higher of long
and short positions of the client in near month contracts to be
considered. Thus, netting out near month contract with off-setting
positions in far months contracts shall not be permitted for the
purpose of computation of near month position of any client.43
d. For calculating near month open position of a member, the position
of the clients as determined in iv (c) above will be added without
netting off among themselves as also against proprietary position of
the member (which will also be treated like a client position). All
longs and shorts will be added up separately and higher of the two
will be reckoned.44
v. Exchange-wide Position Limit for Agricultural Commodities: The
overall Exchange-wide gross position limit on open interests shall be 50%
of its ‘deliverable supply’ determined for the relevant year, which shall also
be jointly notified by the stock exchanges along with client level numerical
limits.45
“The overall client level position limits across all contracts shall be equivalent to the numerical
level limit as given in table in the annexure of SEBI circular
SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DMP/CIR/P/2016/96 dated September 27, 2016”
43 SEBI circular no. CDMRD/DMP/CIR/32/2016 dated January 29, 2016
44 SEBI circular no. CDMRD/DMP/CIR/32/2016 dated January 29, 2016
45 Substituted vide SEBI circular SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DMP/CIR/P/2017/84 dated July 25, 2017. Prior to the
substitution, the provision read as under:
“The overall Exchange wide gross position limit, in case of the agricultural commodities, shall be
capped at 50% of the annual estimated production and imports of the commodity. The annual
estimates for production and imports maybe sourced from the available estimates published by
Government of India / Ministry of Agriculture / Institutions /Agencies / other Departments of Central
and State Government, as may be appropriate.”
Page 48 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
3.5.2. Framework for determination of numerical value of overall client level open
position limits 46:
i. Categorization of commodities: In any given year, based on the average
of production data and import data of past five years on a rolling basis and
keeping in view various extraneous factors that affect the trading in
derivatives, the agricultural commodities shall be classified into three
categories viz., sensitive, broad and narrow as below:-
a. Sensitive commodity: An agricultural commodity shall be classified
as a sensitive commodity if it:
 is prone to frequent Government / External interventions. These
interventions may be in the nature of stock limits, import/export
restrictions or any other trade related barriers; or
 has observed frequent instances of price manipulation in past five
years of derivatives trading
b. Broad Commodity: An agricultural commodity shall be classified as
‘Broad Commodity’ if it is not ‘Sensitive Commodity’ and satisfies
following criteria;
 Average deliverable supply for past five year is at least 10 lakh
Metric Ton (MT) in quantitative term and is at least INR 5,000
Crore in monetary term.
c. Narrow Commodity: An agricultural commodity which is not falling
in either of the above two categories, viz ‘Sensitive’ or ‘Broad’
commodity, shall be classified as ‘Narrow Commodity’
ii. Deliverable Supply: The deliverable supply for an agricultural commodity
would be “Production + Imports”
iii. Client Level Numeric Position Limits: Numerical Value of overall client
level open position limits for each commodity shall be calculated from
'deliverable supply' available in a particular year, as per its category as given
below:
46 Revised vide SEBI circular no. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DMP/CIR/P/2017/84 dated July 25, 2017
Page 49 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Category of Commodity Position limits
Broad 1% of the deliverable supply
Narrow 0.5% of the deliverable supply
Sensitive 0.25% of the deliverable supply
The numbers arrived based upon above formula should be rounded off
downward to appropriate number of zeroes.
iv. Yearly Categorization of commodities and computation of position
limits: All exchanges shall jointly classify agricultural commodities into
the afore-stated three categories on annual basis as per the principles
indicated above.
a. Whenever an agricultural commodity of 'narrow' category is required
to be re-categorized to 'broad' in subsequent years, such re-
categorization may be possible only if both, average deliverable
supply of such commodity for the past five years and monetary value
thereof as mentioned above for ‘broad commodity’ exceeds by more
than 5%.
b. For determination of 'deliverable supply' of various agricultural
commodities for each year, the national commodity derivatives
exchanges shall take into account the latest production figures of such
commodities as annually declared by relevant government sources or
from the latest ‘third advance estimates’ of agricultural commodities
published by the Ministry of agriculture or any other yearly
estimates/assessments of production and imports made by any
governmental agencies such as Ministry of Agriculture, Ministry of
Textiles, Ministry of Commerce, different statutory
boards/associations etc., concerned with different agricultural
commodities. The national commodity derivatives exchanges shall
indicate the sources from which the production and import / export
data have been obtained for the purpose of determination of
'deliverable supply’ of different agricultural commodities.
c. Every year, for each agricultural commodity that is being traded in
the derivatives market, all national commodity derivatives exchanges
shall jointly complete the exercise of determination of ‘deliverable
supply, categorization/re-categorization of commodities and
computation of numerical value of position limits. Numerical values
Page 50 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
of position limits for any agricultural commodity shall be revised only
if the computation results in a revision in the value by at least 5%
compared to previous year's limits. Exchanges shall, after prior
intimation to SEBI, notify such details to the market through their
respective websites sufficiently in advance and latest by 31st of July
(unless extended by SEBI under exceptional circumstances) of every
year and revised limits shall become applicable for all running
contracts with effect from 1st of September of every year
d. Dissemination of Information on Website: In order to provide
necessary information to the stakeholders the Exchanges shall
prominently disseminate on their websites the details of five year
average deliverable supply, current year deliverable supply, source of
data, categorization of the commodity, position limits etc. for each of
the commodity traded on their exchange, as per the format given in
Annexure K Format for Dissemination of Information on Website.
47
e. In the interest of trade and public, SEBI may exercise its due
discretion in modifying the aforesaid position limits at any time
during the year.
3.6.Position limits for Non-Agricultural Commodity Derivatives48
3.6.1. The following norms shall be applicable to Non- Agricultural commodity
derivatives at commodity level :-
i. For the purpose of calculating overall position of a client, all long and short
positions of the client across all contracts shall be netted out.
ii. Client level position limits shall be equivalent to the numerical level limit
as given in table in Annexure M
iii. Format for disclosing data of complaints by all the Recognized Stock
Exchanges and Clearing Corporations on their website – Annexure L
Data for the month ending
47 Inserted via SEBI Circular No SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DMP/CIR/P/2018/96 dated June 11, 2018
48 SEBI Circular No SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DMP/CIR/P/2016/96 dated September 27, 2016
Page 51 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Sr. Received Carried Received Total Resolve Pending at the end Average
No. from forward during Complai d of the month** Resoluti
from the month nts during on time^
previou the
s month month*
Pending Pending
for less for more
than 3 than 3
months months
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 Directly
from
Investors
2 SEBI
(SCORES)
3 Members
4 Other
Sources (if
any)
Grand
Total
*Should include complaints of previous months resolved in the current month, if any.
**Should include total complaints pending as on the last day of the month, if any.
^ Average resolution time is the sum total of time taken to resolve each complaint in the
current month divided by total number of complaints resolved in the current month.
Month-wise data for the current financial year
Sr. No. Month Carried forward from Received Resolved Pending
previous month
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 April
2 May
3 June
4 July
Grand Total
Year-wise data (for 5 years on rolling basis)
Sr. Year Carried forward from Received Resolved Pending
No. previous year
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2020-21
2 2021-22
3 2022-23
4 2023-24
Page 52 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
5 2024-25
Grand Total
Page 53 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
iv. Client Level Numerical Position Limits for Non-Agricultural
Commodities or 5% of market-wide open interest, whichever is higher.
v. Member level position limits shall be 10 times of the numerical value of
client level position limits or 20% of the market-wide open interest,
whichever is higher.
3.7.Position Limit for Hedgers 49
3.7.1. In order to facilitate larger participation by genuine hedgers by providing
them with necessary incentives with a view to deepen the commodity
derivatives market, the stock exchanges shall stipulate a “Hedge Policy” for
granting hedge limits to their members and clients. The stock exchanges
shall widely publicize their respective hedge policy by holding awareness
programmes for the target participants and making it publicly available on
their website.
3.7.2. The stock exchanges shall adhere to the following broad guidelines while
granting hedge limit exemptions to their members and clients:
i. The hedge limit to be granted by the stock exchanges to the bona fide
hedgers shall be in addition to the normal position limit allowed to it. Such
hedge limit is non-transferrable and shall be utilized only by the hedger to
whom the limit has been granted and not by anyone else.
ii. This hedge limit granted for a commodity derivative shall not be available
for the near month contracts of the said commodity from the date of
applicability of near month limit.
iii. Hedge limits for a commodity shall be determined on a case to case basis,
depending on applicant’s hedging requirement in the underlying physical
market based upon his/its export or import commitments/ stocks held/ past
track record of production or purchase or sales/processing capacity and
other factors as the stock exchanges may deem appropriate.
iv. The stock exchanges shall undertake proper due diligence by verifying
documentary evidence of the underlying exposure and ensuring that the
hedge limit granted is genuine and does not have the potential to disturb the
equilibrium of the market of that particular derivative contracts.
v. The hedge limit may also be made available in respect of the short open
position acquired by an entity for the purpose of hedging against the stocks
of commodities owned by it and,
49 SEBI Circular NO. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DMP/CIR/P/2016/71 dated August 19, 2016
Page 54 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
a. pledged with the Scheduled Commercial Banks/Co-operative Banks;
b. lying in any Government Entity’s warehouse/ WDRA Approved
warehouses; or
c. lying in any other premises (warehouse, factory etc.),provided the
premises is either owned by the hedger or taken on lease by the hedger
in its name and the stock exchange has ascertained that such premises
are well equipped with quality control safeguards for storage of the
relevant commodity and shall be subject to the production of the
relevant Bank Certificate/Warehouse Receipt, as the case may be, and
also shall be subject to verification regarding ownership of the stocks
etc., by the stock exchange in accordance with the procedure laid
down by it in this regard.
vi. At any point of time during the hedge period, hedging positions taken in
derivatives contracts by hedger, across multiple stock exchanges/ contracts,
shall not exceed his/its actual/anticipated exposure in the physical market,
even if there is a usable hedge limit available as per allocation made by the
stock exchange to the hedger.
vii. If under any circumstances a hedger is found availing hedge limit in
contrary to the guideline framed by the SEBI/stock exchanges or submits
false document or fails to inform stock exchange timely about reduction of
underlying exposure based upon which it has been allocated hedge limit by
the stock exchange, it shall be liable for expulsion from
membership/prohibition from trading as the case may be. Such action shall
be without prejudice to other disciplinary actions including penalties
prescribed by the stock exchanges.
viii. A hedger having availed of benefit of hedge limits, shall preserve relevant
records for a period of minimum three years for inspection by SEBI/stock
exchange.
ix. The approved hedge limit shall be valid for a period as mentioned in the
approval letter and such hedge limit shall stand cancelled automatically
upon expiry of such period without any notice.
x. The stock exchanges shall disclose on their website the hedge position
allocated to various hedgers, indicating the period for which approval is
valid, in an anonymous manner. The disclosure shall be made in the
following format:
Page 55 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Sr. Name of Hedger Long Short Date of Applicatio Approv Date till
the Hedg Hedg making n al Start Approva
Commodi e e applicati Approval Date l is valid
ty Limit Limit on Date
s s
1. Hedger
1
2. Hedger
2
Page 56 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
CHAPTER 4. PARTICIPANTS IN COMMODITY DERIVATIVES MARKETS
4.1.Category III Alternative Investment funds (AIFs) 50
4.1.1. Category-III Alternative Investment Funds (AIFs) are allowed to participate
in the commodity derivatives market subject to the following conditions:
i. Category III AIFs may participate in all commodity derivatives products
that are being traded on the commodity derivatives exchanges as ‘clients’
and shall be subjected to all the rules, regulations and instructions, position
limit norms as may be applicable to clients, issued by SEBI and Exchanges
from time to time.
ii. Category III AIFs shall invest not more than ten percent of the investable
funds in one underlying commodity.
iii. Category III AIFs may engage in leverage or borrow subject to consent
from the investors in the fund and subject to a maximum limit, as specified
by the Board from time to time.
iv. Category III AIFs shall make disclosure in private placement memorandum
issued to the investors about investment in commodity derivatives. Consent
of existing investor(s) shall be taken by AIFs if they intend to invest in
commodity derivatives and exit opportunity should be provided to
dissenting investor(s).
v. If applicable, AIF shall also comply with RBI notification No. FEMA.
355/2015-RB dated November 16, 2015 and all other guidelines issued by
the RBI under Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999 from time to time.
vi. Category III AIF shall be subject to the reporting requirements as may be
specified by SEBI.
vii. The participation of Category III AIF in the commodity derivatives market
shall be subject to the compliance of the provisions of SEBI (Alternative
Investment Funds) Regulations, 2012 and circulars issued thereunder.
4.2.Eligible Foreign Entities (EFEs) 51
4.2.1. Foreign Entities having actual exposure to Indian Commodity markets are
allowed to participate in the commodity derivative segment of recognized
stock exchanges for hedging their exposure. Such foreign entities shall be
known as “Eligible Foreign Entities” (EFEs).
50 SEBI Circular no SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DMP/CIR/P/2017/61 dated June 21, 2017
51 SEBI circular no SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DMP/CIR/P/2018/134 dated October 09, 2019
Page 57 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
4.2.2. Eligible Commodities
All commodity derivatives traded on Indian Exchanges except for those
contracts having underlying commodity defined as ‘Sensitive Commodity’
as defined above (in Chapter 3) or by any other stipulation by SEBI which
are disclosed on Exchange websites.
4.2.3. Definitions
i. “Eligible Foreign Entities” (EFEs) are the ‘Person resident outside India’
as defined in Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999, and are having
actual exposure to Indian physical commodity markets.
ii. “Exchanges” under these guidelines would mean recognized stock
exchanges having commodity derivatives segment.
iii. “Clearing Corporations (CC)” under these guidelines would mean
recognized Clearing Corporation undertaking the activity of clearing and
settlement of trades in commodity derivative segment of a recognized stock
exchange.
iv. “Auditor” under these guidelines would mean statutory auditor or such
other authority carrying equivalent function of auditing and assurance in
the respective jurisdiction as may be applicable
4.2.4. Eligibility and Jurisdiction
i. Such EFEs shall have actual exposure to Indian physical commodity
markets.
ii. Such EFE is resident in a country/jurisdiction whose securities market
regulator and/or commodity derivatives market regulator is a signatory to
IOSCO’s MMoU (Appendix A Signatories) or a signatory of a bilateral
MoU with SEBI.
Provided that such EFE is not resident in a country identified in the public
statement of Financial Action Task Force as:
a) a jurisdiction having a strategic Anti-Money Laundering or
Combating the Financing of Terrorism deficiencies to which counter
measures apply; or
b) a jurisdiction that has not made sufficient progress in addressing the
deficiencies or has not committed to an action plan developed with
the Financial Action Task Force to address the deficiencies.
Page 58 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
iii. If such EFEs are also registered with SEBI as Foreign Portfolio Investors
(FPIs) or Foreign Venture Capital Investors (FVCIs) then they are
permitted to participate in commodity derivatives markets as EFE provided
that they have actual exposure to Indian physical commodity markets and
subject to conditions that there is clear segregation of funds/ securities/
commodities under the respective registrations.
iv. The minimum net-worth requirement for such EFE shall be US$ 500,000.
4.2.5. Registration of EFEs
i. The EFEs desirous of taking hedge positions in Indian commodity
derivatives market shall approach Authorized Stock Brokers (ASBs), from
amongst the Brokers which are registered under SEBI (Stock brokers and
sub-brokers) Regulations, 1992 having minimum net-worth of INR 25
Crores and are authorized by the Exchanges for opening of such accounts.
ii. For ASBs, in addition to the minimum Net-worth criteria prescribed above
the Exchanges shall frame further guidelines regarding the other eligibility
criteria for the ASBs which shall be approved by their Risk Management
Committees. While framing guidelines for ASBs, the Exchanges shall look
into various aspects, some of which are illustrated as under:
a) Appropriate arrangements with clearing bank and clearing member of
the respective exchange and clearing corporation;
b) Appropriate arrangements for receipt and remittance of money with a
designated Authorized Dealer (AD) Category - I bank.
c) Appropriate systems and procedures to comply with the FATF
(Financial Action Task Force) Standards, PMLA (Prevention of
Money Laundering Act, 2002) and SEBI circulars issued from time
to time.
d) Appropriate systems and procedures to handle the physical deliveries
of the underlying commodities on behalf of EFEs.
iii. An EFE can open trading account with only one of the ASBs and participate
in the commodity derivatives trading through the said ASB. EFE shall place
orders for trading only through their ASBs on the Exchange platform.
iv. The EFEs shall be responsible for complying with all the relevant laws.
v. EFEs shall ensure that they submit the required documents as specified by
the ASBs / Exchanges / SEBI or any other law enforcing agencies.
Page 59 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
vi. The ASBs shall be responsible for carrying out due-diligence and complete
necessary formalities/documentations as specified by the Exchanges in this
regard.
vii. The ASBs shall capture the details of the overseas bank account designated
by the EFE. EFE shall open a single non-interest-bearing Rupee account
with an AD Category-I bank in India for routing the receipt and payment
for transactions.
viii. The ASBs shall obtain appropriate declarations and undertakings from
EFEs including the one that they are in compliance with laws, rules and
regulations of the jurisdictions where the EFEs are located.
ix. The ASB shall, at all times, ensure that the participation of EFE is in
compliance with the applicable norms prescribed by SEBI, RBI or any other
statutory authority in India. For this purpose, the ASB shall obtain
appropriate declarations and undertaking from EFEs, from time to time, as
may be prescribed by Exchanges and regulators.
4.2.6. Know Your Client (KYC) requirements
i. The EFE shall be required to meet the extant KYC requirements as per
extant Indian Anti-Money Laundering Laws in line with extant KYC
approach adopted for the equivalent category of Foreign Portfolio Investors
(FPIs).
ii. Such EFE shall also provide its valid Legal Entity Identifier (LEI) issued
by organizations accredited by the Global Legal Entity Identifier
Foundation (GLEIF), wherever available.
4.2.7. Position Limit, documentation and other conditions
i. The position limits shall be governed by the hedge policy of the Exchanges
and no separate client trading limits shall be allowed for EFEs. Exchanges
shall issue a separate hedge code for easy identification of EFEs.
ii. Appropriate restrictions shall be placed by Exchanges to maintain market
integrity.
iii. The tenor of the hedge shall not be greater than the tenor of underlying
exposure. At any point of time during the hedge period, hedging positions
Page 60 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
taken in derivatives contracts by EFE, across multiple
Exchanges/Contracts, shall not exceed his/its actual exposure in the
physical market.
iv. Hedge limits for an EFE will be determined on a case to case basis,
depending on applicant’s actual exposure to the commodity, hedging
requirement and other factors which the Exchanges deems appropriate in
the interest of market. The EFE shall approach the ASB of the relevant
Exchanges for hedge limits in the format prescribed by Exchanges
encompassing the following information –
a) Details of import / export to India during past three years, financial
statements / annual report of last three years, certified by auditor.
b) Supporting proof of Import and/or Export in the form of invoice or
shipping/cargo bills. In case of Export/import commitments,
documents like proof of export / import commitments and any other
relevant documents, duly certified by auditor.
c) A certificate of import/export turnover of the EFE during the past
three years duly certified by their auditor. Hedging limit shall be
permitted up to the average of previous three financial years’ actual
purchases / sales or the previous year’s actual purchases / sales
turnover from/to India, whichever is higher, in respect of the desired
commodities. In case an EFE has been in existence for less than 3
years, then the applicable time period for exposure calculation shall
be for the actual period as may be certified by their auditor.
d) EFE shall submit a Board resolution certifying Board approved
policies which define the overall framework within which it proposes
to conduct its hedging activities.
e) A declaration of details of hedging positions in other Indian
exchanges (if applicable), certified by auditor.
f) Any other additional information sought by the registering
Exchanges.
v. Exchanges may prescribe additional documents/materials for short hedging
and long hedging separately based on the nature and use of the commodity.
vi. An EFE shall apply for the hedge limits corresponding to its own physical
exposure to the commodity and cannot apply for a hedge limit in respect of
any stock it holds on behalf of another entity including stock positions it
holds on behalf of a group-entity. The limits sanctioned to EFE shall be
Page 61 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
utilized only by it and not by anyone else including any subsidiary/associate
company.
vii. The EFE shall not undertake any arbitrage/speculative transactions and the
initiation and unwinding of hedge positions shall correspond to the
underlying position in the physical markets. The quota for hedging shall be
used to only hedge/ unwind the hedge. The contracts, once cancelled,
cannot be rebooked. The contracts may, however, be rolled over on or
before, maturity subject to maturity of the underlying exposure.
viii. The approved hedge limit is valid from the date of sanction for a period
specified in the sanction letter. Unless renewed, the hedge limit shall stand
terminated automatically upon expiry of such period without any notice.
The EFE shall apply for any renewal of limits in advance and before the
expiry of earlier approval, along with relevant documents as prescribed by
the Exchanges from time to time.
ix. The hedge limit shall not be available for the near month contracts of the
said underlying commodity from the date of applicability of near month or
spot month, however once the near month starts the limit shall be equivalent
to the limit available to regular clients or the hedge limit allocated,
whichever is lower.
x. For the ease of business, the Exchanges shall develop an online system to
deal with the EFEs through ASBs in this regard.
4.2.8. Risk Management
i. Exchanges/CC shall put in place appropriate risk management systems for
allowing EFE to take positions in eligible commodities.
ii. The margins for any commodity prescribed by the Exchanges/CC for the
other market participants shall also be applicable to EFE. As the hedge
positions are expected to be larger than the normal client level limits, the
Exchanges/CC shall, based on their assessment of the risks, levy additional
margins including concentration margin wherever necessary, as may be
prudent. Accordingly, the ASB concerned shall ensure that appropriate
margins are collected upfront from the EFE as risk mitigation.
iii. Where, in the assessment of the ASB, the risk profile of EFE warrants
margins in addition to the margin stipulated by the Exchanges/CC, the ASB
Page 62 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
shall collect such additional margins. The margins collected by the ASB at
no time shall be less than those stipulated by the Exchanges/CC.
4.2.9. Monitoring of limits and physical exposure
i. The Exchanges shall put in place a mechanism to monitor the limits as well
as physical exposure of an EFE, which may include seeking periodical
reports from EFEs and ASBs covering the following aspects:
a) Periodical statement of imports / exports undertaken and outstanding
contracts, as certified by auditor.
b) Audited summary of import or export details/documents in the form
of invoice or shipping/cargo bills, containing information like Date
of Dispatch, Tentative date of arrival, Quantity on that invoice/bill
etc.
c) Details of hedging positions in other Indian exchanges (if applicable),
as certified by auditor,
d) Where hedge limit is sanctioned based on prior import / export
commitments/ contracts, a report showing subsequent performance of
such contracts and the corresponding hedging proposed to be
undertaken, as certified by an auditor.
e) EFE/ ASB shall be required to submit a consolidated statement on an
annual basis.
f) Any other additional information as may be sought by the SEBI/
Exchanges from time to time.
ii. The EFEs shall also be required to submit to the respective ASB a half-
yearly certificate from their auditors as on March 31 and September 30,
within sixty days from the said dates, to the effect that during the preceding
six months, whether the derivative contracts entered into by the EFE
exceeded or not exceeded the actual underlying exposure. In this regard,
Exchanges shall develop an online system for such submission.
iii. The Exchanges/ clearing corporations shall provide EFE wise information
on day end open position as well as intra-day highest position to the
respective ASBs. If the EFE exceeds the allocated hedge limit on any day,
the concerned EFE shall be liable to such penal action as may be laid down
by the SEBI/Exchanges. The ASB will be required to monitor this and bring
transgressions, if any, to the notice of SEBI/Exchanges.
Page 63 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
iv. The positions shall be separately monitored by the respective Exchanges
and such Exchanges shall augment their monitoring and surveillance
capacity.
v. The ASBs shall also put in place necessary system to monitor hedge limits
for such EFEs.
4.2.10. Disclosure by the Exchanges: The Exchanges on daily basis shall
disclose on their website the hedge limit allocated to such EFEs, indicating
the period for which approval is valid, in the particular commodity in an
anonymous manner. This shall be on the similar lines of disclosures made
by the exchanges for the domestic hedgers.
4.3.Portfolio Management Services52
4.3.1. Portfolio Managers are permitted to participate in Exchange Traded
Commodity Derivatives (ETCD) on behalf of their clients’ subject to the
following:
i. Portfolio Managers may participate in Exchange Traded Commodity
Derivatives on behalf of their clients and such participation shall be in
compliance with all the rules, regulations including SEBI (Portfolio
Managers) Regulations, 1993 and circulars/guidelines and position limit
norms as may be applicable to ‘clients’, issued by SEBI and Exchanges
from time to time.
ii. Portfolio Managers may participate in Exchange Traded Commodity
Derivatives after entering into an agreement with the clients. Portfolio
Managers may execute addendums to the agreement with their existing
clients, permitting the Portfolio Managers to participate in the Exchange
Traded Commodity Derivatives on their behalf.
iii. Portfolio Managers shall provide adequate disclosures in the Disclosure
Document as well as the agreement with the client pertaining to their
participation in the Exchange Traded Commodity Derivatives, including
but not limited to the risk factors, margin requirements, position limits,
52 SEBI circular no SEBI/HO/IMD/DF1/CIR/P/2019/066 dated May 22, 2019. Prior to this circular the
provisions as per SEBI circular no SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DMP/P/CIR/2016/100 dated September 27, 2016 is
as under:
"PMS currently would not be permissible in the Commodity Derivative Market.”
Page 64 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
prior experience of the Portfolio Manager in Exchange Traded Commodity
Derivatives, valuation of goods etc.
iv. In case dealing in Commodity derivatives lead to delivery of physical
goods, there is a possibility that, the Portfolio Manager remains in
possession of the physical commodity. In such cases, the goods need to be
disposed of at the earliest, on best effort basis within the timelines as agreed
upon between the client and the Portfolio Manager. The responsibility of
liquidating the physical goods shall be with the Portfolio Manager.
v. Since Foreign Portfolio Investors are not allowed to participate in the
Exchange Traded Commodity Derivatives market, Portfolio Managers shall
not onboard Foreign Portfolio Investors until they are permitted to
participate in Exchange Traded Commodity Derivatives market.
vi. Portfolio Managers shall also provide periodic reports to the clients as per
Regulation 21 of SEBI (Portfolio Managers) Regulations, 1993 regarding
their exposure in Exchange Traded Commodity Derivatives.
vii. Portfolio Managers shall report the exposure in Exchange Traded
Commodity Derivatives under the heading of ‘Commodity Derivatives’ in
the monthly reports submitted to SEBI.
4.3.2. It would be mandatory for Portfolio Managers to appoint SEBI registered
Custodian before dealing in Exchange traded Commodity Derivatives.
4.4.Mutual Funds53
4.4.1. Mutual Funds are permitted to participate in ETCDs subject to the
following:
i. Mutual funds are permitted to participate in ETCDs in India, except in
commodity derivatives on ‘Sensitive Commodities’ as defined under
Chapter 3.
ii. ETCDs having gold as the underlying directly or indirectly, shall also be
considered as ‘gold related instrument’ for Gold Exchange Traded Funds
(Gold ETFs).
iii. No Mutual fund schemes shall invest in physical goods except in ‘gold’
through Gold ETFs. However, as mutual fund schemes participating in
53 SEBI circular no SEBI/HO/IMD/DF2/CIR/P/2019/65 dated May 21, 2019.
Page 65 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
ETCDs may hold the underlying goods in case of physical settlement of
contracts, in that case mutual funds shall dispose of such goods from the
books of the scheme, at the earliest, not exceeding the timeline prescribed
below 54: -
a) For Gold and Silver: - 180 days from the date of holding of physical
goods,
b) For other goods (except for Gold and Silver):
 By the immediate next expiry day of the same contract series of
the said commodity.
 However, if Final Expiry Date (FED) of the goods falls before the
immediate next expiry day of the same contract series of the said
commodity, then within 30 days from the date of holding of
physical goods.
iv. No mutual fund scheme shall have net short positions in ETCDs on any
particular goods, considering its positions in physical goods as well as
ETCDs, at any point of time.
v. Mutual funds are permitted to participate in ETCDs through the following
schemes:
a) Hybrid schemes in terms of paragraph C of the Annexure to SEBI
Circular No. SEBI/HO/IMD/DF3/CIR/P/2017/114 dated October 06,
2017 which includes multi asset scheme and
b) Gold ETFs.
vi. In case of existing schemes, as mentioned in paragraph (V) above, prior to
commencement of participation in ETCDs, the scheme shall comply with
the provisions of Regulation 18(15A) of SEBI (Mutual Funds) Regulations,
1996, as this will lead to change in fundamental attributes of the scheme
and all unit holders shall be given a time-period of at least 30 days to
exercise the option to exit at prevailing NAV without charging of exit load,
if any.
vii. Prior to participation in ETCDs, the AMCs shall adhere to the following:
54 Substituted vide SEBI circular no. SEBI/HO/IMD/DF2/CIR/P/2020/96 dated June 05, 2020. Prior to
substitution, the provision read as under:
“No Mutual fund schemes shall invest in physical goods except in ‘gold’ through Gold ETFs.
Further, as mutual fund schemes participating in ETCDs may hold the underlying goods in case of
physical settlement of contracts, in that case mutual funds shall dispose of such goods from the books
of the scheme, at the earliest, not exceeding 30 days from the date of holding of the physical goods.”
Page 66 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
a) Appoint a dedicated fund manager with requisite skill and experience
in commodities market (including commodity derivatives market).
b) Appoint a custodian registered with the Board for custody of the
underlying goods, arising due to physical settlement of contracts.
c) Have written down investment policy for participation in ETCDs
approved by the Board of the Asset Management Company and Board
of Trustees.
d) Have written down valuation policies approved by the Board of the
AMC and Board of Trustees for valuation of commodity derivatives
and the underlying goods, arising due to physical settlement of
contracts. The approved valuation policies should be subject to the
fair valuation of the assets of mutual fund schemes.
viii. Before investing in GDS of Banks, GMS and ETCDs having gold as the
underlying, mutual funds shall put in place a written policy with regard to
such investments with due approval from the Board of the Asset
Management Company and Board of Trustees. The policy should have
provision to make it necessary for the mutual funds to obtain approval of
trustees for investment proposal in GDS of any Bank and GMS. The policy
shall be reviewed by mutual funds, at least once in a year.
ix. Mutual fund schemes may participate in the ETCDs as ‘clients’ and shall
be subject to all the rules, regulations and instructions, position limit norms,
etc. as may be applicable to clients, issued by SEBI and Exchanges from
time to time. The position limits at mutual fund level be as applicable to
‘Trading Members’.
x. Schemes investing in ETCDs shall be benchmarked against an appropriate
benchmark.
xi. AMCs shall not onboard Foreign Portfolio Investors (FPIs) in schemes
investing in ETCDs until FPIs are permitted to participate in ETCDs.
xii. 55Mutual funds shall not write options or purchase instruments with
embedded written options in goods or on commodity futures.
4.4.2. Investment limits: Participation of mutual funds in ETCDs shall be subject
to the following investment limits:
i. Mutual fund schemes shall participate in ETCDs of a particular goods
(single), not exceeding 10% of net asset value of the scheme. However, the
55
SEBI circular no SEBI/HO/IMD/DF2/CIR/P/2021/10 dated January 15, 2021
Page 67 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
limit of 10% is not applicable for investments through Gold ETFs in ETCDs
having gold as the underlying directly or indirectly.
ii. In case of multi assets allocation schemes, the exposure to ETCDs shall not
be more than 30% of the net asset value of the scheme.
iii. In case of other hybrid schemes excluding multi assets allocation scheme,
the participation in ETCDs shall not exceed 10% of net asset value of the
scheme.
iv. In case of Gold ETFs, the cumulative exposure to gold related instruments
i.e. Gold Deposit Scheme (GDS) of banks, Gold Monetization Scheme
(GMS) and ETCD having gold as the underlying, shall not exceed 50% of
net asset value of the scheme. However, within the 50% limit, the
investment limit for GDS and GMS as part of gold related instrument shall
not exceed 20% of net asset value of the scheme. The unutilized portion of
the limit for GDS of banks and GMS can be utilized for ETCD having gold
as the underlying.
v. 56The cumulative gross exposure through equity, debt, derivative positions
(including commodity and fixed income derivatives), repo transactions and
credit default swaps in corporate debt securities, Real Estate Investment
Trusts (REITs), Infrastructure Investment Trusts (InvITs), other permitted
securities/assets and such other securities/assets as may be permitted by the
Board from time to time should not exceed 100% of the net assets of the
scheme
vi. 57The following exposures shall not be considered in the cumulative gross
exposure as specified in para v above:
a) Short position in Exchange Traded Commodity Derivatives (ETCDs)
not exceeding the holding of the underlying goods received in
physical settlement of ETCD contracts.
b) Short position in ETCDs not exceeding the long position in ETCDs
on the same goods.
4.4.3. Disclosures: In case of mutual fund schemes investing in ETCDs, the AMC
shall adhere to the following:
56 Substituted vide SEBI Circular no. SEBI/HO/IMD/DF2/CIR/P/2021/24 dated March 04, 2021. Prior to
substitution the norm read as under:
“The cumulative gross exposure through equity, debt and derivative positions (including commodity
derivatives) shall not exceed 100% of net asset value of the scheme.”
57 SEBI circular no SEBI/HO/IMD/DF2/CIR/P/2021/10 dated January 15, 2021
Page 68 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
i. The NAVs of those schemes shall be updated on daily basis by the AMCs
on their website and on the website of AMFI by 09:00 a.m. of the following
calendar day.
ii. The format of monthly and half-yearly portfolio may be modified to reflect
the investment in ETCDs.
iii. The total exposure to ETCDs shall be disclosed as a line item in the Monthly
Cumulative Report (MCR).
Page 69 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
CHAPTER 5. OPTIONS IN GOODS 58
5.1.Product Design
5.1.1. Underlying: Goods as notified vide number S.O. 3068(E), dated the 27th
September 2016 under clause (bc) of section 2 of the Securities Contracts
(Regulation) Act, 1956.
5.1.2. Eligibility Criteria for Underlying: Only those goods shall be eligible as
underlying for these options, on which exchange either is already trading
the futures contracts or is proposing to launch the futures contracts on or
before the day of launching option in those goods. These Option contracts
shall have same quality specifications, delivery centres, Final Settlement
Price methodology etc. as in the case of corresponding futures contracts.
5.1.3. Settlement Method: On exercise, option contract shall be settled through
delivery of goods.
5.1.4. Exercise Style: All exercise style are permitted.
5.1.5. Minimum Strikes: Each option expiry shall have minimum three strikes
available viz., one each for In the Money (ITM), Out of the Money (OTM)
and At the Money (ATM).
5.1.6. Exercise Mechanism: On expiry, following mechanism shall be adopted by
Exchanges for exercise of the options contracts:
i. Option series having strike price closest to the price of the underlying shall
be termed as At the Money (ATM) option series.
This ATM option series and three option series having strike prices
immediately above this ATM strike and three option series having strike
prices immediately below this ATM strike shall be referred as ‘Close to the
money’ (CTM) option series.
In case the price of the underlying is exactly midway between two strike
prices, then immediate three option series having strike prices just above
the price of the underlying and immediate three option series having strike
58 SEBI circular no SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DMP/CIR/P/2020/05 dated January 16, 2020
Page 70 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
prices just below the price of the underlying shall be referred as ‘Close to
the money’ (CTM) option series.
ii. All option contracts belonging to ‘CTM’ option series shall be exercised
only on ‘explicit instruction’ for exercise by the long position holders of
such contracts.
iii. All In the money (ITM) option contracts, except those belonging to ‘CTM’
option series, shall be exercised automatically, unless ‘contrary instruction’
has been given by long position holders of such contracts for not doing so.
iv. All Out of the money (OTM) option contracts, except those belonging to
‘CTM’ option series, shall expire worthless.
v. All exercised contracts within an option series shall be assigned to short
positions in that series in a fair and non-preferential manner.
5.1.7. Trading hours: Trading hours shall be same as those of corresponding
futures contract.
5.1.8. Expiry Day: Exchanges shall have flexibility to decide upon Expiry day of
options contracts.
5.1.9. Minimum Tenor: Minimum tenor of such option contracts shall be same
as those of corresponding futures contracts.
5.1.10. Position Limits:
i. Position limits for options shall follow the norms as provided in Chapter 3.
ii. The computation of position limits for ‘option in goods’ shall be clubbed
with position limits of ‘options on commodity futures’ on the same
underlying goods but shall remain separate from position limits of futures
contracts on the same underlying. Numerical value for client level/member
level limits shall be twice of the corresponding numbers applicable for
futures contracts.
5.2.Risk Management
5.2.1. Clearing Corporations shall adopt risk management framework compliant
with the CPMI-IOSCO Principles for Financial Market Infrastructures,
including the following.
Page 71 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
5.2.2. Margining model and quantum of initial margins: CC shall adopt initial
margin models and parameters that are risk-based and generate margin
requirements sufficient to cover potential future exposure to
participants/clients in the interval between the last margin collection and the
close out of positions following a participant/client default. The model
should
i. use a conservative estimate of the time horizons for close out of the
positions (including in stressed market conditions),
ii. have an appropriate method for measuring credit exposure that accounts for
relevant risk factors and portfolio effects, and
iii. to the extent practicable and prudent, limit the need for destabilizing, pro-
cyclical changes.
Initial margin requirement shall be adequate to cover at least 99% VaR
(Value at Risk). Margin Period of Risk (MPOR) shall be at least equal to
three days or MPOR of corresponding futures contracts, whichever is
higher. In case of portfolio based margining, this requirement applies to each
portfolio’s distribution of future exposure. Accordingly, CCs shall fix
prudent price scan range, volatility scan range and/or plausible changes in
any other parameters impacting options price.
CCs shall impose appropriate short option minimum margin, calendar
spread charge, extreme loss margin, concentration margins, additional
margins, pre-expiry margin, delivery period margin etc. for option contracts.
5.2.3. Volatility Scan Range59: The VSR in respect of various categories of
commodities shall be subject to following minimum values:
Volatility Category Minimum VSR % Minimum VSR %
Non Agri Agri Commodities
commodities
Low 4 5
Medium 5 6
High 6 7
CCs (providing clearing and settlement for options) shall review the value
of VSR by back testing on a monthly basis using last 3 years’ data by 15th
59 SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/P/2021/08 dated January 11, 2021
Page 72 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
of every month and any change in VSR shall be implemented from 1st
trading day of the following month.
The back testing shall be done by using appropriate models to extract
volatility (such as EWMA (Exponentially Weighted Moving Average)
volatility of the underlying futures contract, implied volatility of options,
etc.) over the relevant MPOR (Margin Period of Risk) period.
5.2.4. Margining at client level: CCs shall impose initial margins at the level of
portfolio of individual client comprising of his positions in futures and
options contracts on each commodity.
5.2.5. Real time computation: Though the margining models may update various
scenarios of parameter changes (underlying price, volatility etc.) at discrete
time points each day (at least every two hours), the latest available scenarios
shall be applied to client portfolios on a real time basis.
5.2.6. Mark to market: CCs shall mark to market the options positions by adding
the current market value of options (positive for long options and negative
for short options) to the margin requirement. Thus, mark to market gains
and losses would not be settled in cash for options positions.
5.3.Other aspects
5.3.1. Exchanges willing to start trading in options contracts with goods as
underlying shall take prior approval of SEBI for launching such contracts.
5.3.2. Exchanges shall make necessary disclosures such as open interest of top10
largest participants/group of participants in “option in goods” (both long and
short) and the details of their combined open interest in underlying
constituents etc., as per section 1.15.
5.3.3. The exchanges shall augment their monitoring and surveillance capacity.
Page 73 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
CHAPTER 6. OPTIONS ON COMMODITY FUTURES60
6.1.Product Design
6.1.1. Underlying: Commodity futures contract (of a specified month) traded on
the corresponding exchange.
6.1.2. Eligibility criteria for selection of underlying Commodity Futures for
Options: Options would be permitted for trading on a stock exchange only
on those commodity futures as underlying, which are traded on its platform
and satisfy both the criteria specified below on the respective exchange:
i. [***]61
ii. The average daily turnover of underlying futures contracts of the
corresponding commodity during the previous twelve months, shall be at
least:
a) INR 200 crore for agricultural and agri-processed commodities
b) INR 1000 crore for other commodities
6.1.3. Settlement Method: On exercise, option position shall devolve into
underlying futures position as follows: -
i. long call position shall devolve into long position in the underlying futures
contract
ii. long put position shall devolve into short position in the underlying futures
contract
iii. short call position shall devolve into short position in the underlying futures
contract
iv. short put position shall devolve into long position in the underlying futures
contract
All such devolved futures positions shall be opened at the strike price of the
exercised options.
6.1.4. Exercise Style: To begin with European Style options are permitted.
6.1.5. Minimum Strikes: Each option expiry shall have minimum three strikes
available viz., one each for In the Money (ITM), Out of the Money (OTM)
and At the Money (ATM).
60 SEBI circular no SEBI/HO.CDMRD/DMP/CIR/P/2017/55 dated June 13, 2017
61 Omitted vide circular no. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DNPMP/CIR/P/2020/125 dated July 20, 2020. Prior to
omission, the norm read as under:
“The underlying 'Futures contracts' on the corresponding commodity shall be amongst the top five
futures contracts in terms of total trading turnover value of previous twelve months.”
Page 74 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
6.1.6. Exercise Mechanism: On expiry, following mechanism shall be adopted
by Exchanges for exercise of the options contracts:62
6.1.6.1. All In the money (ITM) option contracts shall be exercised
automatically, unless ‘contrary instruction’ has been given by long
position holders of such contracts for not doing so.
6.1.6.2. All Out of the money (OTM) option contracts shall expire worthless.
62
Substituted vide SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DNP/CIR/P/2022/01 dated January 03, 2022.
Prior to substitution, the norm read as under:
Exercise Mechanism: On expiry, following mechanism shall be adopted by Exchanges for
exercise of the options contracts:
i. Option series having strike price closest to the Daily Settlement Price (DSP) of Futures
shall be termed as At the Money (ATM) option series.
This ATM option series and two option series having strike prices immediately above
this ATM strike and two option series having strike prices immediately below this ATM
strike shall be referred as ‘Close to the money’ (CTM) option series.
In case the DSP is exactly midway between two strike prices, then immediate two
option series having strike prices just above DSP and immediate two option series
having strike prices just below DSP shall be referred as ‘Close to the money’ (CTM)
option series.
ii. All option contracts belonging to ‘CTM’ option series shall be exercised only on
‘explicit instruction’ for exercise by the long position holders of such contracts.
iii. All In the money (ITM) option contracts, except those belonging to ‘CTM’ option
series, shall be exercised automatically, unless ‘contrary instruction’ has been given by
long position holders of such contracts for not doing so.
iv. All Out of the money (OTM) option contracts, except those belonging to ‘CTM’ option
series, shall expire worthless.
v. All exercised contracts within an option series shall be assigned to short positions in
that series in a fair and non-preferential manner.
Page 75 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
6.1.6.3. All exercised contracts within an option series shall be assigned to
short positions in that series in a fair and non-preferential manner.
6.1.7. Trading Hours: Trading hours shall be same as those of corresponding
futures contract.
6.1.8. Expiry Day: Expiry day of options contracts shall be decided by Exchange
based upon period of high liquidity of underlying futures contract and shall
be part of option contract specifications.
6.1.9. Position Limits
i. Position limits for options shall follow the same norms as provided for
futures.
ii. Position limits of options would be separate from position limits of futures
contracts and numerical value for client level/member level limits shall be
twice of corresponding numbers applicable for futures contracts.
iii. Due to separate position limits for options, there is a possibility that post
exercise of options i.e. after devolvement of options into corresponding
futures positions open positions for clients/members may exceed their
permissible position limits for future contracts. For such clients/members
Exchanges may permit maximum up to two trading days post option expiry
day to reduce their futures positions to bring them within the permissible
position limits.
6.2.Risk Management
6.2.1. Exchanges shall adopt risk management framework compliant with the
CPMI-IOSCO Principles for Financial Market Infrastructures, including the
following.
6.2.2. Margining model and quantum of initial margins: Exchanges shall adopt
initial margin models and parameters that are risk-based and generate
margin requirements sufficient to cover potential future exposure to
participants/clients in the interval between the last margin collection and the
close out of positions following a participant/client default. The model
should:
i. use a conservative estimate of the time horizons for close out of the
positions (including in stressed market conditions),
Page 76 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
ii. have an appropriate method for measuring credit exposure that accounts for
relevant risk factors and portfolio effects, and
iii. to the extent practicable and prudent, limit the need for destabilizing, pro-
cyclical changes.
Initial margin requirement shall be adequate to cover 99% VaR (Value at
Risk) and Margin Period of Risk (MPOR) shall be at least two days. In case
of portfolio-based margining, this requirement applies to each portfolio’s
distribution of future exposure.
Accordingly, exchanges shall fix prudent price scan range, volatility scan
range and/or plausible changes in any other parameters impacting options
price. Exchange shall impose appropriate short option minimum margin,
calendar spread charge and extreme loss margin for option contracts.
6.2.3. Volatility Scan Range63: The VSR in respect of various categories of
commodities shall be subject to following minimum values:
Volatility Category Minimum VSR % Minimum VSR %
Non Agri commodities Agri Commodities
Low 4 5
Medium 5 6
High 6 7
CCs (providing clearing and settlement for options) shall review the value
of VSR by back testing on a monthly basis using last 3 years’ data by 15thof
every month and any change in VSR shall be implemented from 1st trading
day of the following month.
The back testing shall be done by using appropriate models to extract
volatility (such as EWMA (Exponentially Weighted Moving Average)
volatility of the underlying futures contract, implied volatility of options,
etc.) over the relevant MPOR (Margin Period of Risk) period.
6.2.4. Margining at client level: Exchanges shall impose initial margins at the
level of portfolio of individual client comprising of his positions in futures
and options contracts on each commodity.
63 SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/P/2021/08 dated January 11, 2021
Page 77 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
6.2.5. Real time computation: Though the margining models may update various
scenarios of parameter changes (underlying price, volatility etc.) at discrete
time points each day (at least every two hours), the latest available scenarios
shall be applied to client portfolios on a real time basis.
6.2.6. Mark to market: Exchanges shall mark to market the options positions by
deducting/adding the current market value of options (positive for long
options and negative for short options) times the number of long/short
options in the portfolio from/to the margin requirement. Thus, mark to
market gains and losses would not be settled in cash for options positions.
6.2.7. Risks pertaining to options that devolve into futures on expiry:
i. For handling increase in margins on expiry when options devolve into
futures position, specifically for long option positions which are probable
to be exercised, exchanges shall start sensitizing the option holders of the
impending increase in margins (along with the estimated increase) at least
few days in advance, and/or, based on their risk perception, may also
consider gradually collecting increased margins during the last few days so
as to have adequate margins to cover the risk of futures position that will be
created on devolvement of options into futures.
ii. Penalty is levied on members for short-collection/non-collection of the
initial margins. Penalty for such short-collection/non-collection due to
increase in initial margins resulting from devolvement of options into
futures may not be levied by Exchanges for the first day.
6.3.Other aspects
6.3.1. The stock exchanges willing to start trading in such options contracts shall
take prior approval of SEBI for launching such contracts.
Page 78 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
CHAPTER 7. DESIGN OF COMMODITY INDICES AND PRODUCT DESIGN
FOR FUTURES ON COMMODITY INDICES 64
7.1.Design of Commodity Indices
7.1.1. Types of Indices: Composite (i.e., comprising of commodities from more
than one sector) as well as sectoral indices, meeting the eligibility criteria
prescribed herein are permitted. For being eligible to launch derivatives
upon, Exchanges shall ensure that indices are compliant with IOSCO
Principles for Financial Benchmarks and make necessary disclosures in this
regard on their websites. Further, exchanges shall also ensure that an index
is not susceptible to manipulation and shall make mandatory disclosure with
respect to the Index design parameters on their website.
7.1.2. Name: The name of index should include the name of the exchange on
which the constituents of index are traded.
7.1.3. Eligibility criteria: Constituents of the commodity index shall meet the
criteria given below –
i. Constituent futures contracts should be in existence on the respective
exchange for at least previous twelve months. (All constituents shall meet
this criterion)
ii. The contracts have traded for at least 90% of the trading days during the
previous twelve months. (All constituents shall meet this criterion)
iii. The average daily turnover of the constituent futures contracts during the
previous twelve months is at least:
a) INR 75 Crore for agricultural and agri-processed commodities
b) INR 500 Crore for all other commodities.
(Constituents having at least 80% combined weightage in the index shall
meet this criterion and no single constituent not meeting this criterion shall
have a weightage of more than 15% in the index)
However, the above turnover requirements shall not be applicable for
sectoral indices subject to exchanges ensuring that constituent futures have
adequate liquidity.
64 SEBI circular no SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DNPMP/CIR/P/2019/71 dated June 18, 2019
Page 79 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
7.1.4. Re-balancing
i. The index constituents and their weightages shall be at least annually
selected and rebalanced. Exchanges shall decide and announce/disclose the
constituents and weightages of the index at least three months before the
actual re-balancing of the index. Exchanges shall ensure that constituents
meet the eligibility criteria as mentioned above while deciding the
constituents and weightages for rebalancing.
ii. However, in case of an extraordinary event such as ban / suspension of
trading of an index constituent, following action shall be taken by
exchange-
a) Reselection of commodities (excluding banned / suspended
commodities)
b) Recalculation of weightage
Exchanges shall ensure that constituents meet the eligibility criteria as
mentioned above.
iii. The index changes shall be implemented only after market hours.
7.1.5. Weights of constituents
i. Index constituents will be assigned weightages based on their production
value and liquidity value with appropriate weightages pre-decided by
exchange for production value and liquidity value (provided that weightage
of either shall not be less than 25%). The liquidity value will be total traded
value of the index constituent on the exchange platform in the preceding
twelve months prior to the construction / announcement of re-balancing of
the index. The production value will be average of the value of deliverable
supply of underlying commodity for past five financial years prior to the
construction / announcement of re-balancing of the index.
ii. In order to ensure that no single commodity dominates a composite index,
maximum weightage for any index constituent in a composite index shall
be capped at 30% and minimum weightage shall be at least 1%. However,
these weightage caps shall not be applicable for sectoral indices subject to
exchanges ensuring that any single constituent does not get heavily
weighted in an index.
iii. In case of an index having multiple commodity groups, exchanges may put
in place maximum and minimum weightages for a commodity group.
Page 80 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
7.1.6. Computation and roll over
i. The index value shall ordinarily be computed using the nearest expiry
futures prices of the index constituents so that prices of liquid contracts are
used for index construction.
ii. Exchange shall put in place a transparent methodology (including the dates
of roll over, the various constituents which will be rolled over from nearest
to next expiry, weights of nearest and next expiry contracts during each of
the roll over day for such constituents etc.) for gradual roll over of the index
constituents to next expiry taking into account the liquidity in the
underlying nearest /next expiry contracts.
7.1.7. Real time dissemination: The index value shall be updated on real time
continuous basis and shall be displayed on the Exchange website.
7.1.8. Dissemination of methodology: Exchange shall ensure a transparent
methodology of index construction, calculation, dates and details of roll
over, dates and other details of periodic rebalancing, report on compliance
with IOSCO principles etc., and disseminate the same on its website.
7.2.Product Design for Futures on Commodity Indices
7.2.1. Trading Hours: The trading hours will be in line with the trading hours for
constituent futures of underlying index. In case trading hours vary for
constituents, trading hours for index derivatives shall be kept such that it is
available for trading whenever any of the constituent futures contract is
available for trading. However, on the day of its expiry, Index futures
contract shall expire at 5:00 pm.
7.2.2. Size of the Contract: At least INR 5 lakh at the time of introduction in the
market.
7.2.3. Tenor of the Contract: To begin with, maximum tenor of contracts shall
be 12 months.
7.2.4. Available Contracts: Stock Exchanges shall decide the number of
contracts, duration of contracts and launch calendar based on market
requirements.
Page 81 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
7.2.5. Position Limits
i. Client level- Higher of:
5% of the total open interest in the market in commodity index futures Or
1000 lots
ii. Trading Member level- Higher of:
15% of the total open interest in the market in commodity index futures Or
10000 lots
7.2.6. Daily Price Limit: Stock Exchanges shall decide appropriate daily price
limits for commodity index futures based on historical price movement of
the indices.
7.2.7. Settlement Mechanism: Final Settlement for futures on commodity index
shall be done in cash.
7.2.8. Final Settlement Price: The Final Settlement Price shall be the underlying
index price arrived at based on Volume Weightage Average Price of the
constituents of the underlying index between 4:00 pm and 5:00 pm on the
expiry day of the Index futures contract. {In absence of trading in any
constituent during last one hour, exchange shall determine appropriate
methodology (in line with the methodology for determining daily closing
price) to arrive at appropriate price of the constituent to be used for
determining index price}.
7.2.9. Expiry date: The stock exchanges shall have the flexibility to set the expiry
date for contracts. However, the expiry date may not coincide with the roll-
over period of the constituents of the underlying index.
7.2.10. Application: Before launching any futures contract on an index, a
Recognised Stock Exchange with commodity derivative segment shall
submit its proposal with contract specifications and risk management
framework to SEBI, for approval.
7.3.Risk Management
7.3.1. Exchanges shall adopt risk management framework compliant with the
CPMI-IOSCO Principles for Financial Market Infrastructures, including the
following.
Page 82 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
7.3.2. Margining model and quantum of initial margins: Exchanges shall adopt
initial margin models and parameters that are risk-based and generate
margin requirements sufficient to cover potential future exposure to
participants/clients in the interval between the last margin collection and the
close out of positions following a participant/client default. The model
should:
i. use a conservative estimate of the time horizons for close out of the
positions (including in stressed market conditions),
ii. have an appropriate method for measuring credit exposure that
accounts for relevant risk factors and portfolio effects, and
iii. to the extent practicable and prudent, limit the need for destabilising,
pro-cyclical changes.
Initial margin requirement shall be adequate to cover at least 99% VaR
(Value at Risk) and Margin Period of Risk (MPOR) shall be at least two
days. In case of portfolio-based margining, this requirement applies to each
portfolio’s distribution of future exposure.
Accordingly, exchanges shall fix prudent price scan range, and/or plausible
changes in any other parameters impacting futures price.
7.3.3. Margining at client level: Exchanges shall impose initial margins at the
level of portfolio of individual client.
7.3.4. Real time computation: Though the margining models may update various
scenarios of parameter changes (underlying price, volatility etc.) at discrete
time points each day (at least every two hours), the latest available scenarios
shall be applied to client portfolios on a real time basis.
7.4.Cross Margin in Commodity Index Futures and its underlying constituent futures or
its variants65
7.4.1. SEBI has prescribed norms, inter-alia, for providing margin benefit on
spread positions in commodity futures contracts, vide various circulars. In
order to improve the efficiency of the use of the margin capital by market
participants, cross margin benefit between Commodity Index futures and
futures of its underlying constituents or its variants is introduced. This shall
reduce the cost of trading and may lead to enhanced liquidity in both the
65 SEBI Circular no. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/CDMRD_DRM/P/CIR/2021/586 dated June 29, 2021
Page 83 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Commodity index futures and its underlying constituent futures or its
variants.
7.4.2. Therefore, based on the consultation with the stakeholders, the following
provisions shall be applicable in this regard;
i. Computation of cross margin benefit:
a) Cross margin benefit of 75 % on Initial Margin may be allowed
for eligible offsetting positions of index futures and futures
of its underlying constituents or its variants. The Extreme Loss
Margin and Mark to Market Margin shall continue to be levied.
b) Cross margin benefit shall be computed at the client level on an
online real time basis and provided to the trading member /
clearing member, as the case may be. This benefit in turn shall be
passed on to the client.
ii. Separate Accounts
a) Clients may be allowed to maintain two accounts with
trading member/clearing member, viz arbitrage account (which
holds fully replicated portfolio) and a non-arbitrage account. This
is for the purpose of allowing clients to convert a partially
replicated portfolio into a fully replicated portfolio by taking
opposite positions in two accounts. A fully replicated portfolio is
one which has exact offsetting positions of index futures contract
and all its constituent futures contracts or its variants.
b) However, for the purpose of compliance and reporting
requirements, the positions across both the accounts shall be taken
together and the client shall continue to have a unique client code.
iii. Eligibility
a) To be eligible for cross margin benefit, contracts belonging to
Index futures and underlying constituents or its variants shall
belong to same expiry month or to the nearest expiry month and
should be from amongst the first three expiring contracts only.
b) Cross Margin benefit on the eligible positions shall be entirely
withdrawn latest by the start of the tender period for the
constituent futures of the index or its variants or start of the expiry
day, whichever is earlier.
c) Clearing Corporations / Exchanges may introduce cross margin
benefit, after back testing for adequacy of cross margin to cover
Mark to Market losses (MTM) for a minimum period of six
Page 84 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
months. Initial margin after cross margin benefit should be able
to cover MTM on at least 99% of the days as per back testing.
iv. Default
a) In the event of a default by a trading member / clearing member,
as the case may be, whose clients have availed cross margin
benefit, the Clearing Corporation shall have the option to:
1) Hold the positions in the cross margin account till expiry,
in its own name.
2) Liquidate the positions / collateral and use the proceeds
to meet the default obligation.
v. Agreement: The Exchange / Clearing Corporation shall enter into an
agreement with the trading member / clearing member, as the case may
be, clearly laying down the distribution of liability / responsibility in
the event of a default.
vi. Clearing Corporations shall apply to SEBI for approval for provision
of cross margin benefit on the indices. The application shall be
accompanied with the back testing data as mentioned at para 7.4.2
(iii)(c).
7.5.Other aspects
7.5.1. The recognised stock exchanges with commodity derivative segment
willing to start trading in futures on commodity indices shall take prior
approval of SEBI for launching such contracts. Exchanges will have to
submit at-least past 3 years data of the index constructed along with data on
monthly volatility, roll over yield for the month and monthly return while
seeking approval from SEBI. On approval, exchanges shall also publish the
above data on their website before launch of the products.
7.5.2. Exchanges shall make necessary disclosures such as open interest of top 10
largest participants/group of participants in index futures (both long and
short) and the details of their combined open interest in underlying
constituents etc., as per section 1.15.
7.5.3. The Exchanges shall augment their monitoring and surveillance capacity.
Page 85 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
CHAPTER 8. OPTIONS ON COMMODITY INDICES - PRODUCT DESIGN
AND RISK MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK66
8.1. Product Design
8.1.1. Underlying: The underlying shall be commodity indices, which shall
conform to the guidelines as prescribed in the SEBI Circular No.
SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DNPMP/ CIR/P/2019/71 dated June 18, 2019.
8.1.2. Eligibility Criteria for Underlying: Option contracts can be introduced on
those indices on which futures contracts are available.
8.1.3. Settlement Mechanism: On exercise, options contract shall be settled in
cash.
8.1.4. Exercise Style: European style options.
8.1.5. Minimum Strikes: Each option expiry shall have minimum three strikes
available viz., one each for In the Money (ITM), Out of the Money (OTM)
and At the Money (ATM).
8.1.6. Size of the Contract: At least INR 5 lakh at the time of introduction in the
market.
8.1.7. Exercise Mechanism: On expiry, following mechanism shall be adopted by
stock exchanges for exercise of the options contracts:
i. All In the money (ITM) option contracts shall be exercised
automatically, unless ‘contrary instruction’ has been given by long
position holders of such contracts for not doing so.
ii. All Out of the money (OTM) option contracts shall expire worthless.
iii. All exercised contracts within an option series shall be assigned to
short positions in that series in a fair and non-preferential manner.
8.1.8. Trading Hours: The trading hours will be in line with the trading hours for
constituent futures of underlying index. In case trading hours vary for
constituents, trading hours for index derivatives shall be kept such that it is
available for trading whenever any of the constituent futures contract is
66 SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DNP/CIR/P/2022/34 dated March 24, 2022
Page 86 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
available for trading. However, on the day of its expiry, Index options
contract shall expire at 5:00 pm.
8.1.9. Expiry Date: The stock exchanges shall have the flexibility to set the expiry
date for contracts. However, the expiry date shall not coincide with the roll-
over period of the constituents of the underlying index.
8.1.10. Tenor of the Contract: To begin with, maximum tenor of contracts shall
be 12 months.
8.1.11. Final Settlement Price: The Final Settlement Price shall be the underlying
index price arrived at based on Volume Weightage Average Price of the
constituents of the underlying index between 4:00 pm and 5:00 pm on the
expiry day of the Index options contract. {In absence of trading in any
constituent during last one hour, stock exchange shall determine appropriate
methodology (in line with the methodology for determining daily closing
price) to arrive at appropriate price of the constituent to be used for
determining index price}.
8.1.12. Position Limits:
i. Client level -Higher of:
10% of the total open interest in the market in commodity index
options
Or
2000 lots
ii. Trading Member level -Higher of:
30% of the total open interest in the market in commodity index
options
Or
20000 lots
The computation of position limits for ‘options’ shall remain separate from
position limits of futures contracts on the same underlying.
8.2. Risk Management
Clearing Corporations(CCs) shall adopt risk management framework compliant
with the CPMI-IOSCO Principles for Financial Market Infrastructures, including
the following:
Page 87 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
8.2.1. Margining model and quantum of initial margins: CCs shall adopt initial
margin models and parameters that are risk-based and generate margin
requirements sufficient to cover potential future exposure to
participants/clients in the interval between the last margin collection and the
close out of positions following a participant/client default. The model
should:
i. use a conservative estimate of the time horizons for close out of the
positions (including in stressed market conditions),
ii. have an appropriate method for measuring credit exposure that
accounts for relevant risk factors and portfolio effects, and
iii. to the extent practicable and prudent, limit the need for
destabilizing, pro-cyclical changes.
Initial margin requirement shall be adequate to cover at least 99% VaR
(Value at Risk). Margin Period of Risk (MPOR) shall be at least two days.
In case of portfolio based margining, this requirement applies to each
distribution of portfolio’s exposure. Accordingly, CCs shall fix prudent
price scan range, volatility scan range and/or plausible changes in any other
parameters impacting options price. CCs shall impose appropriate short
option minimum margin, calendar spread charge, extreme loss margin,
concentration margins, additional margins, pre-expiry margin, etc. for
option contracts.
8.2.2. Margining at client level: CCs shall impose initial margins at the level of
portfolio of individual client.
8.2.3. Real time computation: Though the margining models may update various
scenarios of parameter changes (underlying price, volatility etc.) at discrete
time points each day (at least every two hours), the latest available scenarios
shall be applied to client portfolios on a real time basis.
8.2.4. Mark to Market: CCs shall mark to market the options positions by adding
the current market value of options (positive for long options and negative
for short options) to the margin requirement. Thus, mark to market gains
and losses would not be settled in cash for options positions.
8.3. Other aspects
8.3.1. The recognised Stock Exchanges with a Commodity Derivative segment,
willing to introduce trading in options on commodity indices shall take prior
approval of SEBI for the same.
Page 88 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
8.3.2. Stock Exchanges shall submit at-least past three-years data of the index
constructed along with data on monthly volatility, roll over yield for the
month and monthly return while seeking approval from SEBI. On approval,
the Stock Exchange(s)shall also publish the above data on their website
before launch of the contract.
8.3.3. Stock Exchanges shall make necessary disclosures, such as, open interest of
top 10 largest participants/group of participants in “option in indices” (both
long and short) and the details of their combined open interest in underlying
constituents, etc., in line with SEBI Circular No.
SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DNPMP/CIR/P/2019/08 dated January 04, 2019
regarding “Disclosures by Stock Exchanges for commodity derivatives”.
8.3.4. Stock exchanges shall put in place adequate monitoring and surveillance
capacity for the options on indices contracts.
Page 89 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
CHAPTER 9. RISK MANAGEMENT
9.1.Risk Management Framework 67
9.1.1. Overview: The core of the risk management system of stock exchanges
shall comprise of the following:
i. Liquid Assets: Liquid assets shall be deposited by members with the
Exchanges in compliance with the norms specified herewith to cover
various margin and deposit requirements.
ii. Initial Margins (IM)68: Value at Risk (VaR) Margins to cover potential
future exposure for at least 99% of the days to participants in the interval
between the last margin collection and the close out of positions following
a participant default subject to minimum percentage floor value as
prescribed by SEBI from time to time.
iii. Extreme Loss Margins (ELM): Margins to cover the loss in situations that
lie outside the coverage of the VaR based initial margins.
iv. Additional Margins: Margins imposed on both long and short sides over
and above the other margins, would be called additional margins.
v. Pre-expiry Margin69: Exchanges shall levy pre-expiry margin which may
be increased gradually every day.
vi. Delivery Period Margin: Appropriate delivery period margin shall be
levied by Exchanges on the long and short positions marked for delivery till
67 SEBI Circular No. CIR/CDMRD/DRMP/01/2015 dated October 01, 2015
68Substituted vide SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/P/2016/77 dated September 01, 2016.
Prior to substitution, the norm read as under:
“Value at risk (VaR) margins to cover potential losses for at least 99% of the days subject to
minimum percentage floor value as prescribed by SEBI from time to time.”
69 Substituted vide SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DNPMP/CIR/P/2019/83 dated July 26, 2019. Prior
to substitution, the norm read as under:
“Tender Period Margin/Pre-expiry Margin: Exchanges shall levy tender period/pre-expiry margin
which may be increased gradually every day beginning from the pre-determined number of days
before the expiry of the contract as applicable.”
Page 90 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
the pay-in is completed by the member. Once delivery period margin is
levied, all other applicable margins may be released.
vii. Minimum Liquid Net-worth Requirement: Initial margins, ELM,
additional margins or any other margins as may be specified by SEBI from
time to time shall be deducted from the liquid assets of a clearing member.
The clearing member’s liquid assets after adjusting for applicable margins
shall be referred to as ‘Liquid Net-worth’ of the clearing member. Clearing
Members shall maintain ‘Liquid Net-worth’ as specified by SEBI from time
to time.
viii. MTM (Mark to Market) Settlement: Mark to market settlement of all
open positions of clients/members shall be done on daily basis.
ix. Base Minimum Capital: Exposure free deposit required from all members
of exchanges.
x. Settlement Guarantee Fund (SGF): Exchanges shall maintain SGF which
shall be used by Exchanges only for the purpose of providing settlement
guarantee.
xi. Concentration margins: Margins to cover the risk of longer period
required for liquidation of concentrated positions in any commodity
derivatives contract.
9.1.2. Liquid Assets: The types of liquid assets acceptable by Exchanges from
their members and the applicable haircuts and concentration limits are listed
below:
Item Minimum Haircut Limits
(Note ‘a’)
Cash Equivalents
Cash 0 No limit
Bank fixed deposits 0 No limit (Note i)70
Bank guarantees 0 Limit on exchange’s
exposure to a single
bank. (Note ‘b’)
70 SEBI Circular SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/P/2018/52 dated March 21, 2018
Page 91 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Item Minimum Haircut Limits
(Note ‘a’)
Securities of the Central 10% No limit
Government
Units of liquid mutual 10% No limit
funds or government
securities mutual funds
(by whatever name called
which invest in
government securities)
Other Liquid Assets
Liquid (Group-I) Same as the VaR margin for Limit on exchange’s
Equity Shares (Note ‘d’) the respective shares exposure to a single
(Note ‘d’) issuer (Note ‘e’)
Mutual fund units other Same as the VaR margin for
than those listed under the units computed using the
cash equivalents traded price on stock
exchange, if available, or
else, using the NAV of the
unit treating it as a liquid
security (as per
methodology given in para
(ii) of Annexure N on
Liquidity Categorization
and Computation of VaR
Corporate Bonds having Fixed percentage based or Not to exceed 10% of
rating of AA or above (or VaR based Haircut. A the total liquid assets
with similar rating higher haircut may be of the clearing
nomenclature) by considered to cover the member.
recognized credit rating expected time frame for (Note ‘e’)
agencies liquidation. To begin with
the haircut shall be a
minimum of 10%
Bullion 20% Total commodities
collateral for any
Gold ETF 20%
clearing member shall
Agricultural 40%
not exceed 30% of the
Commodities
Page 92 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Item Minimum Haircut Limits
(Note ‘a’)
Base metals and Alloys 30% total liquid assets of
72 the clearing member,
out of which non-
Diamond 40%
bullion collateral shall
not exceed 15% of the
total liquid assets of
the clearing member 71
(Note ‘f’)
Notes:
a. The valuation of the liquid assets shall be done on a daily basis after applying
applicable haircuts.
b. The exchanges shall lay down exposure limits either in rupee terms or as
percentage of the total Liquid Assets that can be exposed to a single bank
directly or indirectly. The total exposure towards any bank would include
Bank Guarantees issued by the bank as well as debt or equity securities of
the bank which have been deposited by members towards total liquid assets.
Not more than 1% of the total liquid assets deposited with the exchange, shall
be exposed to any single bank which has a net worth of less than INR 500
crores and is not rated P1 (or P1+) or equivalent, by a recognized credit
rating agency or by a reputed foreign credit rating agency, and not more than
10% of the total liquid assets deposited with the exchange shall be exposed
to all such banks put together.
c. Cash equivalents shall be at least 50% of liquid assets. This would imply that
Other Liquid Assets in excess of the total Cash Equivalents would not be
regarded as part of member’s liquid assets as well as total liquid assets.
d. For determination of which equity shares are falling in Group-I and what
would be the appropriate VaR margin for these securities, data disseminated
by Stock Exchanges having equity platform shall be referred. Stock
72 Substituted vide SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/P/2019/100 dated September 13,
2019. Prior to substitution, norm read as under:
Item Minimum Haircut
Steel 60%
71 Substituted vide SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/P/2016/112 dated 14 October 2016.
Prior to substitution, the norm read as under:
“Total commodities collateral for any clearing member shall not exceed 15% of the total liquid
assets of the clearing member.”
Page 93 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Item Minimum Haircut Limits
(Note ‘a’)
Exchanges are already required to compute the same on regular basis in
accordance with Annexure N regarding Liquidity Categorization and
Computation of VaR.
e. Exchanges shall adequately diversify their collateral so as to avoid any
concentration of exposure towards any single entity and the same shall be
within the limits as may be prescribed by SEBI from time to time.
f. All commodities to be accepted as collateral should be of same quality
specification which is deliverable under the contract specification of
commodity derivatives being traded on the Exchange73.
g. Exchanges shall accept liquid assets as collateral only as per the list of liquid
assets specified in the table above. However, exchanges may decide not to
accept certain types of liquid assets specified in the above list based on their
risk perception, capability to hold and arrangements for timely liquidation.
Exchanges may stipulate concentration limits at member level / across all
members as may be necessary.
h. Exchanges shall make necessary arrangements to enable timely liquidation
of collaterals accepted by them.
i. Stock exchanges shall not accept Fixed Deposit Receipts (FDRs) from
trading/clearing members as collateral, which are issued by the
trading/clearing member themselves or banks who are associate of trading/
clearing member. 74
Explanation –for this purpose, 'associate' shall have the same meaning as
defined under SECC Regulations.
9.1.3. Commodity Futures
I. Initial Margins (IM)75 : Exchanges shall impose initial margins sufficient
to cover its potential future exposure to participants in the interval between
the last margin collection and the close out of positions following a
73 Substituted vide SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/P/2019/100 dated September 13,
2019. Prior to substitution, the norm read as under:
“Agricultural commodities to be accepted as collateral should be of same quality specification
which is deliverable under the contract specification of agricultural commodities derivatives being
traded on the Exchange.”
74SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/P/2018/52 dated March 21, 2018
75SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/P/2016/77 dated September 01, 2016
Page 94 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
participant default. Exchanges shall therefore estimate appropriate Margin
Period of Risk (MPOR) for each product based on liquidity in the product.
a. Minimum value for Initial Margin and minimum MPOR76:
CPSS-IOSCO Principles for Financial Market Infrastructure (PFMI)
inter alia prescribes under Key Considerations for Principle 6 on
margin that margining model should to the extent practicable and
prudent, limit the need for destabilising, pro-cyclical changes. In light
of the above and given the wide variation of liquidity and volatility
among different commodity derivatives, accordingly, norms regarding
Minimum IM and minimum MPOR for commodity derivatives
segment stands are as per the framework mentioned below: -
(i) Clearing Corporations (CCs) shall categorise their commodities
into three categories of volatility based upon the realized
volatility for last three years as given below: -
Volatility Category of Realized Annualized Volatility
Commodity criteria
Low 0 to 15%
Medium Above 15 % to 20%
High Above 20%
(ii) Realized volatility shall be calculated from series of daily log
normal return of main near month future contracts of the
respective commodity. The series of daily log normal return shall
be rolled over to next month contract on start of staggered
delivery period if it is applicable. If staggered delivery is not
applicable, then rollover shall be done on the day after the expiry
of near month contract.
(iii) Exchange having maximum average daily turnover across all
derivative contracts on the respective commodity based on last
76 Substituted vide SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/P/2020/15 dated January 27, 2020.
Prior to substitution, the norm read as under:
“The MPOR for all commodity derivatives contracts shall be at least 2 days.”
“Minimum value for Initial Margin: Minimum value of initial margin would be subject to commodity
specific floor value as may be specified by SEBI from time to time. Currently floor value of IM
applicable for Nickel shall be 5% and for all other commodities it shall be 4%.”
Page 95 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
six months’ period shall be termed as Lead Exchange. The CC
of the Lead Exchange shall do the categorisation of the
respective commodities and same shall be intimated to, and
adopted by all other CCs
(iv) Based on volatility category, minimum initial margin (IM) and
minimum MPOR shall be as under:
Volatility Minimum IM Minimum MPOR
Category of
Non-Agri Agri Non-Agri Agri
Commodity
Low 6% 8% 2 3
Medium 8% 10% 2 3
High 10% 12% 3 4
(v) It is also clarified that floor values prescribed for IM in table
above need not be scaled up by MPOR.
(vi) CCs shall review the categories of all commodities once in every
six months’ period based upon past three years’ data.
Commodity may be moved from higher volatility category to
lower category only if it satisfies criteria of the revised category
of volatility for two consecutive reviews. However, movement
from a lower to higher volatility category shall be done based
upon a single review.
(vii) The categorization shall be done on 1st March and 1st September
of each year on rolling basis and changes if any shall be made
applicable from 1st April and 1st October respectively of each
year.
(viii) In case derivatives are launched on any new underlying
commodity for the first time for which no reference futures
prices are available, it shall be initially categorized based upon
prices available in the spot markets subject to a minimum of
Medium Category of volatility. Re-categorization of such
commodity from higher to lower category of volatility can only
be done after two consecutive reviews.
Page 96 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
b. Additional Lean Period Margin in Agri Commodities:
(i) In case of Agri commodities, it has been observed that during
lean period (i.e. the period before the arrival of new crop) there
is often uncertainty about the arrivals of new crop. This may lead
to higher volatility in prices of commodities during this period.
Therefore, CCs shall levy additional lean period margin of 2%
on contracts expiring during lean period.
(ii) Lead exchanges shall determine the lean period in consultation
with their relevant Product Advisory Committee and disclose the
same on their websites.
c. Margin Computation at client portfolio level: Margins shall be
computed at the level of portfolio of each individual client comprising
his positions in futures contracts across different maturities. For
Trading/Clearing Member level margins computation, margins would
be grossed across various clients. The proprietary positions of the
Trading Member would also be treated as that of a client for margin
computation.
d. Spread margin benefit: –
(i) Spread benefit in initial margin shall be permitted in the
following cases:
a) Different expiry date contracts of the same underlying
b) Two contracts variants having the same underlying commodity
c) Futures contracts in a commodity complex provided the
conditions in para (ii) below are met77.
(ii) Exchanges may provide spread benefit in initial margin across
futures contracts in a commodity complex provided the
following conditions are met:
a) Minimum coefficient of correlation (r) between futures prices
of the two commodities is 0.90.
b) Back testing for adequacy of spread margin to cover MTM has
been carried out for a minimum period of one year (back testing
for at least 250 days wherein daily settlement price of futures
77Inserted vide SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/P/2018/51 dated 20 March 2018
Page 97 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
used for back testing have been determined from traded futures
prices).
c) Initial margin after spread benefit has been able to cover MTM
on at least 99% of the days as per back testing.
(iii) Maximum benefit in initial margin on spread positions indicated
in para [i – (a) and (b)] is restricted to 75%. Maximum benefit in
initial margin on spread positions indicated in para [i – (c)] is
restricted to 50%.
(iv) In case of spread positions, additional margins and special
margins 78 shall not be levied. No benefit in ELM would be
provided for spread positions i.e. ELM shall be charged on both
individual legs. Exchanges are free to charge margins higher than
the minimum specified depending upon their risk perception.
(v) Margin benefit on spread positions shall be entirely withdrawn
latest by the start of tender period or start of expiry day,
whichever is earlier. 79
To be eligible for initial margin benefit, each individual contract
in the spread shall be from amongst the first three expiring
contracts.
(vi) While providing spread benefit across futures contracts in a
commodity complex, exchanges shall continuously monitor
dynamics of the commodities and their correlation and if there
are changes such that spread margin benefit is no longer
appropriate to be given, shall take appropriate further course of
action.80
(vii) In case of calendar spreads or spreads consisting of two contract
variants having the same underlying commodity (wherein
78 SEBI Circular No. CIR/ISD-2/CDD-1/99/2016 dated September 27, 2016
79 Substituted vide SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/P/2016/130 dated 02 December 2016.
Prior to substitution, the norm read as under:
“Margin benefit on spread positions shall be entirely withdrawn latest by the start of tender period
or Expiry-6th day, whichever is earlier.”
80 Inserted vide SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/P/2018/51 dated 20 March 2018
Page 98 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
currently 75% benefit in initial margin is permitted), benefit in
initial margin shall be permitted when each individual contract
in the spread is from amongst the first six expiring contracts. 81
e. Real Time Computation: The margins should be computed on real
time basis. The computation of portfolio initial margin would have
two components. The first is the computation of initial margin for
each individual contract. At the second stage, these contract initial
margins would be applied to the actual portfolio positions to compute
the portfolio initial margin. The exchanges are permitted to update
EWMA volatility estimates for contracts at discrete time points each
day (with a gap of not more than 2 hours between any two consecutive
updates and at the end of the trading session) and the latest available
scaled up WMA volatility estimates would be applied to
member/client portfolios on a real time basis.
II. Extreme Loss Margin (ELM): ELM of 1% on gross open positions shall
be levied and shall be deducted from the liquid assets of the clearing
member on an online, real time basis.
III. Additional Margins: Exchanges may levy Additional Margins based on
their evaluation in specific situations as may be necessary.
IV. Pre-expiry Margin: Exchanges shall levy pre-expiry margin which shall
be increased gradually every day beginning from the pre-determined
number of days before the expiry of the contract and latest by the start of
the staggered delivery period. Exchanges shall determine the quantum of
pre-expiry margin as appropriate based on the risk characteristics of the
particular commodity.
V. Delivery Period Margin82: Appropriate delivery period margin shall be
levied by Exchanges on the long and short positions marked for delivery till
the pay-in is completed by the member. Once delivery period margin is
levied, all other applicable margins may be released.
81 Substituted vide SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/P/2021/ dated 9 August, 2021. Prior
to substitution, the norm read as under:
In case of calendar spreads or spreads consisting of two contract variants having the same underlying
commodity (wherein currently 75% benefit in initial margin is permitted) also, benefit in initial margin shall
be permitted only when each individual contract in the spread is from amongst the first three expiring
contracts.
82 SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/P/2016/77 dated 01 September 2016
Page 99 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
However, delivery period margins shall be higher of:
A. 3% + 5 day 99% VaR of spot price volatility
Or
B. 20%
Or
C. Applicable delivery period margins as on September 01, 2016
Exchanges may impose higher margins if deemed fit.
VI. Mark to Market (MTM) Settlement: All open positions of a futures
contract would be settled daily, only in cash, based on the Daily Settlement
Price (DSP). DSP shall be reckoned and disseminated by the Exchange at
the end of every trading day. The mark to market gains and losses shall be
settled in cash before the start of trading on T+1 day. If mark to market
obligations are not collected before start of the next day’s trading, the
exchange shall collect correspondingly higher initial margin (scaling up by
a factor of square root of two) to cover the potential losses over the time
elapsed in the collection of margins.
VII. It is reiterated that risk management is primarily a responsibility of CCs and
the framework prescribed by SEBI is minimum framework. CCs are
allowed to be more conservative as per their own perception of risk.83
VIII. CCs shall also disclose detailed break up of various applicable margins on
contracts cleared by them along with volatility on their websites.
9.1.4. Concentration Margins84 : Exchanges shall impose adequate
concentration margins (only on concentrated positions) to cover the risk of
longer period required for liquidation of concentrated positions in any
commodity. The threshold value for imposing concentration margin may be
determined taking into account factors including open interest,
concentration and estimated time to liquidation based on prevailing liquidity
and possible reduction in liquidity in times of market stress etc. The
quantum of concentration margins imposed may vary based on the level of
concentration.
83 SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/P/2020/15 dated 27 January, 2020
84 SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/P/2016/77 dated 01 September 2016
Page 100 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
9.1.5. Additional Ad-hoc Margins: Exchanges have the right to impose
additional risk containment measures over and above the risk containment
system mandated by SEBI. However, the Exchanges should keep the
following three factors in mind while taking such action:
i. Additional risk management measures (like ad-hoc margins) would
normally be required only to deal with circumstances that cannot be
anticipated or were not anticipated while designing the risk
management system. If ad-hoc margins are imposed with any degree of
regularity, exchanges should examine whether the circumstances that
give rise to such margins can be reasonably anticipated and can
therefore be incorporated into the risk management system mandated
by SEBI. Exchanges are encouraged to analyse these situations and
bring the matter to the attention of SEBI for further action.
ii. Any additional margins that the exchanges may impose shall be based
on objective criteria and shall not discriminate between members on the
basis of subjective criteria.
iii. Transparency is an important regulatory goal and therefore every effort
must be made to make the risk management systems fully transparent
by disclosing their details to the public.
9.1.6. Margin Provisions for Intra-day crystallized losses 85 : In order to
mitigate the risk arising out of accumulation of crystallized obligations
incurred on account of intra-day squaring off of positions, the stock
exchanges shall adopt the following:
i. The intra-day crystallized losses shall be monitored and blocked by
Clearing Corporations from the free collateral on a real-time basis only
for those transactions which are subject to upfront margining. For this
purpose, crystallised losses can be offset against crystallised profits at
a client level, if any.
ii. If crystallised losses exceed the free collateral available with the
Clearing Corporation, risk reduction mode shall be followed.
iii. Crystallised losses shall be calculated based on weighted average prices
of trades executed.
iv. Adjustment of intraday crystallised losses shall not be done from
exposure free liquid net-worth of the clearing member.
85 SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/P/2018/52 dated March 21, 2018
Page 101 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
9.1.7. Margin Collection and Enforcement: All applicable margins shall be
deducted by Exchanges from the Liquid Assets of the clearing members on
an online, real time basis. Margins applicable on client positions have to be
compulsorily collected from the clients and reported to the Exchange by the
members.
9.1.8. Minimum Liquid net-worth86 : Members of Clearing Corporations in
commodity derivatives segment shall maintain a minimum Liquid Net-
worth of at least INR 50 Lakhs at all points of time.
9.1.9. Base Minimum Capital (BMC)87
i. Exchanges shall have BMC requirements for their members (Trading
members) as given below:
a. Members without Algo trading – INR 10 Lacs
b. Members doing Algo trading – INR 50 Lacs
ii. 88Members of Clearing Corporations in commodity derivatives
segment shall not have any Base Minimum Capital requirement.
iii. No exposure will be given by the Exchange on this BMC.
iv. 25% of the above deposit shall be in the form of cash and balance 75%
can be in the form of Fixed Deposit/Bank Guarantee.
v. These funds would be kept in a separate account by the Exchange and
would be used only towards the settlement of claims of the client,
payment of arbitration fee by the member if any, and dues payable by
the member on account of pending arbitration cases/arbitration awards
and would not be used by the exchange for meeting any of its other
dues.
86 SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/P/2018/52 dated March 21, 2018
87 SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/P/2016/86 dated 16 Sep 2016
88 Substituted vide SEBI Circular no. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/P/2018/52 dated March 21, 2018. Prior
to substitution, the provision read as under:
“Clearing members who clear and settle only non-algo trades for other trading members shall have
BMC requirement of INR 25 lakhs. Clearing members who clear and settle algo trades shall continue
to have BMC requirement of INR 50 lakhs”
Page 102 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
vi. BMC would be refunded to the members at the time of surrender of
membership provided that there is no unsettled claim against member
and no arbitration cases are pending against the member.
9.1.10. Risk Reduction Mode: Exchanges shall ensure that the trading
members/clearing members are mandatorily put in risk-reduction mode
when 90% of the member’s Liquid Assets available for adjustment against
margins/deposits gets utilized for margins/deposits. Such risk reduction
mode shall include the following:
i. All unexecuted orders shall be cancelled once trading member himself
or his clearing member breaches 90% collateral utilization level.
ii. Only orders with Immediate or Cancel attribute shall be permitted in
this mode.
iii. All new orders shall be checked for sufficiency of margins and such
potential margins shall be blocked while accepting the orders in the
system.
iv. The trading member shall be moved back to the normal risk
management mode as and when the collateral utilization level of the
trading member as well as his clearing member is lower than 90%.
9.1.11. Measures in case of repeated shortfall in margin/pay-in89 : In case of
repeated margin/pay-in shortfalls beyond a threshold amount by any
member in a month, following risk mitigation measures shall be initiated:
i. The member be put in square off mode and required to reduce positions.
ii. The member be charged initial margins at a higher rate for the next one
month,
Or
The member be subjected to a penal exposure free deposit equal to the
cumulative funds/margin shortage over previous one month which
could be kept with the exchange for the next month.
iii. Exchange shall keep a close watch on such member.
89 SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/P/2016/77 dated 01 September 2016
Page 103 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
9.2.Alternative Risk Management Framework Applicable in case of Near Zero and
Negative Prices90
9.2.1. In order to enable risk management framework to handle the scenario of
’near zero’ and negative prices, the following provisions should be
complied: -
i. Alternate Risk Management Framework (ARMF) shall be applicable in
such cases of near zero and negative prices for any underlying
commodities/futures. Details of the ARMF are given in 9.2.2 below.
ii. To begin with, the commodities having the following characteristics
may be in principle treated as susceptible to the possibility of near zero
and negative prices: -
a. Commodities that need specialized storage space in physical markets,
which, if not followed, may cause environmental hazards or have
other external implications AND
b. Commodities that can’t be disposed of/destroyed with ease i.e.
disposal/ destruction of such commodities may cause an
environmental hazard or may incur significant cost.
iii. However, CCs who do not presently provide for the clearing and
settlement services of any such susceptible commodity, are not required
to update their systems for the prescribed ARMF. This is subject to
certification by their Risk Management Committee that none of the
products being presently cleared by the CC are susceptible to near zero
and negative prices as per Clause (ii) above. However, before the
launch of any such susceptible commodities in future, they shall ensure
that their systems are updated for the ARMF.
iv. 91The pre-expiry margins shall be imposed on cash settled contracts
where in the underlying commodity is deemed susceptible to possibility
of near zero and/or negative prices as identified by exchange/CC. In
case of these contracts, pre-expiry margins shall be levied during the
last five trading days prior to expiry date, wherein they shall increase
by 5% every day.
90 SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/P/2020/176 dated September 21, 2020
91 SEBI Circular no. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/P/2021/20 dated February 23, 2021.
Page 104 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
9.2.2. The Alternate Risk Management Framework (ARMF) in the event of
Near Zero and Negative Prices is as follows:
I. Activation of ARMF
i. In case the Clearing Corporation (CC) foresees the possibility of
negative/near zero prices in any commodity, then for such commodity
derivatives, it shall activate an ARMF. This framework will be capable
of estimating the risk in the event of negative/near zero prices of the
underlying/futures.
ii. The shift to the ARMF shall be conditional, based on triggers indicating
the likelihood of near zero/ negative prices. Some of the
conditions/circumstances which are indicative in nature and may
warrant the activation of the ARMF are illustrated below: -
a. There is a fall in the commodity prices by more than 50% within 20
trading days, while comparing the intra-day highest and lowest prices.
b. In case of internationally referenced contracts, the international
exchange/clearing corporation having the benchmark contract
decides to introduce such measures for negative prices.
c. Options contracts having strike price values of near zero/negative are
introduced by the stock exchange for trading.
d. Price of the underlying commodity/futures contract comes down to
the level equal to or lower than the maximum price movement
observed over the MPOR (Margin Period of Risk) in past 12 months.
e. Any other conditions as per the discretion of the CC, which might
indicate the likelihood of negative prices.
iii. In case one or more of the above mentioned conditions or any other
additional conditions that may be identified by the CC becomes
applicable, the CC in consultation with their respective stock exchange
will conduct a review and take a formal decision on whether there is a
need to activate the ARMF. The CC shall subsequently also
communicate its decision to the market and other stock
Exchanges/CCs. If the Lead CC, as defined in. 9.1.3 above, has
activated the ARMF, then the other CCs shall also follow the same.
iv. The CC shall strive to intimate to the market, well in advance, the
threshold price level, below which the ARMF shall be activated.
Page 105 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
II. Characteristics of ARMF: The ARMF shall have the following
characteristics:
i. Normal Distribution: In the regular risk management framework, prices
are assumed to be log normally distributed and volatility is calculated
based on the difference in log prices. This assumption is valid only for
positive prices, as logarithm of zero or negative prices is not defined.
In a scenario wherein the ARMF gets triggered, the prices shall be
assumed to follow normal distribution. Therefore, in such scenario,
volatility shall be based on the absolute differences in prices. This
volatility shall be determined based on EWMA (Exponentially
Weighted Moving Average) as per the parameters of the regular
framework.
ii. Minimum Margin in Absolute terms: In the regular framework, a floor
value for initial margin is prescribed in percentage terms. In case the
prices turn negative, floor value in percentage terms shall be applied on
the absolute value of price levels. Further, floor value shall also be
prescribed in absolute INR terms. The higher of the two values shall be
the applicable floor for the initial margin. The CC shall determine and
notify such floor value based on past price movements and past margin
amounts observed in respect of such commodities.
iii. Spread margin benefit: The correlation between different contracts on
the same underlying may not hold in the event of near zero/negative
prices. Therefore, margin benefit on spread positions shall be
completely withdrawn upon the activation of the ARMF.
iv. Option Pricing Model: The theoretical price determination of options
shall be done using appropriate models like the Bachelier model, or any
other model which can be applied on negative underlying prices.
v. Pre-expiry margins: The appropriate pre-expiry margins shall also be
levied by CCs on cash settled contracts, in respect of those commodities
in which the ARMF is triggered.
vi. Extreme Loss Margin (ELM): In case the price of any futures contract
goes below a threshold, ELM shall be levied on such threshold price or
absolute price of the contract, whichever is higher. The CC shall decide
threshold price in respect of each commodity on which ELM under the
ARMF shall be made applicable.
vii. Other margins: CCs may levy other margins such as additional margins,
special margins, concentration margins etc. as per their own discretion.
Page 106 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
III. Deactivation of ARMF
i. The following principles shall be taken into account by CCs for
deactivation of the ARMF i.e. switching from alternate to regular risk
management framework:
a. The de-activation of the ARMF shall be done when the conditions
that triggered the activation of the ARMF no longer prevail. The exit
from the ARMF shall be done after a reasonable time lag so as to
avoid frequent switching between alternate and regular frameworks.
b. In case the entry and exit of the ARMF is defined in terms of specific
price points, the exit point shall be kept sufficiently above the entry
point to avoid frequent switching between alternate and regular
frameworks.
c. The de-activation of the ARMF and re-activation of regular
framework will be done when the margin requirement under the two
frameworks sufficiently converges.
ii. The observation of a zero or negative prices shall have to be excluded
from model under regular margin framework since log return involving
zero or negative price is not defined.
9.3.Regaining matched book
9.3.1. In the event of a member/client failing to honour pay-in/margin obligations,
exchanges may employ the below given alternative tools to liquidate the
positions and regain a matched book based on the conditions of market
liquidity, volatility, size of position to be liquidated etc. Any tool lower in
the list prescribed hereunder may be resorted to only in extremely rare
occasions when the exchange reasonably expects that it may not be able to
restore a matched book by choosing the alternatives above it and also
records the reasons for the same in writing:
i. Alternative 1: Liquidation in normal market in orderly manner (with
relaxed price limits, if required);
ii. Alternative 2: Auction of the positions within a specified price band
iii. Alternative 3: Voluntary tear-up at last mark-to-market price along with
compensation equal to 10% of last mark-to-market price and penalty equal
to 1% of last mark-to-market price (to be credited to SGF);
iv. Alternative 4: Partial tear-up (pro-rata against members/clients having
opposite positions) at last mark-to-market price along with compensation
Page 107 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
equal to 8% of last mark-to-market price and penalty equal to 1% of last
mark-to-market price (to be credited to SGF).92
9.3.2. To enable timely and error free execution, CCs shall have an automated
system to implement all such tools. CCs shall put in place such system, and
also conduct testing of the same.
9.4.Framework to Enable Verification of Upfront Collection of Margins
i. The provisions related to framework to enable verification of upfront
collection of margins shall be same as specified for equity cash segment in
SEBI circular no. SEBI/HO/MRD2/DCAP/CIR/P/2020/127 dated July 20,
2020 and its subsequent amendments if any, as carried out from time to
time.
ii. Para 2 of clause (i) of Annexure of SEBI circular no.
SEBI/HO/MRD2/DCAP/CIR/P/2020/127 dated July 20, 2020 is modified
as under:93
“Further, for commodity derivatives segment, clearing corporations shall
send an additional minimum two snapshots for commodity derivative
contracts which are traded till 9:00 PM and additional minimum three
snapshots for the commodity derivatives contracts which are traded
till 11:30/11:55 PM. Margins/EOD margins shall be determined as per the
relevant Risk Parameter Files.”
9.5.Mechanism for regular monitoring of and penalty for short- collection/ non-
collection of margins from clients94
92 Substituted vide SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/P/2020/32 dated March 03, 2020.
Prior to substitution, the provisions read as under:
“Alternative 3: Voluntary tear-up at last mark-to-market price along with compensation (%age of
last mark-to-market price equal to twice the daily price limit) and penalty (5%, to be credited to
SGF)
Alternative 4: Partial tear-up (pro-rata against members/clients having opposite positions) at last
mark-to-market price along with compensation (%age of last mark-to-market price equal to thrice
the daily price limit) and penalty (5%, to be credited to SGF).”
93 SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/CDMRD_DRM/P/CIR/2021/689 dated December 16, 2021
94 SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/P/2016/80 dated 7 September 2016
Page 108 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
9.5.1. The penalty structure and framework for short-collection/non-collection of
margins by members from their clients shall be as under:
i. The ‘margins’ for this purpose shall mean initial margin, extreme loss
margin (ELM), mark to market margin, special / additional margin, delivery
margin or any other margin as prescribed by the Exchange to be collected
by member from their clients.
ii. The members are required to collect upfront initial margins and extreme
loss margins 95 from their clients. The members will have time till ‘T+2’
working days to collect margins (except initial margins and extreme loss
margins) from their clients. (The clients must ensure that the initial margins
and extreme loss margins are paid in advance of trade and other margins
are paid as soon as margin calls are made by Exchanges/Members. The
period of T+2 days has been allowed to members to collect margin from
clients taking into account the practical difficulties often faced by them only
for the purpose of levy of penalty and it should not be construed that clients
have been allowed 2 days to pay margin due from them.)
iii. The members shall report to the Exchange on T + 5 day the actual short-
collection/non-collection of all margins from clients.
iv. Penalty shall be levied as per the details given below on the members for
short / non-collection of margins from their clients beyond T + 2 working
days:
For each member
‘a’ Per day penalty as % of ‘a’
(< INR 1 lakh) and (< 10% of applicable 0.5
margin)
(>= INR 1 lakh) or (>= 10% of applicable 1.0
margin)
Where a = short-collection / non-collection of margins per client per day
v. In case of short-collection /non-collection of initial margins and extreme
loss margins, the above penalty structure would be applicable from T day.
95 Inserted vide SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/P/2016/93 dated 26 September 2016
Page 109 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
vi. The Exchanges should put in place a suitable mechanism to enable the
members to report the collection of all margins from their clients at the end
of each trading day and to report short collection/non-collection of all
margins on the T+5 day.
vii. The Stock Exchanges and Clearing Corporations, in consultation with one
another, shall devise a standard framework for imposition of fine on the
Trading Member/ Clearing Member for incorrect/false reporting and non-
reporting of margin collected from the client.96
viii. The penalty shall be collected by the Exchanges not later than five days of
the last working day of the trading month.
ix. With respect to repeated defaulters, who default 3 times or more during a
month, the penalty would be 5% of the shortfall in such instances. (Every
short/non-collection of margin is to be considered as one instance of
default. In case margin shortage is reported for a client 3 times or more
during a month, i.e., either in consecutive instances or in 3 different
instances, the penalty would be 5% of the shortfall from 4th instance of
shortfall. E.g. shortage is reported for a client on 1st and 2nd day of month
consecutively; thereafter again on 10th day shortage is reported. So the
number of instances are 3 and in case shortage is reported on any day later
in the month, the penalty shall be 5% of the shortfall amount for all such
instances beyond 3rd instance.)
x. All the penalties collected as prescribed above shall be credited to Core
SGF 97.
xi. Report on the penalties as collected by the Exchanges shall be submitted to
SEBI by the 10th day of the following month.
96 Substituted vide SEBI Circular No. CIR/HO/MIRSD/DOP/CIR/P/2019/88 dated August 01, 2019. Prior to
Substitution the norm read as under:
“All instances of non-reporting shall amount to 100% non-collection of margin and the penalty as
prescribed above shall be charged on these instances in respect of non-collection.”
97 Substituted vide SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/P/2019/73 dated June 20, 2019. Prior
to substitution, the norm read as under:
“All the penalties collected as prescribed above shall be credited to the Investor Protection Fund”
Page 110 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
xii. Considering the principle of ‘proportionality’, the fine shall be charged to
the member based on the materiality of non-compliance done by the
member which may include factors such as number of instances, repeated
violations, etc. The amount of fine to be charged upon the member may
extend to 100% of such false/incorrectly/non-reported amount of margin
and/or suspension of trading for appropriate number of days.98
xiii. The Exchange shall direct their members to monitor trades of every client.
Suitable mechanism may be put in place to intimate the clients as and when
the margins are used up to an appropriate level as considered fit.
xiv. In exceptional situations wherein members and/or clients were not in
position to square off the open positions to avoid levy of penalty for margin
shortfall due to lack of adequate liquidity and/or high market volatility,
exchanges may take a suitable decision depending upon the merit of the
circumstances and keep SEBI informed of the same. Further, the exchanges
are directed to take such exceptional matters to their Board of Directors for
decision.
xv. For commodity derivative contracts having trading hours beyond 5:00 PM
99:
a. For the purpose of determining minimum threshold of margins to be
collected by members from their clients, cut off time shall be kept as
5:00 PM.
b. Risk Parameter File (RPF) to be generated at cut-off time shall be
applied on clients’ EOD portfolio for the purpose of determining
minimum threshold of margin to be collected from clients by members.
c. Similarly, for the purpose of determining minimum threshold of
Extreme Loss Margin (ELM) to be collected from clients, EOD client
portfolio shall be valued at the half an hour weighted average trade
price arrived at cut-off time stipulated above.
xvi. For commodity derivative contracts having trading till 5:00 PM, margin
collection from clients shall be on EOD basis.
98 Substituted vide SEBI Circular No. CIR/HO/MIRSD/DOP/CIR/P/2019/88 dated August 01, 2019. Prior to
Substitution the norm read as under:
“Exchanges shall examine implementation of these instructions during the inspection of its
members. If during inspection or otherwise, incorrect reporting on collection of margin from client
by member is found, the member shall be pengalized up to 100% of such amount short collected.”
99 Revised vide SEBI circular no. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/P/2019/149 dated November 29, 2019
Page 111 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
9.6.Settlement Guarantee Fund, Default Waterfall and Stress Testing
9.6.1. Clearing Corporations and Stock Exchanges in Commodity Derivatives
segment shall comply with provisions given in Annexure O regarding Core
Settlement Guarantee Fund (Core SGF) with respect to Core SGF, Stress
Testing and Default Waterfall post transfer of Clearing and Settlement
Function from Stock Exchanges to Clearing Corporations. 100
100 SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/P/2018/111 dated 11 July 2018. Prior to substitution,
the norm read as under:
A. “Components of SGF:
i. The initial contribution to SGF by the Exchange equal to 5% of the sum total of the Gross
revenues of the Exchange for the preceding financial years starting from financial Year
2007-08 or from the date when the Exchange was set up, till the Financial Year 2012-13,
subject to a minimum of Rs.10 crores.
ii. Base minimum capital of members
iii. Interest accrued on Base Minimum Capital
iv. All settlement related penalties charged by the Exchange from members with effect from
1st September, 2013
v. Interest amount and any other income accrued on the investment of funds of SGF shall also
be credited to SGF. (The income accruing on the funds belonging to SGF shall be credited
to SGF by the Exchange, net of income tax paid on such income).
The exchange shall on quarterly basis, make the risk assessment on SGF and shall make
fresh contribution to the SGF to meet the shortfall, if any. In cases where exchanges have
sufficient funds available in the SGF to meet the contingent risk, then there is no need for
exchanges to make any further contribution.
The margin collected by the Exchange from the members shall not be part of SGF.
B. Risk assessment for adequacy for SGF: The risk assessment for adequacy of SGF should be
made in compliance with the IOSCO Guidelines, wherein the stress test to determine adequacy
of SGF would include both liability for pay in of money and commodities towards settlement
obligation and expected losses @ 10% arising on account of unwinding of the open positions
of the Top 2 clearing members.
C. All the monies earmarked to SGF needs to be maintained in a separate account and should be
maintained by the investment committee. Further, any income earned on the SGF contributions
needs to be retained in the same account and should not be used for any other purpose than
meeting settlement obligations.
D. The SGF status funds should be shown separately in the head of accounts of the Exchange for
all accounts purposes.
E. The Exchange may send a quarterly report to the Regulator on the management of SGF. The
said report may include details like opening balance, accruals, income on previous accruals,
application of funds, net closing funds, outflows from the fund (if any). The report for the quarter
must be sent by the 10th of the following month.
F. Format for submitting Quarterly Report of SGF by the Commodity Exchanges is as follows:
Page 112 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
9.6.2. Risk management- disclosure by Exchange:101 The disablement of
terminals of the members along with duration of disablement due to shortage
of funds, margin money etc. may be disclosed on the Exchange website for
every quarter at the end of i.e.30th June, 30th September, 31st December
and 31st March.
9.7.Interoperability among Clearing Corporations
9.7.1. The interoperability framework is not available for commodity derivatives
products available for trading on the stock exchange.102
S. No. Items Status of information
1 Opening balance in the SGF (In Rs.) as on
2 Income of Previous Accruals (IN Rs.)
3 Accruals during the quarter (In Rs.)
Total (A)
4 Outflows from the Fund during the quarter, if any (In Rs.) (B)
5 Net closing Fund (IN Rs.) (A-B)
6 Details of the Application of Funds during the quarter
7 Any other information relevant for regulatory purpose
G. Default Waterfall:
Till clearing and settlement of trades in commodity derivatives are transferred to clearing
corporations, the default waterfall of exchanges shall follow the following order:
i. Defaulting member’s monies (including contribution to SGF)
ii. Insurance, if any
iii. Exchange resources equal to 5% of SGF
iv. SGF resources in the following order:
a. Penalties and investment income on SGF
b. 25% of Exchange contribution to SGF
c. Remaining (non-defaulting members’ and exchange) contribution to SGF on
pro rata basis.
v. Remaining exchange resources (excluding INR 100 Crore*)
vi. Capped additional contribution by non-defaulting members (equal to their
required contribution to SGF)
vii. Any remaining loss to be covered by way of pro-rata haircut to payouts.
*INR 100 Crore to be excluded only when remaining exchange resources are more
than INR 100 Crore.”
101 SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/P/2016/93 dated 26 September 2016
102 SEBI Circular No. CIR/MRD/DRMNP/CIR/P/2018/145 dated November 27, 2018
Page 113 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
CHAPTER 10. CONTRACT APPROVAL AND MODIFICATION
10.1. Permission for Trading in Futures Contracts 103
10.1.1. Check-list of information/details to be submitted along with proposal
for launch of new contract or/and for renewal of existing/earlier
contracts : All proposals of exchange for launch of new contract and/or for
renewal of existing/earlier contracts shall be accompanied by complete
information covering all the points appended at Annexure P regarding
Checklist of information/details for launch of new contract or/and for
renewal of existing/earlier contracts. The parameters / items listed in the
check-list for compliance are illustrative and not exhaustive. Any additional
relevant parameter/information as deemed necessary may also be furnished
while sending proposal for contracts.
10.1.2. Approval for futures contracts on continuous basis: The Exchange wise
list of contracts approved for continuous trading is placed at Annexure Q
regarding List of contracts approved for continuous trading. Approval for
continuous trading in futures contracts is contingent upon volume and open
interest at the Exchange. Continuous approval for futures trading in the said
contracts is subject to the following terms and conditions:
i. Approval for continuous trading in futures contracts is subject to Rules,
Byelaws and Regulations of the concerned Exchange.
ii. Approval for continuous trading granted is for the contract specifications
and launch calendar as already approved. Contract specifications and
contract launch calendar shall be notified well in advance to the market
participants on the website of the Exchange.
iii. Except for the specifications permitted to be modified at exchange level,
contracts specifications and contract launch calendar should not be changed
without prior approval. For any modification in contract specification or
contract launch calendar, the Exchange(s) shall give prior appropriate
notice to the market participants. Once the contracts are commenced, no
terms of the contract specifications should be changed without prior
approval of SEBI.
iv. In case of contracts approved for continuous trading:
103 SEBI Circular No. CIR/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/2016/88 dated September 20, 2016
Page 114 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
a. If Exchange decides not to launch new contract for trading, then
Exchange shall inform market participants well in advance and shall
also keep the regulator informed with adequate reasons for not
launching of such contract.
b. If Exchange decides to de-list already running contract(s) having nil
open interest, then exchange shall keep the regulator informed with
adequate reasons for de-listing the contract(s).
c. The re-launch of new contracts in case of ‘a’ and ‘b’ above shall be
with prior approval of SEBI.
v. The contracts approved for continuous trading in agri-commodities shall
continue to follow the lean month expiry policy as laid down and shall be
subject to any other directions as may be issued by SEBI from time to time.
Also, apart from the approved quality standards, the Exchange should
ensure that the commodity deposited should comply with the regulations
laid down by the other authorities like Food Safety Standard Authority of
India, Agmark, BIS etc.
vi. A limit on open position of each member and non-member client and the
limit on daily price fluctuation as specified in the contract specification.
vii. The permission granted for the contracts is subject to daily Mark to Market
settlement of outstanding contracts as per the procedure and delivery
mechanism/process specified in the Bye-laws, the Rules and the
Regulations of the Exchange.
viii. The Exchange, being the first tier regulator, shall ensure that there is no
unhealthy speculative trading in the market, which may result in cornering
or artificial rigging up or down of the prices by a particular member or
group or class of members.
ix. The list of contracts available for trading on continuous basis shall be
reviewed by SEBI from time to time.
Page 115 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
10.2. Modifications in the Contract Specifications of Commodity Derivatives Contracts
104
10.2.1. The modifications in contract specification parameters are categorized in
following three categories:
A. Category A: Non-material modifications which can be made at exchange
level in yet to be launched and running contracts.
B. Category B: Material modifications which can be made at the exchange
level in yet to be launched contracts or running contracts which have nil
open interest. These modifications shall require approval from Product
Advisory Committee and approval of Regulatory Oversight Committee to
be obtained post facto.
C. Category C: Material modifications which can be made only after approval
from SEBI. These modifications shall require deliberations and approval
from Product Advisory Committee and Regulatory Oversight Committee
before seeking permission from SEBI.
10.2.2. The list of various contract specification parameters as per the above stated
categories along with the timelines for advance intimation of modification
to SEBI and market participant is given at Annexure R on Categorization
of contract specification parameters in commodity derivatives contracts.
10.2.3. The permission to modify contract specification parameters of commodity
derivatives contracts is subject to the condition that before introduction of
any modification in contract specifications the Exchanges shall inform SEBI
and market participants along with reasons for the modifications as per the
timeline mentioned in Annexure at Categorization of contract
104 Substituted vide SEBI Circular no. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DOP/CIR/P/2019/135 dated November 14, 2019.
Prior to substitution, the norm read as under:
“To ensure that Exchanges are enabled to respond to the market requirements quickly, National
Commodity Derivatives Exchanges are permitted to modify the futures contract specifications
related to Ticker symbol, Basis, Maximum order size, Trading unit, Delivery unit, Quotation base
value, Tick size, Delivery centers, additional delivery centers, issue related to Premium/Discount,
Quality parameters and its relevant aspects such as Quantity variation and Tolerance limit in the
futures contract specifications. The permission to modify the above parameters of the futures
contract specifications is subject to the condition that Exchanges shall invariably inform the market
participants and the regulator well in advance before introduction of any modification in contract
specifications with reasons for the modifications.”
Page 116 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
specification parameters in commodity derivatives contracts. However,
this shall not apply to certain modifications which are required to be effected
immediately considering the exigencies of the situation as per surveillance
measure.
Page 117 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
CHAPTER 11. DELIVERY AND SETTLEMENT
11.1. Staggered Delivery 105
11.1.1. Staggered delivery period is the period, beginning few working days prior
to expiry of any contract and ending with expiry, during which
sellers/buyers having open position may submit an intention to give/take
delivery.
11.1.2. All compulsory delivery commodity futures contracts (agriculture
commodities as well as non-agriculture commodities) shall have a staggered
delivery period.
11.1.3. The minimum duration of staggered delivery period shall be at least five
working days.
11.1.4. Exchanges shall have the flexibility to set higher duration of staggered
delivery period for any commodity futures contract, as deemed fit, taking
into account various factors such as historical open interest, volume near
expiry etc. In this regard, for the benefit of the market participants, all the
exchanges shall jointly prepare and publish a detailed framework outlining
various circumstances and factors which would generally require longer
duration of staggered delivery period in any commodity.
105 Substituted vide SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DNPMP/CIR/P/2019/83 dated July 26, 2019.
Prior to substitution, the framework was as follows:
“In all futures contracts for which staggered delivery is mandated, the framework shall be as given
below:
i. The tender period shall start with onset of the applicable staggered delivery period. In case the
day happens to be a Saturday, Sunday or exchange holiday, the tender period shall start from
the next working day.
ii. Seller/buyer shall have an option of marking an intention of giving/taking delivery on any day
from start of the tender period up to expiry of the contract.
iii. Exchange shall allocate delivery to buyers having open long position as per random allocation
methodology to ensure that all buyers have an equal opportunity of being selected to receive
delivery irrespective of the size or value of the position. However, preference may be given to
buyers who have marked an intention of taking delivery.
iv. If the tender date is T, then pay-in and pay-out shall happen latest by T+2th working day.
v. Open position on expiry of the contract would result in compulsory delivery and would be settled
at Final Settlement Price (FSP) of the respective contracts and pay-in and pay-out shall happen
latest by the 2nd working day after expiry.”
Page 118 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
11.1.5. In the interest of trade and public, SEBI or exchange may exercise its due
discretion in modifying the aforesaid staggered delivery period at any time.
11.1.6. Framework
i. Seller/buyer having open position shall have an option, of submitting an
intention of giving/taking delivery, on any day during the staggered
delivery period.
ii. On each day (except for the expiry day), Exchange shall allocate intentions
received to give delivery during the day, to buyers having open long
position as per random allocation methodology to ensure that all buyers
have an equal opportunity of being selected to receive delivery irrespective
of the size or value of the position. However, preference may be given to
buyers who have marked an intention of taking delivery, which may be
based on aspects such as location, quality etc...
iii. Pay-in and pay-out for the allocated deliveries shall happen within 2
working days after allocation.
iv. All open positions after expiry of the contract shall result in compulsory
delivery and be settled at Final Settlement Price (FSP) of the respective
contract and pay-in and pay-out shall happen latest by the 2nd working day
after expiry.
11.2. Early Delivery System 106
11.2.1. In all futures contracts for which early delivery system is mandated, the
framework shall be as given below:
i. An early delivery period may be provided during E-14 to E-1 days (where
E stands for expiry day) of the contract during which buyers/sellers can give
intention to take/give delivery. If the intentions of the buyers/sellers match,
then the respective positions will be closed out by physical deliveries. The
process of pay in and pay-out will be completed on T + 2 basis, where 'T'
stands for the day on which matching has been done.
ii. If there is no intention matching for delivery between sellers and buyers,
then such delivery intention will get automatically extinguished at the close
of E-1 day. The intentions can be withdrawn during the course of E-14 to
E-1 day if they remained unmatched.
106 SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/P/2016/90 dated September 21, 2016
Page 119 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
iii. In respect of delivery defaults after the matching of delivery intentions,
penalty provisions as applicable in the case of delivery defaults in
compulsory delivery contracts will be applied.
iv. On the expiry of the contract, all outstanding positions would be settled by
delivery and all the penalty provisions for delivery default applicable in the
compulsory delivery contracts shall apply.
11.3. Early Pay-in Facility 107
11.3.1. Exchanges shall provide early pay-in facility to market participants
permitting market participants to deposit certified goods to the Exchange
accredited warehouse against relevant futures contracts sold. For such short
positions against which early pay-in has been made, based on risk
perception, exchanges may exempt imposition of all types of margins.
However, Exchanges shall continue to collect mark to market margins from
such market participants against such positions.
11.3.2. In case of compulsory delivery and seller’s option contracts, delivery to the
extent of open position at the expiry of the contract shall be mandatory after
claiming early pay-in facility on the position. The exchanges should provide
for extremely strict penalties including disciplinary actions against such
members who fail to do so.
11.4. Penalty on Delivery Default 108
11.4.1. Penalty on seller in case of delivery default (default in delivery against open
position at expiry in case of compulsory delivery contracts, default in
delivery after giving intention for delivery) shall be as follows:
i. Futures contracts on agri-commodities: 109[4%] of Settlement Price +
replacement cost (difference between settlement price and average of three
highest of the last spot prices of 5 succeeding days after the commodity
pay-out date, if the average price so determined is higher than Settlement
Price, else this component will be zero.)
107 SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/P/2016/90 dated September 21, 2016
108 SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/P/2016/90 dated September 21, 2016
109 Substituted for “3%” vide SEBI circular SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/P/2021/35 dated March 23,
2021
Page 120 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
ii. Futures contracts on non-agri commodities: 3% of Settlement Price +
replacement cost (difference between settlement price and higher of the last
spot prices on the commodity pay-out date and the following day, if the spot
price so arrived is higher than Settlement Price, else this component will be
zero.)
11.4.2. 110[Clearing Corporation/Exchanges] shall have the flexibility to increase/
decrease penalty for specific commodities depending on situation, in
consultation with SEBI
11.4.3. Norms for apportionment of penalty –
a. At least 1.75% of Settlement Price shall be deposited in the Settlement
Guarantee Fund (SGF) of the Clearing Corporation
b. Up to 0.25% of Settlement Price may be retained by the Clearing
Corporation towards administration expenses
c. 111(1% of Settlement Price in case of non-agri goods or 2% of Settlement
price in case of agri goods) plus replacement cost shall go to buyer who was
entitled to receive delivery
11.4.4. 112[Clearing Corporation] may have appropriate deterrent mechanism
(including penal/disciplinary action) in place against intentional/wilful
delivery default.
11.4.5. 113In the case of a default by a buyer in both agricultural and non-agricultural
commodities, following standard procedure shall be followed by the
Clearing Corporations:
a. The Clearing Corporation shall review the loss incurred by the non-
defaulting Party, i.e. Seller, at its sole discretion, and accordingly, levy
penalty on the defaulting buyer. However, such penalty shall be within
110 Substituted for “Exchanges” vide SEBI circular SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/P/2021/35 dated March
23, 2021
111 Substituted for “1% of Settlement Price” vide SEBI circular SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/P/2021/35
dated March 23, 2021
112 Substituted for “Exchanges” vide SEBI circular SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/P/2021/35 dated March
23, 2021
113 Substituted vide SEBI circular SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/P/2021/35 dated March 23, 2021. Prior to
substitution, the provision read as under:
“Buyer default shall not be permitted”
Page 121 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
the overall cap of delivery margins collected by the CCs, from such
defaulting buyer.
11.5. Penalty for Repeated Delivery Default114
11.5.1. SEBI had stipulated delivery default norms vide Circular
SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/P/2021/35 dated March 23, 2021.It is felt
that there is a need to put in place a suitable deterrent mechanism to address
instances of repeated delivery defaults. This is expected to further strengthen
the delivery mechanism and ensure market integrity.
11.5.2. In view of the above, in consultation with Clearing Corporations (CCs), the
following has been decided:
i. In the case of repeated default by a seller or a buyer, for each instance
of repeated default, an additional penalty shall be imposed, which shall
be 3 % of the value of the delivery default.
ii. Repeated Default shall be defined as an event, wherein a default on
delivery obligations takes place 3 times or more during a six months’
period on a rolling basis.
iii. The penalty levied shall be transferred to Settlement Guarantee Fund
(SGF) of the Clearing Corporation.
11.6. Fixation of Final Settlement Price (FSP) 115
11.6.1. For contracts where Final Settlement Price (FSP) is determined by polling,
unless specifically approved otherwise, the FSP shall be arrived at by taking
the simple average of the last polled spot prices of the last three trading days
viz., E0 (expiry day), E-1 and E-2. In the event the spot price for any one or
both of E1 and E-2 is not available; the simple average of the last polled
spot price of E0, E-1, E-2 and E-3, whichever available, shall be taken as
FSP. Thus, the FSP under various scenarios of non-availability of polled
spot prices shall be as under
114 SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/P/2021/619 dated August 17, 2021
115 SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/P/2016/90 dated September 21, 2016
Page 122 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Scenario Polled spot price availability FSP shall be simple
on average of last polled
spot prices on
E0 E‐1 E‐2 E‐3
1 Yes Yes Yes Yes/No E0, E‐1, E‐2
2 Yes Yes No Yes E0, E‐1, E‐3
3 Yes No Yes Yes E0, E‐2, E‐3
4 Yes No No Yes E0, E‐3
5 Yes Yes No No E0, E‐1
6 Yes No Yes No E0, E‐2
7 Yes No No No E0
11.6.2. In case of non-availability of polled spot price on expiry day (E0) due to
sudden closure of physical market under any emergency situations noticed
at the basis centre, Exchanges shall decide further course of action for
determining FSP in consultation with SEBI.
11.7. Change in Expiry Date 116
11.7.1. Exchange may advance expiry date of running contract in case physical
market is closed in the notified basis centre on the expiry day of the contract,
due to festivals, strikes, erratic weather conditions, etc.
11.7.2. Decision about advancing expiry of running contract shall be intimated to
the trade participants at least 10 days before the revised expiry date. The
delivery period may be advanced accordingly for contract having staggered
delivery. The FSP of such contract shall be fixed as per the above mentioned
procedure.
11.8. Identification and Selection of Location as a Delivery Centre(s) 117
11.8.1. Considering the inter-play of various factors, a particular location can be
identified and selected as a delivery centre by a stock exchange based on all
or combination of the following guidelines.
i. Demand/supply dynamics:
116 SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/P/2016/90 dated September 21, 2016
117 SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DNPMP/CIR/P/2020/89 dated May 26, 2020
Page 123 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
a. There should be adequate consumption demand throughout the year
and/or adequate supply at least during the expiry month(s)in and around
the location;
b. The location should have a sizeable production catchment area and
arrivals;
c. The location should be an active consumption centre/trading centre
attracting adequate supplies from other production centres to fulfil
demand for processing, consumption, trade, etc.
ii. Liquidity of the contract: The location should have high potential to
attract trading and delivery participation in the derivatives contract.
iii. Value chain participants: There should be adequate participation or
representation from different segments of the commodity value chain of the
commodity viz., farmers/producers, traders, millers, processors, exporters,
users, etc. who are interested in trading / delivering the commodity at such
location proposed to be designated as a delivery centre.
iv. Infrastructure Support:
a. There should be presence of sufficient and sizeable number of
warehouses in and around the location capable of handling the
deliveries on expiry of the contract and capable of getting registration
with WDRA wherever applicable, before the launch of the contracts.
b. There should be adequate transport links (road or rail connectivity),
presence of assaying and testing facilities, processing plants, etc., for
effecting smooth deliveries.
v. Trade Feedback: Feedback from all the stake holders including Farmers/
Farmer Producers Organization (FPOs) / Traders / Value Chain Participants
(VCPs) / Corporates / Micro, Small & Medium Enterprises (MSMEs),
Processors, Exporters etc., should be obtained and duly considered before
selecting a location for designating as delivery centre(s)of a particular
commodity.
11.8.2. Review of delivery centre:
i. The stock exchanges shall carry out a review of the delivery centre(s)
already designated and notified for the existing commodity derivatives
contracts, based on the aforesaid guidelines.
ii. The review shall also include those locations which though satisfy the
above-mentioned guidelines but have not been selected as the delivery
Page 124 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
centre(s) by the stock exchanges and examine reasons for not selecting
these locations as delivery centre.
iii. The stock exchanges shall submit their assessment in the form of a
comprehensive review report to their Product Advisory Committee (PAC)
constituted for respective commodity for consideration and advice.
11.8.3. SEBI has issued guidelines about the PAC (Chapter 2) in which the terms
of reference, inter-alia, includes choice of basis and additional delivery
centre, review of the delivery centres etc. Henceforth, the requisite
information highlighted at abovementioned paras (10.2.2 and 10.2.3) shall
form part of the information to be submitted to PAC for their consideration.
All the above stated information shall also be submitted by the stock
exchanges to SEBI while submitting application for contract approval or
renewal.
11.9. Criteria for Settlement Mode of Commodity Derivative Contracts118
11.9.1. The first preference of settlement type for commodity derivatives contracts
shall always be by the way of physical delivery.
11.9.2. Any exemption from the above i.e. cash settlement of commodity
derivatives contract, may be considered only in following scenarios with a
proper justification –
i. Physical delivery is difficult to implement due to any reason, which may
inter-alia include the following:
a. commodity is intangible; or
b. commodity is difficult to store may be due to low shelf life or
inadequate storage infrastructure; or
c. it is difficult to physically handle and transport the commodity due to
inadequate logistics and transport infrastructure.
ii. There is availability of reliable benchmark price of the commodity which
can be used as reference for settlement price. Exchanges shall satisfy
themselves that the reference spot price is robust – fair indicator of
prevailing prices and not susceptible to any distortion/manipulation.
118 SEBI Circular no SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DMP/CIR/P/2017/116 dated October 16, 2017
Page 125 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
11.9.3. Subject to the above conditions, both cash settled and physically settled
derivative contracts on the same commodity may also be considered for
trading, in case basis of price discovery of the proposed contracts is
different.
11.10. Timelines for Marking Delivery Intention 119
11.10.1. Exchanges may decide the timelines for submission of delivery instruction
by members based on their assessment of the time required for marking as
well as for modifying any delivery intentions wrongly marked.
11.11. Location Premium / Discount 120
11.11.1. Exchanges shall determine and disclose for contracts the location premium
/ discount prior to launch of the contract in various commodities.
119 SEBI Circular no. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/P/2016/93 dated September 26, 2016
120 SEBI Circular no. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/P/2016/93 dated September 26, 2016
Page 126 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
CHAPTER 12. WAREHOUSING NORMS FOR AGRICULTURE AND
AGRI-PROCESSED COMMODITIES AND NON-AGRICULTURAL
GOODS121
12.1. General
12.1.1. The clearing corporations to have in place comprehensive framework of
norms for adherence by the Warehouse Service Providers (WSP), assayers
and other allied service providers engaged by them so as to exercise a robust
mechanism, for ensuring good delivery as mandated under the SECC
Regulations.
12.1.2. The norms prescribed herein are the minimum requirements/standards
which the Clearing Corporation will set out for compliance by its accredited
WSPs and assayers and are to be complied with in conjunction with the
applicable norms laid down by WDRA or any other government authority
overseeing the warehousing or storage infrastructure and its ancillary
services for the respective goods.
12.1.3. The Clearing Corporations are at liberty to prescribe additional
norms/guidelines for compliance by their accredited WSPs, warehouses and
assayers, if they deem so fit, for ensuring good delivery of commodities by
them. However, it must be ensured by the Clearing Corporations that such
additional norms specified are not in contravention with the provisions
issued herein.
12.1.4. The Clearing Corporations shall put in place necessary arrangements for
ensuring compliance with the provisions of Regulation 43A of SECC
Regulations. Further, the Clearing Corporations shall have necessary
arrangements to ensure that in the event of bankruptcy or insolvency
of the WSP or other such contingency, there must be no restrictions placed
upon owners/depositors of the commodity desiring to take possession of
their individually identified commodity and remove it from the accredited
Warehouse(s).
121 Substituted vide SEBI Circular no. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DMP/P/CIR/2021/551 dated April 16, 2021.
The circular supersedes SEBI Circular No SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DMP/CIR/P/2016/103 dated September 27,
2016, SEBI Circular no. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DMP/CIR/P/2018/136 dated October 16, 2018 and SEBI
Circular no. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DNPMP/CIR/P/2019/29 dated February 11, 2019
Page 127 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
12.2. Accreditation of Warehouse Service Provider (WSP)
12.2.1. For accreditation of WSPs, the Clearing Corporation shall publish open
advertisements in leading newspapers and/or put up the same on their
website and follow transparent selection process thereafter. The selection
process to be followed for such accreditation shall be displayed on the
website of the Clearing Corporation before the process begins. The Clearing
Corporation shall ensure that the applications of the WSPs are processed
within a stipulated time frame.
Note: For the purpose of this Circular, a WSP is an entity which provides
a storage facility for storing underlying goods related to a commodity
derivatives contract.
12.2.2. The Clearing Corporation shall ensure that the WSP had obtained the
required registrations of the proposed storage facility from WDRA for
commodities notified by WDRA and for other commodities under
applicable law/s and the same shall be intimated by it to the Clearing
Corporation prior to providing the storage services to the Clearing
Corporation.
For the purpose of this chapter, Storage Facility, depending on the nature
of the commodity, may include warehouses, silos, cold storages, sheds,
tanks, pipelines, marine vessels, open storage areas, or other forms of
storage as appropriate to a physically deliverable good for settlement of
commodity derivatives contracts traded on recognised stock exchanges.
12.2.3. The accreditation of the WSPs shall be done with the approval of the
relevant Committee of the Board of the Clearing Corporation in terms of the
SECC Regulations, 2018.
12.2.4. A WSP can be accredited with more than one Clearing Corporation. In such
case, the Clearing Corporation shall not mandate that its WSP cannot
provide services to other Clearing Corporations.
12.2.5. A storage facility of a WSP may be utilized by more than one Clearing
Corporation with proper segregation, demarcation and putting in place
appropriate risk management procedures. However, the same storage
facility shall not be utilized by more than one Clearing Corporation for the
same commodity
Page 128 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
12.2.6. The accreditation of a WSP shall remain valid until:
i. it is surrendered by the WSP and accepted by the Clearing Corporation;
or
ii. cancelled by the Clearing Corporation.
12.3. Eligibility and Experience of WSP/Promoters/Promoter Group of WSP
12.3.1. A WSP shall be a corporate body which is in public warehousing business.
12.3.2. The Promoters/ Promoter Groups of the WSP should be responsible
persons/entities of repute with a good business reputation and credibility.
12.3.3. The Promoters/Promoter Groups of the WSP should be in the business of
public warehousing for at least 3 years as on the date of their application and
have knowledge of, and experience in, generally accepted warehousing and
handling practices for commodities for which they propose to provide their
services.
12.3.4. However, the Clearing Corporation in its discretion, may relax the norm of
3 years stated in para 11.3.3 above, provided that the WSP or its
promoter/promoter group:
I. Meets all other criteria
II. Submit an undertaking that they shall comply with any additional norm
that may be specified by the Clearing Corporation within the time frame
as may be specified by the Clearing Corporation or meet 3 years’
criterion whichever is earlier.
12.3.5. WSP / Promoters/ Promoter Group of WSP shall have no record of serious
violation of law of land including that of laws governing warehousing /
securities markets; or being expelled by any Clearing Corporation/stock
exchange in last three years. The Clearing Corporation can take an
appropriate undertaking from the WSP in this regard.
12.4. Financial Soundness of the WSP
12.4.1. Share Capital: The Clearing Corporation shall ensure that an accredited
WSP shall have subscribed and paid-up share capital of at least ₹10 crores.
Page 129 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
12.4.2. Net worth
i. An accredited WSP shall meet the following net worth criteria:-
Type of G oods Number of Minimum net
Goods worth
Agricultural / Agri- 1 ₹10 crores
A
processed
More than 1 ₹25 crores
B Base / Industrial Metals 1 ₹10 crores
More than 1 ₹25 crores
C Composite* NA ₹50 crores
*Compos ite means combination of A and B
ii. In case of reduction in net worth of WSPs below the stipulated
requirement, a time period of six months may be allowed to the WSPs
to augment the net worth. In the event the WSP is unable to augment the
net worth to the requisite level within the allowed time frame, the
Clearing Corporations shall ensure that WSP does not carry out any new
business related to commodity derivatives market. The Clearing
Corporation shall take suitable measures, which are disclosed on its
website for public information, with respect to the existing goods
handled by such WSP.
iii. The value of the goods stored in the accredited storage facilities of WSP
shall not, at any point of time, exceed 33 times the net worth of the WSP,
irrespective of the number of Clearing Corporations being served by the
WSP. The Clearing Corporations shall obtain suitable information from
the WSPs in this regard.
iv. The net-worth of the WSP shall be calculated in the following manner.
"the aggregate value of paid up equity share capital plus free reserves
(excluding statutory funds, benefit funds and reserves created out of
revaluation) reduced by the investments in businesses, whether related
or unrelated, aggregate value of accumulated losses and deferred
expenditure not written off, including miscellaneous expenses not
written off."
Page 130 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
v. The Clearing Corporation shall ensure that the WSPs submit the
following documents to them:
a) the unaudited quarterly financial statements for all the quarters of a
financial year, within 45 calendar days.
b) unaudited net worth certificate duly certified by the statutory auditor
of the WSP, on half yearly basis i.e. at the end of every March and
September, within 45 calendar days.
c) the audited Annual Financial Statements along with audited net worth
certificate to the Clearing Corporation within six months of the end
of Financial Year.
12.4.3. Security Deposit (SD)
i. The Clearing Corporation shall ensure that the accredited WSP has
furnished a refundable security deposit wherein:
a) Such security deposit shall be a minimum amount of INR50 lakhs.
b) Such security deposit shall be in the form of Cash / Bank Fixed
Deposits / Bank Guarantee.
ii. Security deposit shall not be released until six months after cancellation
or surrender of the accreditation of the WSP or until after satisfaction of
every claim against the deposit, whichever is later.
12.4.4. Financial Security Deposits (FSD)
i. The WSP shall furnish refundable FSD for all goods on incremental
basis in addition to the security deposit as under: -
Type of Goods Value of Goods stored Minimum FSD
Agricultural/Agri- Up to ₹250 crores 2% of the aggregate value of stored
processed commodities
Between ₹250 crores `5 crores + 3% of aggregate value
and ₹500 crores of stored commodities exceeding
`250 crores
Above ₹500 crores `12.5 crores + 4% of the aggregate
value of stored commodities
exceeding `500 crores
Base / Industrial NA 0.5% of the aggregate value of
Metals stored commodities
Page 131 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
ii. The Clearing Corporation, based on its risk assessment, can decide on
restricting the amount of FSD to ₹100 Crores from each WSP.
iii. The FSD shall be in the form of liquid assets with applicable haircuts
and concentration limits as listed below: -
Minimum
Type Limits
haircut
Cash 0 No limit but minimum 10%
Bank Fixed Deposit 0
Bank Guarantees 0 Remaining 90% FSD can be in any
combination of the four types of
Securities of the Central
10% options provided for furnishing the
Government
FSD
iv. A daily monitoring of the FSD vis-à-vis the value of the goods stored
shall be done marked to market on replacement value on ongoing basis
to ensure that the minimum stipulated FSD are always maintained with
the Clearing Corporation. Based on the risk assessment, the Clearing
Corporation may seek additional FSD over and above the requirement
stipulated in Para 12.4.4, if necessary.
v. In circumstances where there is shortfall in the minimum required FSD
due to sudden deposit of commodities in large quantity towards the end
of the day, the Clearing Corporations can allow the WSPs to replenish
the FSD within three trading days.
12.4.5. Exposure norms for FSD/SD
i. The Clearing Corporations shall lay down exposure limits (for Bank
Fixed Deposit and Bank Guarantees) either in rupee terms or as
percentage of the total assets to be received (with respect to SD/FSD)
that can be exposed to a single bank directly or indirectly.
ii. Further, CCs shall ensure that no SD/FSD shall be accepted from a Bank
which has a net worth of less than INR 1000 crores and/or is not rated
P1 (or P1+) or equivalent, by a recognized credit rating agency or by a
reputed foreign credit rating agency.
Page 132 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
12.4.6. Coordination between Clearing Corporation and WDRA in respect of
SD / FSD maintained by the WSPs122
i. The Clearing Corporations shall immediately after accreditation of
WSPs, provide the details of WDRA registered warehouses with full
details of warehouseman registration, warehouse registration, WSP,
address etc. to WDRA. WDRA will in turn, share the details of security
deposit received from these accredited warehouses/WSPs to the
respective Clearing Corporations as per the format enclosed in
Annexure S on Formats for providing details of Security Deposit.
Clearing Corporations shall inform the changes, if any, with respect to
accreditation status of these warehouses, to enable WDRA to provide the
required information as above. WDRA shall also inform Clearing
Corporations of any changes, if any, in the security deposit placed by
such warehouses/WSPs with WDRA.
ii. Clearing Corporations shall continue to compute FSD requirement as
mentioned in this chapter. The deposits placed by WSPs with WDRA
for Exchange/Clearing Corporation specific outstanding eNWRs shall
be considered by the Clearing Corporation in the calculation of available
FSD for the WSP.
iii. The Clearing Corporation shall compensate the aggrieved clients, in
accordance with its rules, regulations etc., by debiting the FSD of WSP
held with it, in the following situations:
a) for any such losses that have been appropriately established against
the WSP.
b) in case of loss arising from any action or inaction of its WSP or on
the part of its warehouses that prevents the buyer or seller from
exercising, in whole or in part, their rights.
iv. In case the FSD available with Clearing Corporation is not sufficient to
compensate for the loss the FSD and the SD maintained by such WSP
with WDRA shall be made available to Clearing Corporation within 7
122 Substituted SEBI Circular no. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DMP/P/CIR/2021/551 Dated April 16, 2021. Prior to
substitution, the norms were given vide SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DNPMP/CIR/P/2019/29
dated February 11, 2019.
Page 133 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
days of the release request from Clearing Corporation to WDRA, for
settlement of the remaining claims.
v. The settlement of security deposit by WDRA originates only after the
goods stored, if any, are disposed of/ withdrawn by the holder.
vi. The discrepancy noted / claim received by any agency (Clearing
Corporation or WDRA) shall be brought to the notice of other agency
irrespective of invoking the security deposit.
12.5. Fit and Proper Criteria
12.5.1. The Clearing Corporation shall ensure that:
i. the WSP, assayers, Promoters of WSP / assayers, Key Management
Personnel (KMPs) of WSPs / assayers responsible for business operation
relating to the exchanges / Clearing Corporations shall always be 'fit and
proper' to carry out business of warehousing.
ii. such persons have adequate knowledge of, and experience in generally
accepted warehousing and handling practices for the goods concerned, and
are competent and willing to operate such a warehouse for which the WSP
has a valid license/expertise under the appropriate state warehousing laws
in respect of the warehouses concerned.
12.6. Corporate Governance norms for WSP
12.6.1. Management and Employees:
i. The Clearing Corporation shall ensure that the accredited WSP has a
professional management team to oversee its functioning and operations.
ii. The Clearing Corporation shall ensure that the Key Management
Personnel (KMPs) of WSP taking care of business operations and
warehousing in general have adequate knowledge of, and experience in
generally accepted warehousing and handling practices for goods for
which they are accredited. The Clearing Corporation shall also ensure
that the KMP of WSP are competent and willing to operate such a
storage facility and do not have any conflict of interest in discharge of
their functions.
Page 134 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
iii. The stock exchanges shall ensure that the following entities, are not
allowed, either directly or indirectly, to trade in the commodity
derivatives segment of the concerned stock exchange in the commodity
for which it is accredited by the Clearing Corporation:
a) WSP
b) Management of WSP (defined as ‘key managerial personnel’
including whole time directors of WSP and their ‘relatives’ as per
Companies Act, 2013)
c) entities owned or controlled by promoters/management of
WSP/Group concerns/associates directly or indirectly or persons
‘acting in concert’
iv. However, based on risk assessment, the stock exchanges may provide
exemptions to requirement stated in Para (iii)above in the following
manner:
a) entities stated in Para (iii) above shall not trade in that specific
commodity/commodities at that particular stock exchange where
concerned WSP is accredited, in their proprietary account.
b) entities which are associated with an accredited WSP, either directly
or indirectly, and are providing broking services will be permitted to
trade in that commodity on that stock exchange only for their clients
(i.e. non-proprietary) subject to stock exchange ensuring that the
particular entity does not extend direct/indirect funding to its clients
for trading in those commodities.
v. If the stock exchange is providing exemptions as mentioned in Para (iv)
above, then it should put in place appropriate controls so that the WSPs
do not exercise preferential treatment to such entities which may act as
disadvantage to other market participants.
vi. The Clearing Corporation may obtain, and share with Stock Exchanges,
an annual declaration from the compliance officer of WSP to the effect
that the WSP/Management of WSP or entities owned or controlled by
management of WSP/Group concerns directly or indirectly or persons
‘acting in concert’ have not traded on exchange. Such declaration may
be obtained within a month of end of the financial year.
vii. The Clearing Corporation shall ensure that the WSP always has adequate
number of competent employees who have the experience, capacity and
ability of operating the business without any conflict of interest.
Page 135 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
viii. The Clearing Corporation shall ensure that the WSP and its KMPs, shall
not disseminate any information that is false or misleading or disclose
any confidential information obtained during the course of their dealings
with the Clearing Corporation or their positions on the market or any
information received during the course of performance of their duties.
ix. The Clearing Corporation shall ensure that the staff/employees of the
WSP who are managing the day-today affairs of the warehouses,
deployed both in the office of the WSP and in its warehouses, are duly
trained on their expected tasks through the relevant training programmes
or are deputed to attend the certification programme conducted by
National Institute of Securities market (NISM).
12.6.2. Compliance officer
i. The Clearing Corporation shall ensure that its WSP appoints a
compliance officer who would be responsible for monitoring the
compliance with relevant Act, byelaws, rules and regulations,
notifications, guidelines and instructions issued by relevant authorities
from time to time.
ii. The compliance officer would be responsible for ensuring that all
applicable norms are followed by the WSP and should issue a declaration
to that effect to the Clearing Corporations, at regular intervals as directed
by the Clearing Corporation.
12.7. Know Your Depositor
12.7.1. The Clearing Corporation shall ensure that the WSP complies with Know
Your Depositor (KYD) Policy as prescribed by the Clearing Corporation
from time to time.
12.7.2. The Clearing Corporation shall ensure that they and the WSP shall, at any
point of time be able to identify the depositor of the goods deposited in
registered warehouses, and the actual beneficiary (in case the depositor and
the beneficiary are different) of the deposited/stored commodities.
12.8. PAN requirement
12.8.1. The Clearing Corporation shall ensure that the WSPs are under obligation
to provide to it the details including PAN numbers of its Promoters,
Page 136 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Promoter group entities, its holding / subsidiaries / associates and other
related entities, persons ‘acting in concert’, Key Management Personnel, at
the time of accreditation and update the same on periodical basis as
mandated by the Clearing Corporation and whenever any change is noted
by WSP, in this regard.
12.9. Facilities & Infrastructure Requirement for WSP
12.9.1. General requirements applicable to all goods
i. The Clearing Corporation shall ensure that the storage facilities provided
by the WSP are under absolute control of the WSP. In case a storage
facility is a leased property it should be ensured by Clearing Corporation
that no third party including the owner / lessor of the storage facility, has
any role to play in the operations and managing the concerned storage
facilities operated by the WSP.
ii. The Clearing Corporation shall ensure that the accredited WSPs have
reasonable facility and infrastructure for proper handling and storage of
commodity as specified under:
a) All its storage facilities are well connected with rail and/or road
networks and have sufficient space for parking and movement of
loading/unloading vehicles.
b) All its storage facilities have adequate equipment, installed and
maintained in good working order, as may be prescribed by the
Clearing Corporation, for the movement of commodities into, out of
and within the storage facility.
c) All its storage facilities are physically and operationally suitable for
the proper storage of commodities and are of sound construction and
in a state of good repair.
d) All its storage facilities provide for a safe work environment;
e) All storage facilities shall have adequate security personnel with
required facilities to immediately communicate to Clearing
Corporation regarding any unlawful entry, burglary, theft or damage
or potential loss to the goods deposited with it.
f) All its storage facilities have adequate lighting arrangement as may
be prescribed by the Clearing Corporation.
g) All its storage facilities have adequate firefighting equipment
installed within its premises, have fire escapes and fire hydrant points
Page 137 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
(in case of goods which are inflammable) clearly marked. Further, the
employees of the WSP shall undergo training in fire safety and use of
firefighting equipment.
h) All its storage facilities have required ventilation, installed and
maintained in good working order, as may be prescribed by the
Clearing Corporation, for the proper storage and preservation of
quality of goods;
i) Each storage facility has adequate infrastructure for storing the
deliverable commodities of commodity derivative contracts which
needs to be piled properly in a separate storage area as specified by
the Clearing Corporation thereby providing clear-cut demarcation
between Exchange / non- Exchange commodities;
j) All its storage facilities are free from materials and substances that
may adversely affect the quality of stored commodities;
k) All its storage facilities to have adequate security as prescribed by the
Clearing Corporation for protection of stored or handled commodities
to prevent from tampering or adulteration;
l) All its storage facilities to assign a separate place to store the samples
used for inspection / testing for further examination / testing.
m) Shall uniformly follow the SOP developed by the Clearing
Corporations with respect to the maintenance, preservation and
retrieval of data/records/books of accounts.
iii. Clearing Corporations shall ensure that the WSP have adequate
infrastructure and shall take utmost care in storing commodities in
accordance with the climatic conditions and the nature of commodity
stored.
iv. Clearing Corporations shall ensure that the WSP has put in place
necessary infrastructure for accurate and efficient weighing, sampling,
inspection and grading of the commodities deposited in its storage
facility and WSP has deployed personnel who have knowledge and
experience in sampling, weighing, inspecting and/or grading of
commodities.
v. Clearing Corporations shall ensure that the WSPs always gives priority
to commodities meant for derivatives contracts delivery while receiving,
storing and dispatching goods, in case its warehouse is also permitted to
store goods not meant for delivery on exchange platform. The Clearing
Corporation shall ensure that WSP should have internal process that
enables it to physically verify, by deputing its officials or through any
Page 138 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
agencies / experts engaged by it, the goods deposited, the facilities
available in such warehouse, or to inspect the level of compliance of the
warehousing norms stipulated by the Clearing Corporation/regulator
from time to time.
vi. The Clearing Corporation to ensure that WSP shall be responsible to
accept the goods/commodities in warehouses which meets the quantity
and quality parameters as per the exchange contract specifications. The
WSP shall take necessary steps to maintain the quality and quantity of
goods stored in the warehouse, in accordance with the
conditions/parameters (for maintaining the quality) as laid down by the
exchanges for each of such commodity.
vii. Further, the Clearing Corporation shall ensure that it has put in place
appropriate procedure and controls in place so that there is minimal
queuing of deposits/withdrawal at a storage facility.
viii. Clearing Corporations shall ensure that its WSPs have in place,
necessary policies, control and system in place for dealing with the risk
that may be arising due to the warehouses being used for purposes other
than commodity derivatives market.
12.9.2. Requirements applicable for Agricultural & agri-processed
commodities
i. The Clearing Corporation shall ensure that each storage facility of
accredited WSP meant for storing the Agricultural and agri-processed
commodities shall meet the following conditions in addition to
requirements stated in Para 12.9.1 above:
a) The walls, the floor and the roof do not permit water seepage and
there is no source of any insect infestation.
b) has a fully fenced perimeter/boundary.
c) are free from materials and substances that may adversely affect the
quality of stored commodities;
d) has its own or has access to fumigation facilities/agencies for pest
control activities.
e) has assaying/testing facilities for the commodities it intends to render
warehousing facility for, or shall undertake to be associated with an
assaying/testing agency which may preferably be certified by one or
more national/international agencies like NABL (National
Accreditation Board for Calibration and Testing Laboratories), BIS
Page 139 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
etc., as specified by the Clearing Corporation.
ii. WSPs shall take utmost care on daily basis for keeping surroundings for
their respective warehouses under vegetation control and for disposal of
waste which can otherwise create a favorable habitat for rodents and
other pests. WSP should regularly inspect and verify whether rodent
control structures in the warehouse are sound and whether there are any
pools of water around the facility, which can increase the danger of water
seepage into it, and take appropriate remedial steps.
12.9.3. Requirements applicable for Base Metals/Industrial Metals
i. The Clearing Corporation shall ensure that each storage facility of
accredited WSP meant for storing Base Metals/Industrial Metals shall
meet the following conditions in addition to requirements stated in Para
12.9.1 above:
a) The storage facilities must have a fully fenced perimeter/boundary.
Loading and unloading shall always take place within the
perimeter/boundary of the warehouse and not in a public area.
b) All its storage facilities are of sound construction and in a state of
good repair and floor properly levelled and can bear the load of the
weight of the stored metals. The walls, the floor and the roof do not
permit water seepage.
ii. The Clearing Corporation shall ensure that the ferrous metals are stored
by WSP in a manner so as to prevent distortion, corrosion, scaling and
rusting. They shall be stacked/piled adequately above the ground level.
iii. The Clearing Corporation shall ensure that the WSP undertakes to have
assaying/testing facilities for the commodities it intends to offer
warehousing facility, or shall undertake to be associated with an
assaying/testing agency which may preferably be certified by one or
more national/ international agencies as specified by the Clearing
Corporation.
12.10. Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) and Standards
12.10.1. ISO or other Relevant Standards
Page 140 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
i. In case the Clearing Corporations prescribes relevant ISO standards
and/or its equivalent, then the Clearing Corporation shall ensure that the
WSPs comply with relevant ISO standards and/or its equivalent within
the timelines prescribed by it.
12.10.2. SOPs
i. The Clearing Corporation shall ensure that the WSP has a Standard
Operating Procedure (SOP) which is process-dependent and not person-
dependent. The Clearing Corporation shall examine the SOPs in respect
of all the concerned storage facilities before granting accreditation to
such storage facilities.
ii. The SOP of a storage facility may cover the following but not restricted
to:
a) Procedures for acceptance of goods to be deposited
b) Weigh bridge empanelment
c) Procedures for weighing, sampling of goods to be deposited as per
industry standards, Procedure for verification of commodity and
communication to depositors,
d) Procedure for depositing and identifying the Exchange related goods,
e) Procedure for maintaining the quality of the goods stored as per the
exchange contract specification,
f) Procedure for Know your depositor requirements,
g) Security policy for ensuring the safety of the goods from theft,
burglary etc.,
h) Procedure and guidelines for scientific storage of goods, including
stacking etc.,
i) Procedure for losses caused due to theft, fire, burglary, fraud,
negligence and force majeure events,
j) Procedure for internal verification of stock,
k) Preservations of Stock – maintenance of godown hygiene,
maintenance of warehouse structure, aeration, periodical examination
of goods, classification of presence of insects, pre-monsoon
precautions etc.
l) Selection of Location for offering warehousing services
m) Grievance redressal procedures
n) Role and responsibilities of employees (including outsourced
employees)
o) Model warehouse agreement format
p) Maintenance of surroundings, infrastructure etc.
Page 141 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
iii. The Clearing Corporation shall ensure that the WSP has good internal
systems and controls which should meet the operating guidelines, if any,
issued by the Clearing Corporation from time to time. The WSP shall
have clear delegation of powers to meet operational requirement.
iv. The Clearing Corporation shall ensure that WSP intimates / notifies in
writing to the Clearing Corporation, if there is any material change in it
SOP, prior to making such change.
v. The Clearing Corporation shall ensure that WSP reports to the Clearing
Corporation within three days of initiation of any civil and criminal
proceedings by or against it and shall also intimate the Clearing
Corporation if there is probability of any such legal proceedings being
initiated involving it, as soon as the same comes to the knowledge of the
WSP.
12.11. Sampling Procedure
12.11.1. The Clearing Corporations shall ensure that, wherever assaying is carried
out by WSPs, adequate samples of goods are collected/retained from the
goods deposited and are sealed in the presence of the depositor or his
authorized representative.
12.11.2. In order to resolve potential disputes arising with respect to the quality of
goods, if any, it is advised that at least four samples are taken of which one
sample is used for analysis, one is kept with the WSP for comparison
purpose, one is given to the depositors while one is kept for record/lab
reference purpose.
12.12. Accreditation of Assayers
12.12.1. The Clearing Corporation shall follow a transparent process for
accreditation of assayers by issue of open advertisement in leading
newspapers and/or by putting up the same on the website of the Clearing
Corporation. The process to be followed for such accreditation shall be
displayed on the website of the Clearing Corporation before the beginning
of the selection process. The accreditation shall be done with the approval
of the relevant Committee of the Board of Directors of the Clearing
Corporation in terms of the SECC Regulations, 2018.
Page 142 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
12.12.2. The Clearing Corporation shall conduct independent pre-empanelment due
diligence of Assayers by visiting the laboratories and assessing the testing
and certification facilities. The Clearing Corporation shall give preference
to the government assayers or to those Assayers who are having testing and
certification facilities at various locations across India. In addition to the
empanelment of assayers for deployment by the WSPs at their warehouses,
the Clearing Corporation shall also identify and empanel separate
independent assayer(s) where the market participants can get their
goods/commodities assayed independently, at the time of depositing into or
withdrawing such commodities/goods from a warehouse. However, if the
original empanelled assayers engaged by WSP at a delivery centre happen
to be Government assayer, then the need for empanelling an additional
independent assayer may be dispended with.
12.12.3. The Clearing Corporation shall ensure that the empanelled assayers work
independently, and their operations are governed by Standard Operating
Procedures (SOPs) prescribed by the Clearing Corporation. The assayers
shall be preferably certified by one or more national/international agencies
like NABL (National Accreditation Board for calibration and testing
Laboratories), BIS etc., and shall have the facilities as laid down by the
Clearing Corporation from time to time.
12.13. Warehouses at delivery centres
12.13.1. The Clearing Corporation shall have at least one storage facility at each of
the delivery centres (as specified in the contract specification) at the time of
launch of contract itself and address of such storage facility shall be
disclosed along with the contract specifications by the Clearing Corporation
on their website / by issuance of relevant Circular to market participants.
12.13.2. The Clearing Corporation may accredit warehouses of a WSP within 100
kms radius of the delivery centres depending on the feasibility and market
requirements in respect of all commodities.
12.14. Insurance
12.14.1. The Clearing Corporation shall ensure that its WSPs, whether presently
registered with the WDRA or not, comply with the insurance guidelines/
norms issued by the WDRA.
Page 143 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
12.15. Embracing new technology
12.15.1. The Clearing Corporations shall strive to adopt the latest technology for
routine and surprise inspections/audits, monitoring and surveillance of the
warehouses etc.
12.15.2. The Clearing Corporation shall ensure that to the extent possible the WSP
to be accredited by them has adopted or shall adopt the latest technology
with respect to the operations of the warehousing business. The Clearing
Corporation may identify the areas where use of latest technology can be
mandated by it and provide a timeframe to its WSPs for adoption of the
same.
12.16. Monitoring/Inspection/Audit
12.16.1. Periodic inspection/audit by WSPs
i. The Clearing Corporation shall ensure that there is periodic
inspection/audit by the WSP of the storage facilities and the goods stored
therein.
ii. The Clearing Corporation shall ensure that the staff of the WSP
conducting inspection is independent of the employees / staff deputed at
the registered storage facility.
iii. The Clearing Corporation shall ensure that the inspection/audit report is
submitted to the Clearing Corporation within 15 days of the completion
of such inspection/audit.
12.16.2. Periodic inspection/audit of warehouses by the Clearing Corporation
i. The Clearing Corporation shall ensure that independent audit of the
goods and other facilities in the storage facilities is carried out by
engaging expert agencies, at regular intervals.
ii. Such inspections shall be carried out in each accredited storage facility,
at least twice in a calendar year, with a gap of not more than six months
between two inspections/audits of same storage facility. However, in
case there are NIL stocks in an accredited storage facility during
Page 144 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
preceding six months, the Clearing Corporations would be exempted
from requirement of inspection by independent agency.
iii. Additionally, the audit may also be conducted on risk profiling, as
identified by the Clearing Corporation. For this purpose, the Clearing
Corporation shall form a panel of independent expert agencies and the
cost of such audit shall be borne by the respective Clearing Corporation.
iv. The panel of such independent expert agencies for carrying out
inspection of warehouses, shall also be reviewed by the Clearing
Corporation from time to time.
v. The Clearing Corporation shall have a policy of rotation of such
independent expert agencies for carrying out inspection after every 3
years with a provision for ‘cooling off' period of 1 year.
vi. In addition, the Clearing Corporation shall also conduct in-house
physical audit of accredited storage facilities at regular intervals.
vii. The audit report conducted by independent expert agencies shall be
displayed on the website of the Clearing Corporation within 15 days after
the submission of report by the auditor.
viii. The Clearing Corporations shall carry out surprise inspections of storage
facilities as and when such exigencies arise.
ix. The Clearing Corporations shall have a detailed manual for carrying out
the audits and inspections of the WSP/ storage facilities concerned.
12.16.3. Monitoring of goods stored at accredited storage facilities by the
Clearing Corporations
i. The Clearing Corporations shall be responsible for monitoring the
storage facilities of their accredited WSPs.
ii. Norms relating to the monitoring of storage facilities shall be placed in
public domain by the Clearing Corporation.
iii. A deliberation on the continuous functioning, monitoring and
compliance of norms by WSPs, storage facilities and assayers may be
Page 145 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
one of the agenda items in all Board meetings of the Clearing
Corporation in terms of the SECC Regulations, 2018.
iv. The Clearing Corporations and WSPs shall ensure that the goods whose
final expiry date (FED) is over, are removed from the concerned
warehouse immediately, but not later than 3 months from the date of the
final expiry date. However, it is clarified that WSP shall ensure proper
demarcation of goods which have crossed FED and where follow ups
have been done may be considered compliance of guidelines by WSPs.
If there is space constraint, the Clearing Corporations shall identify new
warehouse nearby for deposit of goods.
Note: For the purpose of this Circular, FED is the date after which the
goods cannot be delivered for settlement of derivatives contracts on the
exchange platform.
v. To further strengthen the process of monitoring, the Clearing
Corporations shall mandate their WSPs to submit the report of the
inspections carried out by the statutory authorities like WDRA to the
Clearing Corporations within 2 weeks from the receipt of report by
WSPs of such inspection along with their comments.
12.16.4. Physical inspections of goods by beneficiary owner of goods
i. The Clearing Corporations shall ensure that the beneficiary owner of the
goods is allowed by the concerned WSPs to physically inspect their
goods as and when requested by the holders.
ii. The request for such physical inspection shall be submitted to the
Clearing Corporations and the Clearing Corporations after verification
and satisfaction of need for such request, shall forward the same to the
concerned WSP for allowing such inspection to be completed within a
stipulated timeframe.
iii. Upon receipt of such advice from the Clearing Corporations, the WSP
shall allow the holder/its authorized representatives holding eNWRs or
any other electronic receipts/credit balances to do physical inspection of
their goods.
12.16.5. Physical reconciliation of goods
Page 146 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
i. The Clearing Corporation shall put in place adequate procedures to
ensure that the physical counting of goods and their reconciliation with
the corresponding electronic records is done on fortnightly basis by its
WSPs.
ii. The Clearing Corporation shall submit report to SEBI of details of
discrepancy observed during the physical reconciliation of goods along
with reasons and action taken thereof, on a quarterly basis. Only in
extreme cases, in the judgement of the Clearing Corporation, SEBI may
be informed of the discrepancy observed on immediate basis.
12.16.6. Review of WSPs/Warehouses
i. The Clearing Corporations shall review and appraise operational
performance of each WSP every year. Based on the operational review
the Clearing Corporations may adjust the allocation of commodities and
the limit of deliveries at various storage facilities of the concerned WSP
in accordance with the results of such performance evaluation and
appraisal.
ii. Additionally, the Clearing Corporations may carry out quarterly and
quarterly performance review of all warehouses accredited by it, taking
into account various performance parameters such as storage facilities,
the capacity and appearance of the warehouse, business capabilities,
business performance, accounting, the satisfaction level of
members/clients, redressal of client grievances, and other factors as the
Clearing Corporation may deem necessary for its review.
iii. The Clearing Corporations may take necessary action against WSPs as
mentioned in para 21 of the circular, if the storage facility is unable to
meet the requirements of an accredited storage facility and fails to
improve the standard within the stipulated timeframe.
12.17. Code of Conduct
12.17.1. The Clearing Corporation shall frame code of conduct for the WSPs, storage
facility and assayers which shall be disclosed on the website of the Clearing
Corporation.
Page 147 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
12.18. Grievance Cell
12.18.1. The Clearing Corporation shall ensure that it has a Grievance Cell to handle
the investor complaints.
12.18.2. The Clearing Corporation shall take proactive steps to resolve
client/customer related issues and maintain a record of complaints received
and resolved.
12.18.3. The Clearing Corporation shall require the WSP to report the details of
complaints received, resolved by it, pending and action taken on the
complaints, once in very fortnight.
12.19. Monthly Information System (MIS)
12.19.1. It is desirable that there should be electronic record of information at the
WSP and a MIS system with an arrangement for flow of real time
information from the storage facility location to the central MIS and
onwards to the Clearing Corporations electronically. The MIS should have
the capability to capture and disseminate information regarding goods being
held either storage facility -wise or location-wise, or the availability of space
in the storage facilities.
12.19.2. The Clearing Corporation shall display on its website, the list of accredited
warehouses for the deposit of goods for delivery on the exchange platform
along with the policy for deposit of such goods. The market participants
willing to deposit goods in accredited warehouses shall submit a request to
the WSP in accordance with the policy put in place by the Clearing
Corporation for deposit of goods. The WSP shall intimate the depositing
participant about the logistic details such as the time, place and storage
facility where the goods can be deposited by them. The WSP shall accept
the goods for deposits for all such confirmed deposit requests in accordance
with the policy put in place by the Clearing Corporation for deposit of
goods.
12.20. Surrender/Cancellation of accreditation
12.20.1. The WSP may apply for surrender of its accreditation by submitting the
Application for Surrender to the concerned Clearing Corporation for
evaluation and approval.
Page 148 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
12.20.2. The Clearing Corporation may cancel the accreditations of a WSP if it fails
to comply with the provisions of the rules/regulations specified by it and
intimate the same to the market participants through circular. Further, the
Clearing Corporation shall put in place a cancellation policy for WSP in
public domain. However, the Clearing Corporation shall offer the WSP
concerned an opportunity of being heard and take a decision on cancellation
after considering the explanation of the WSP.
12.20.3. A WSP that surrenders its accreditation, or its accreditation is cancelled,
shall attend to the following matters urgently:
i. All commodities for delivery towards settlement of derivatives contract
shall be dispatched out of the warehouse;
ii. All liabilities and debts vis-a-vis the Exchange/Clearing Corporation,
Member and Clients shall be settled;
iii. There is no obligation on its part to deliver goods to the clients pertaining
to their trades on the exchange platform, and
iv. No client/customer complaints pertaining to any of its registered
warehouses are pending for redressal.
12.20.4. FSD shall be returned in accordance with the rules framed by the Clearing
Corporations, keeping aside 10% of such deposits with the Clearing
Corporations, which shall not be released until six months after cancellation
or surrender of accreditation of the WSP or until satisfaction of all claims
against the deposits made in its warehouses, whichever is later.
12.20.5. A WSP which surrenders its accreditation with the Clearing Corporations
shall not be eligible to provide its services to the same Clearing Corporations
for a period of 3 years.
12.20.6. Once the accreditation of a WSP is cancelled by a Clearing Corporation then
it shall not be eligible to provide its services to any other Clearing
Corporation for 3 years.
12.20.7. Adequate notice intimation to general public / clients should be given by the
Clearing Corporation through widely published newspapers and website etc.
before accepting the surrender of WSP or cancellation of the WSP.
Page 149 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
12.21. Business Continuity Plan
12.21.1. A Clearing Corporations shall ensure that the WSP shall put in place, a
business continuity plan and submits such plan to the Clearing Corporations.
12.22. Actions against WSPs
12.22.1. The Clearing Corporation may frame norms for its accredited WSPs to
rectify or correct their misconduct or misconduct on the part of any of its
approved warehouses used for storing goods for delivery on exchange
platform. The Clearing Corporation may also direct the WSPs to indemnify
an entity aggrieved by the delivery process of its warehouse or, in serious
cases of misconduct/malfeasance, revoke the accreditation of the concerned
warehouse or/and hold the WSP accountable for any legal liabilities, if the
concerned erring WSP/ warehouse engages in any of the following offences:
i refuses to accept delivery without any bonafide reasons or, issues a
falsified certificate of delivery;
ii violates any of the Clearing Corporation’s rules or limits the movement
of a deliverable commodity into or out of the warehouse;
iii discloses any confidential business information relating to a buyer or
seller of a commodity derivative contract;
iv provide inaccurate or incomplete information to the Clearing
Corporation, conceal the truth of the facts;
v engages in the commodity derivatives trading activities; or
vi any other offence not listed above.
However, the above actions may be initiated only after taking due
approval from the relevant committee of Board of the Clearing
Corporation in terms of the SECC Regulations, 2018.
12.22.2. The accredited WSP shall be liable for any losses resulting from any action
or inaction on its part or on the part of its warehouses that prevents the
buyer or seller from exercising, in whole or in part, their rights. The
Clearing Corporation shall compensate the aggrieved client for any such
losses that have been appropriately established by debiting the FSD of
WSP held with the CC, in accordance with its applicable rules, and WSP
shall within 7 days replenish the FSD as required.
Page 150 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
12.23. Policy for depositors for rejection of goods
12.23.1. The Clearing Corporations shall frame a policy for rejection of goods
deposited by the depositors.
12.24. Disclosures by Clearing Corporations
12.24.1. Daily disclosure on the following:
i. Details about the storage facility including available and utilized
capacity, type of commodity allowed to be stored, location of storage
facility etc.
ii. Details about storage facility-wise and / or commodity wise details of
opening stock, goods deposited and held in transit (inbound and
outbound), rejected stock, closing stock, encumbered/pledged stock and
stock eligible for delivery on Clearing Corporation, name of the
warehouse service provider, particulars of acceptance/rejection of goods
by the storage facility concerned, details of empaneled assayers and
independent assayers, if any, attached to the storage facility etc., on their
websites.
iii. FED wise stock position in approved warehouses.
iv. Quantum of goods physically withdrawn by the holders.
v. Commodity wise %age of deposits held by top 3, 5 & 10 beneficiary
owners for commodity as under:
Commodity Commodity Commodity Commodity
A B C D and so on
Top 3
Top 5
Top 10
Others
12.24.2. Monthly disclosure on the following:
i. A summary of number of complaints with status as per the following
format:
Page 151 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
WSP wise status of complaints for Month ended
WSP No. of complaints No. of complaints No. of complaints
Name received during resolved during pending for month with
month month reasons for pendency
ii. A summary of nature of complaints received as per the following format:
Month ending
Nature of Name of Name of ……. Name of Total
Complaint WSP 1 WSP 2 WSP n
Total
iii. Details of the number of applications received for accreditation of
warehouses, Warehouses registered with WDRA during the month,
registration pending with WDRA, warehouses pending with Inspecting
Agencies, accreditation/registration of warehouses rejected by
CC/WDRA with reason for the same, etc.
iv. Details of storage fee and assaying charges.
v. Details of commodity wise goods deposited in WSP’s Clearing
Corporation accredited warehouse - by WSP, Management of WSP
(defined as ‘key managerial personnel’ including whole time directors
of WSP and their ‘relatives’ as per Companies Act, 2013), entities owned
or controlled by promoters/management of WSP/Group
concerns/associates directly or indirectly or persons ‘acting in concert’.
The above discourse should be made available on the website of the
Clearing Corporation latest by 7th of the Month.
12.24.3. Other periodical disclosures:
i. Disclosure of the audit report of the WSP within 15 days after the
submission of report by the auditor.
ii. Quarterly Disclosure on average value of various quality parameters of
commodities stored
Page 152 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
iii. Commodity wise and WSP wise quarterly disclosure on request of
resampling and its results
iv. Warehouse wise Half yearly disclosure on indicative Load-in and Load-
out Rate (Quantity in Metric Ton- MT)
12.24.4. The archives of above reports shall be available on the website of Clearing
Corporation/stock exchange.
Page 153 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
CHAPTER 13. INVESTOR PROTECTION FUND & INVESTOR SERVICE
FUND AND ITS RELATED MATTERS
13.1. Investor Protection Fund (IPF)123
13.1.1. Constitution and Management of the IPF
I. The IPF shall be administered by a Trust created for this purpose.
II. The IPF Trust of the exchange shall have maximum 5 trustees. The IPF
Trust shall consist of three public interest directors, one representative
from investor associations recognized by SEBI and the compliance
officer of the exchange. The maximum tenure of a trustee (excluding the
compliance officer of the exchange, whose trusteeship would be co-
terminus with the service) shall be five years or as specified by SEBI124.
III. [***]125
IV. Exchanges shall provide the secretariat for the IPF Trust/Committee.
V. Exchanges shall ensure that the funds in the IPF are well segregated from
that of the Exchange and that the IPF is immune from any liability of the
exchange.
VI. [***]126
123 SEBI Circular no. CIR/HO/CDMRD/DEICE/CIR/P/2016/94 dated September 26, 2016
124 Substituted vide SEBI Circular no. CIR/HO/CDMRD/DEICE/CIR/P/2017/53 dated June 13, 2017. Prior
to substitution, the norm read as under:
“The IPF Trust shall comprise of two eminent persons and one independent Director on the Board
of the Exchange (these names will be suggested by the Exchanges and approved by SEBI), and the
MD/CEO of the Exchange”
125Omitted vide circular dated CIR/HO/CDMRD/DEICE/CIR/P/2017/53 dated June 13, 2017. Prior to
omission, the norm read as under:
“The sitting fee payable to the Trustees should be fixed only with the prior approval of SEBI.”
126Omitted vide circular dated CIR/HO/CDMRD/DEICE/CIR/P/2017/53 dated June 13, 2017. Prior to
omission, the norm read as under:
“Exchanges shall disclose in their financial statements, the IPF trust as a related party as well as
the details of transactions between the respective exchanges and IPF trust as per Accounting
Standard AS-18.”
Page 154 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
13.1.2. Contributions to the IPF: The IPF will be funded as follows:
I. All the penalties levied and collected by the exchange, except for the
settlement related penalties (including penalties from delivery
default), shall be credited to the IPF.127
II. 1% of the turnover fee charged by the exchange from its
members/brokers or ten lakh whichever is higher in a financial year.128
13.1.3. Manner of filing/inviting claims from the Investors/Clients
I. In accordance with its byelaws, rules or regulations, the Exchange
shall publish a notice inviting the legitimate claimants to file claims
against the defaulter member within a specified period of time called
as the ‘specified period’.
II. The specified period shall be a minimum period of 90 days.
III. Exchanges shall publish the notice in all the editions of at least one
English national daily with wide circulation and in at least one regional
language daily with wide circulation at the place(s) where the
concerned Exchange Member(s) is/are situated.
IV. The notice calling for claims shall be displayed on the website of the
Exchange for the entire specified period.
V. The notice shall contain the specified period, the maximum
compensation limit for a single claim of an investor/client and all other
relevant information.
127Substituted vide SEBI Circular no. CIR/HO/CDMRD/DEICE/CIR/P/2017/53 dated June 13, 2017. Prior
to substitution, the norm read as under:
“All the penalties levied and collected by the Exchange, except for the settlement related penalties
(including penalties from delivery default), shall be part of the IPF after deducting the cost of
administration (such cost of administration cannot exceed 10 percent).”
128Substituted vide SEBI Circular no. CIR/HO/CDMRD/DEICE/CIR/P/2017/53 dated June 13, 2017. Prior
to substitution, the norm read as under:
“1% of the turnover fee charged by the National Commodity Derivatives Exchange from the
Member/Broker or Rs25 lakh whichever is lower in a financial year shall go to IPF.”
Page 155 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
13.1.4. Eligibility of Claims
I. The claims received against the defaulter member during the specified
period shall be eligible for being considered for compensation from
the IPF.
II. If any eligible claim arises within three years from the date of expiry
of the specified period, such claim 129
A. shall be considered eligible for compensation from IPF/CPF in
case where the defaulter member’s funds are inadequate. In such
cases, IPF/CPF Trust shall satisfy itself that such claim could not
have been filed during the specified period for reasons beyond the
control of the claimant.
B. shall not be considered eligible for compensation from IPF/CPF in
case where the surplus funds of the defaulter member is returned
to the defaulter member. The same shall be borne by the exchanges
after scrutinizing and satisfying itself that such claim could not
have been filed during the specified period for reasons beyond the
control of the claimant.
Provided that any claim received after three years from the date of
expiry of the specified period may be dealt with as a civil dispute.
III. [***]130
IV. The investor claim arising out of a default of a broker/member of the
exchange shall be eligible for compensation from IPF.131
129 Substituted vide SEBI Circular no. CIR/HO/CDMRD/DEICE/CIR/P/2017/53 dated June 13, 2017. Prior
to substitution, the norm read as under:
“If any eligible claim arises within three years from the date of expiry of the specified period, such
claims will be processed at the discretion of the IPF Trust. Any claim received after three years from
the date of expiry of the specified period and not processed by the IPF Trust will be dealt with as
civil dispute.”
130Omitted vide SEBI Circular no. CIR/HO/CDMRD/DEICE/CIR/P/2017/53 dated June 13, 2017. Prior to
omission, the norm read as under:
“Any appeal against the non-entertaining of claims by the Trust shall be referred to the Board of
the Exchange for decision.”
131Substituted vide SEBI Circular no. CIR/HO/CDMRD/DEICE/CIR/P/2017/53 dated June 13, 2017. Prior
to substitution, the norm read as under:
“The claims of the retail clients alone shall be eligible for compensation form the IPF and in no
case the claims of a member or authorized person of the member shall be eligible for compensation
out of the IPF.”
Page 156 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
13.1.5. Determination of Legitimate Claims
13.1.5.1. The Stock Exchanges shall ensure that once a member has been
declared defaulter, the claim(s) shall be placed before the Member
Core Settlement Guarantee Fund Committee (MCSGFC, the
erstwhile Defaulters’ Committee) for sanction and ratification.
MCSGFC’s advice w.r.t. legitimate claims shall be sent to the IPF
Trust for disbursement of the amount immediately.
13.1.5.2. In case the claim amount is more than the coverage limit under IPF
or the amount sanctioned and ratified by the MCSGFC is less than
the claim amount then the investor will be at liberty to prefer for
arbitration outside the exchange mechanism / any other legal forum
outside the exchange mechanism for claim of the balance amount. 132
13.1.5.3. In the event of default by the member, all transactions executed on
the exchange platform shall be eligible for settlement from IPF
subject to the appropriate norms laid down by the defaulters’
committee. The IPF of the exchange shall be utilized for the clients
of SEBI registered members. However, the said amount shall not be
more than the maximum limit as prescribed at all time. 133
13.1.5.4. The exchanges shall also use the IPF of the exchange for meeting
their liabilities towards the clients of members not registered with
SEBI, if the same is allowed under the byelaws of the exchange. 134
13.1.6. Threshold limit for Claims
I. The Exchanges are free to fix suitable compensation limits, in
consultation with IPF trust. However, the amount of compensation
available against a single claim of an investor arising out of defaulter
by a member broker shall not be less than Rs 1 lakh.135
132 Substituted vide SEBI Circular no. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DoC/P/CIR/2021/651 dated October 22, 2021.
Prior to substitution, the norm read as under:
(i) In case of claims against a defaulter member, the claims of the claimant shall be placed before
the defaulters’ committee for sanction and ratification. The Defaulters’ Committee’s advice
with respect to legitimate claims shall be sent to IPF Trust for disbursement of the amount.
(ii) In case the claim amount is more than the maximum limit for compensation under IPF or the
amount sanctioned and ratified by the Defaulters Committee is less than the claim amount, then
the investor may prefer for arbitration mechanism for claim of the balance amount
133 Inserted vide SEBI Circular No. CIR/HO/CDMRD/DEICE/CIR/P/2017/53 dated June 13, 2017.
134 Inserted vide SEBI Circular no. CIR/HO/CDMRD/DCE/CIR/P/2018/49 dated March 14, 2018.
135Substituted vide SEBI Circular no. CIR/HO/CDMRD/DEICE/CIR/P/2017/53 dated June 13, 2017. Prior
to substitution, the norm read as under:
Page 157 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
II. The exchanges in consultation with IPF Trust, shall review and
progressively in case the amount of compensation available against a
single claim from an investor at least every three year.136
III. [***]137
IV. Exchanges shall disseminate the compensation limit fixed by them and
any change thereof, to the public through a Press Release and through
their Website.
13.1.7. Disbursements of claims from the IPF
I. The IPF Trust shall disburse the amount of compensation from the IPF
to the investors and such compensation shall not be more than the
maximum amount fixed for a single claim of an investor.
II. The compensation shall be disbursed to the investor from the IPF in
case there is a shortage of defaulter broker’s assets after its
realization.138
III. The Exchange shall ensure that the amount realized from the assets of
the defaulter member is returned to the defaulter member after
satisfying the claims of the exchanges and SEBI in accordance with
the bye-laws of the exchange139.
“Exchanges are free to fix suitable compensation limits in consultation with the IPF Trust. However,
the maximum amount of compensation available against a single claim of an investor arising out of
default of a member of a Commodity Derivatives Exchange shall be Rs2 lakh.”
136Substituted vide SEBI Circular no. CIR/HO/CDMRD/DEICE/CIR/P/2017/53 dated June 13, 2017. Prior
to substitution, the norm read as under:
“The maximum available compensation arising out of default by a member of an Exchange shall be
Rs 2 crores in those commodity derivatives exchanges whose size of corpus of IPF is Rs15 crores or
above and shall be Rs 25 lakh if the size of corpus is less than Rs 15 crores.”
137 Omitted vide SEBI Circular no. CIR/HO/CDMRD/DEICE/CIR/P/2017/53 dated June 13, 2017. Prior to
omission, the norm read as under:
‘SEBI shall review the amount of compensation available against a single claim from an investor
from time to time.”
138 Substituted vide SEBI Circular no. CIR/HO/CDMRD/DEICE/CIR/P/2017/53 dated June 13, 2017. Prior
to substitution, the norm read as under:
“Claim on the direction of any other authority on the Fund may be routed through SEBI.”
139 Substituted vide SEBI Circular no. CIR/HO/CDMRD/DEICE/CIR/P/2017/53 dated June 13, 2017. Prior
to substitution, the norm read as under:
“The Board of the Exchanges may utilize only the interest earned on the Fund, subject to approval
of the Trust, for investors‟ awareness and education. The National Exchanges are also permitted to
Page 158 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Provided that in case of a member broker having membership on
multiple exchanges, amount realized from the assets of the defaulter
member shall be returned to the said member only after satisfying
eligible claims of the concerned exchange, SEBI, and other exchanges
as the case may be.
Provided further that in cases where any litigations are pending
against the defaulter member, the residual amount, if any, may be
retained by the exchange until such litigations are concluded."
IV. Investment of funds of IPF will be as per the relevant provision of the
Indian Trust Act 1882 and Section 11 (5) of Income Tax Act, 1961.
The Exchanges are requested to ensure that the investment of trust
money is done with utmost caution and prudence.
V. Appeal should be referred to the Board of the Exchange on any
decision of the Managing Committee of IPF regarding any claim.
VI. In case the National Commodity Derivatives Exchange is wound up,
then the balance in the IPF lying un-utilized with the IPF Trust, shall
be transferred to SEBI. In such an event, the funds will be maintained
in a separate account and SEBI shall act as trustee of these funds. The
funds shall be utilized for purposes of investor/client education,
awareness, research or other such programme as may be decided by
SEBI.
VII. The IPF Trust shall disburse the compensation to the investors as and
when claims have been crystallized against a defaulter member. The
IPF Trust need not wait for realization of assets of the defaulter
member for disbursement of the claims. Upon receipt of advice of
defaulter’s committee, for payment, the IPF Trust shall take necessary
steps for disbursement of amount at the earliest.140
VIII. Exchanges shall periodically review the sources of fund and eligible
compensation amount so as to recalibrate the fund to make suitable
recommendation for enhancement.
utilize the interest earned on the IPF corpus for maintenance of all price ticker boards installed at
the respective Exchange. Exchanges shall submit the details and expenditure of each of such
programmes on a quarterly basis to SEBI. The corpus of IPF shall not be utilized for these
purposes”.
140 Inserted vide SEBI Circular no. CIR/HO/CDMRD/DEICE/CIR/P/2017/53 dated June 13, 2017
Page 159 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
13.1.8. Income earned on IPF and its Utilization141:
I. The exchange may utilize income earned on the corpus of IPF towards
promotion of investor education and awareness programmes through
seminars, lectures, workshops, publications (print and electronic
media), training programs etc. to enhance literacy and to promote
participation in the commodity derivatives market or any other
mandated purpose. Capital expenditure would be permissible only
w.r.t. setting up of Investor Service Centre. However, no expenditure
to be incurred on product promotion in any manner. However, in case
of non-utilization of the said income in the same financial year for the
mandated purpose, the same shall be ploughed back to IPF. In addition
to above, the income earned on the IPF corpus may be utilized in other
manner as prescribed/permitted by SEBI in the interest of investors
from time to time.
II. The unutilized IPF interest income accruing during a specific financial
year can be carried forward to the next financial year to enable
effective utilization of such money by the exchanges during such
extended period.
III. The exchange shall also be permitted to utilize IPF interest income for
undertaking research activities related to commodities market,
provided every such research activity / project can be undertaken only
after obtaining prior written approval of the trustees of the IPF Trust,
who would inter alia, record the reasons, relevance and stated
objectives of the research project while according approval to such
activity/ project. Further, the Board of the exchange may be apprised
of the research programs / activities being undertaken at least once in
every quarter or half year of a given financial year.
There will be an overall cap on the total amount, not more than 10%
of the interest amount of IPF which can be spent on Research activities
related to commodities market. IPF shall frame a policy towards
identifying / recognising public and private academic institutions,
professional bodies, trade (physical market) associations and industry
141 SEBI Circular no. CIR/CDMRD/DEICE/CIR/P/2017/53 dated June 13, 2017.
Page 160 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
bodies/ chambers through/ with whom such Research activities shall
be undertaken/ organised/ sponsored.142
IV. In order to ensure effective utilization of income earned on IPF,
supervision of utilization of interest on IPF will rest with the IPF Trust
of the exchange.
13.2. Investor Service Fund (ISF)143
13.2.1. Exchanges are mandated to set up Investor Service Fund (ISF) for
providing following basis minimum facilities at various Investor Service
Centers (ISC).
I. The ISC shall provide 4 financial newspapers with at least one in the
Regional language.
II. The ISC shall install computer software (marketed by some vendors)
which provide information about various commodities (agri and non-
agri) including research reports, general, financial & other important
commodity related information. The information will be made
available through computers with one master terminal and some
dummy terminals through which investors could access this
information. Other facilities like copying will be made available to the
investors at minimum cost.
III. The ISC shall provide facilities for receiving/recording investor
complaints. Special staff recruited/deployed by the exchange for this
purpose will register the complaints and provide counselling service
to the investors. Status of complaints will be maintained and updated
in the computer system of the Center.
IV. The ISC shall provide for other infrastructure facilities such as
telephone, photocopier, furniture, sitting space, internet connection
having access to various directions / circulars issued by SEBI and
Government agencies etc.
V. The ISC shall provide published commodity related materials of
exchanges for the benefit of the investors. It should also provide the
142 SEBI Circular no. CIR/HO/CDMRD/DCE/CIR/P/2018/49 dated March 14, 2018
143 SEBI Circular no. CIR/HO/CDMRD/DEICE/CIR/P/2017/53 dated June 13, 2017
Page 161 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
pamphlets / brochures detailing the rights and obligation of investors
while dealing with brokers in commodity markets, FAQ's etc.
VI. The ISC shall provide for dummy terminals to display the prices of the
commodities listed on the exchange on real-time basis, to enable
investors watch the price movements of the commodities etc.
VII. The ISC shall maintain a library on relevant laws, financial analysis,
market trend analysis etc. for the education of the investors.
VIII. The ISC shall conduct various investor education and investor
awareness programs through seminars, lectures, workshops,
publications (print and electronic media), training programs etc.
enhance literacy and promoting participation in the commodity
derivatives market.
13.2.2. Contribution to ISF
I. At initial stage, the exchange shall contribute a minimum of Rs Ten
Lakhs towards setting up of Investor Service Fund (ISF).
Subsequently, onwards, the Exchanges shall transfer the 1% percent
of the turnover fees charged by the exchange from its members on
monthly basis towards ISF within 7 days of the end of the month,
subject to minimum of Rs. Ten Lakh in a financial year.
II. The Exchange shall also plough back the entire income earned on the
corpus of ISF to the ISF within one month from the end of September
and March of each year.
III. The exchange shall be permitted to utilize the corpus of ISF for
conducting various investor education and awareness programs,
capacity building programs and maintenance of all price ticker boards
installed by the respective exchanges, cost of training of arbitrators
etc. In addition to above, the corpus may be utilized in other manner
as prescribed / permitted by SEBI in the interest of investors from time
to time.
IV. In order to efficient management of ISF, Investor Service Committee
(ISC) of exchange shall oversee the contribution to ISF and its
utilization.
Page 162 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
V. Exchange shall maintain separate bank account for maintaining corpus
of the IPF as well as ISF and such funds should not be co-mingled with
any other fund(s) of the exchange and shall not be used for any other
purpose.
VI. SEBI has prescribed certain expenditures which are to be met utilizing
the ISF and not IPF. However, since ISF is of recent origin, its corpus
may be inadequate, therefore stock exchanges with commodity
derivatives segment have been granted 3 years period starting April
1st, 2018 to permit utilizing interest on IPF for activities of ISF also144.
144 SEBI Circular no. CIR/HO/CDMRD/DCE/CIR/P/2018/49 dated March 14, 2018.
Page 163 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
CHAPTER 14. INVESTOR GRIEVANCE REDRESSAL SYSTEM AND
ARBITRATION MECHANISM
14.1. Investor Grievance Redressal System 145
14.1.1. The stock exchanges shall constitute Investor Grievance Redressal
Committee (IGRC) for redressal of investor grievances.
14.1.2. The composition of the IGRC shall be as follows: -
i. The IGRC shall comprise of a single person for claims up to Rs. 25
Lakh, whereas, for claims above Rs. 25 Lakh, the IGRC shall comprise
of three persons.
ii. The IGRC shall comprise of independent persons with qualifications
in the area of law, finance, accounts, economics, management or
administration and experience in financial services, including
securities market.
iii. Further, the three members Committee shall comprise of at least one
technical expert for handling complaints related to technology issues
(such as internet-based trading, algorithmic trading, etc.).
iv. The members of IGRC shall not be associated with a trading member
in any manner.
v. Exchanges shall empanel IGRC members, however, no arbitrator/
appellate arbitrator shall be empanelled as IGRC member. 146
vi. The disclosures and code of conduct prescribed is given below:
A. The name of a person shall be included in the panel after obtaining:
i. a declaration that he has not been involved in any act of fraud,
dishonesty or moral turpitude, or found guilty of any economic
offence,
ii. disclosure of the nature of his association with securities market
145 SEBI Circular No. CIR/CDMRD/DEICE/02/2015 dated November 16, 2015.
146 SEBI Circular No. CIR/CDMRD/DEICE/CIR/P/2017/77 July 11, 2017.
Page 164 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
iii. disclosure of the names of his dependents associated with the
securities market as member, sub-broker or authorized person, and
iv. an undertaking that he shall abide by the code of conduct
prescribed.
B. Code of Conduct for IGRC Members: An IGRC Member shall –
i. act in a fair, unbiased, independent and objective manner;
ii. maintain the highest standards of personal integrity, truthfulness,
honesty and fortitude in discharge of his duties;
iii. disclose his interest or conflict in a particular case, i.e., whether
any party to the proceeding had any dealings with or is related to
the IGRC Member;
iv. not engage in acts discreditable to his responsibilities;
v. avoid any interest or activity which is in conflict with the conduct
of his duties as a IGRC Member;
vi. avoid any activity that may impair, or may appear to impair, his
independence or objectivity;
vii. conduct IGRC proceedings in compliance with the principles of
natural justice and the relevant provisions of the Arbitration and
Conciliation Act, 1996, the SEBI Act, 1992, the Securities
Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956 and the Rules, Regulations and
Bye-laws framed thereunder and the circulars, directions issued by
the Government / SEBI;
viii. endeavor to pass IGRC Order expeditiously and in any case not
later than the time prescribed in this circular; and
ix. pass reasoned and speaking IGRC Orders.
14.1.3. With a view to streamline and make more effective the investor grievance
redressal mechanism at Exchange, it has been decided to shorten the time
taken for the proceedings as well as to give monetary relief to the
investors, during the course of pendency of proceedings. In this regard,
Exchanges are advised as under:
i. The exchanges shall ensure that all complaints are resolved at their end
within 15 days. The correspondence with the Member & investor (who
is client of a Member) may be done on email if the email id of the
investor is available in the UCC database. The Member (Commodity
Broker, Trading Member and Clearing Member) shall provide a
dedicated email-Id to the exchange for this purpose.
Page 165 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
ii. In case the matter does not get resolved, conciliation process of the
exchange would start immediately after the timelines stated above.
iii. Investor Grievance Redressal Committee (IGRC) shall be allowed a
time of 15 days to amicably resolve the investor complaint.
iv. IGRC shall adopt a two-fold approach i.e. for proceedings leading to
direction to the Member to render required service in case of service-
related complaints and proceedings leading to an order concluding
admissibility of the complaint or otherwise in case of trade related
complaints.
v. In case the matter is not resolved through the conciliation process,
IGRC would ascertain the claim value admissible to the investor.
vi. Upon conclusion of the proceedings of IGRC, i.e. in case claim is
admissible to the investor, Exchanges shall block the admissible claim
value from the deposit of the Member.
vii. The exchange shall give a time of 7 days to the Member from the date
of signing of IGRC directions as mentioned under sub-para (d) above
to inform the Exchange whether the Member intends to pursue the next
level of resolution i.e. Arbitration.
viii. In case, the Member does not opt for arbitration, the Exchange shall,
release the blocked amount to the investor after the aforementioned 7
days.
ix. In case, the Member opts for arbitration and the claim value admissible
to the investor for interim relief paid out of IPF in exchanges is
prescribed below147 :
A. In case, the order is in favour of client and the member opts for
arbitration wherein the claim value admissible to the client is not
more than Rs. 20 lakhs (Rs. Twenty lakhs), the following steps shall
be undertaken by the Stock Exchange:148
147 SEBI Circular No. CIR/CDMRD/DEICE/CIR/P/2017/77 dated July 11, 2017
148 Substituted vide SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DoC/P/CIR/2021/649 dated October 22, 2021.
Prior to the substitution, the norms read as follows:
Page 166 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
i. In case the GRC order is in favour of the client, then 50% of the
admissible claim value or Rs. 2.00 lakhs (Rs. Two lakhs),
whichever is less, shall be released to the client from IPF of the
Stock Exchange.
ii. In case the arbitration award is in favour of the client and the
member opts for appellate arbitration, then a positive difference of,
50% of the amount mentioned in the arbitration award or Rs. 3.00
lakhs (Rs. Three lakhs), whichever is less, and the amount already
released to the client at clause (i) above, shall be released to the
client from IPF of the Stock Exchange.
iii. In case the appellate arbitration award is in favour of the client and
the member opts for making an application under Section 34 of the
Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 to set aside the appellate
arbitration award, then a positive difference of, 75% of the amount
mentioned in the appellate arbitration award or Rs. 5.00 lakhs (Rs.
Five Lakhs), whichever is less, and the amount already released to
A. In case, award is in favour of client and the member opts for arbitration wherein
the claim value admissible to the client is not more than Rs. 20 lakhs (Rs. Twenty
lakhs), the following steps shall be undertaken by the Exchange:
i. In case the IGRP award is in favour of the client then 50% of the admissible
claim value or Rs. 2.00 lakhs (Rs. Two lakhs), whichever is less, shall be
released to the client from IPF of the Exchange.
ii. In case the arbitration award is in favour of the client and the member opts
for appellate arbitration then 50% of the amount mentioned in the arbitration
award or Rs. 3.00 lakhs (Rs. Three lakhs), whichever is less, shall be released
to the client from IPF of the Exchanges. The amount released shall exclude
the amount already released to the client at clause (a) above.
iii. In case the appellate arbitration award is in favour of the client and the
member opts for making an application under Section 34 of the Arbitration
and Conciliation Act, 1996 to set aside the appellate arbitration award, then
75% of the amount determined in the appellate arbitration award or Rs.5.00
lakhs (Rs. Five Lakhs), whichever is less, shall be released to the client from
IPF of the Exchanges. The amount released shall exclude the amount already
released to the client at clause (a) and (b) above.
iv. Total amount released to the client through the facility of interim relief from
IPF in terms of this Circular shall not exceed Rs. 10.00 lakhs (Ten lakhs) in
a financial year.
Page 167 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
the client at clause (i) and (ii) above, shall be released to the client
from IPF of the Stock Exchange.
iv. Total amount released to the client through the facility of interim
relief from IPF in terms of this Circular shall not exceed Rs. 10.00
lakhs (Ten lakhs) in a financial year.
v. Before release of the said amounts from the IPF to the investor, the
Exchange shall obtain appropriate undertaking / indemnity from
the investor against the release of the amount from IPF, to ensure
return of the amount so released to the investor, in case the
proceedings are decided against the investor.
vi. If it is observed that there is an attempt by investor / client either
individually or through collusion with Member (s) or with any
other stakeholder, to misuse the provision of this Circular, then
without prejudice to the powers of the Board to take action,
appropriate action in this regard shall be taken against any such
person so involved from henceforth accessing the benefits of this
Circular.
vii. In case the complaint is decided in favour of the investor after
conclusion of the proceedings, then amount released to the investor
shall be returned to IPF from the blocked amount of the Member
by Exchange and the rest shall be paid to the investor.
viii. The Exchanges may devise a detailed procedure with regard to
release of funds from IPF and recovery thereof and necessary
formats of documents.
ix. In case the investor loses at any stage of the proceedings and
decides not pursue further, then the investor shall refund the
amount released from IPF, back to the IPF. In case the investor fails
to make good the amount released out if IPF then investor (based
on PAN of the investor) shall not be allowed to trade on any of the
Exchanges till such time the investor refunds the amount to IPF.
Further, the securities lying in the demat account(s) of the investor
shall be frozen till such time as the investor refunds the amount to
the IPF.
x. The exchanges may also resort to displaying the names such
investors on their websites if considered necessary.
B. Exchanges, in consultation with the IPF Trust and SEBI, shall
review and progressively increase the amount of interim relief
available against a single claim for an investor, at least every three
years.
Page 168 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
C. The Exchanges shall disseminate the interim relief limit fixed by
them and any change thereof, to the public through a Press Release
and also through its website.
14.1.4. With a view to rationalize the timelines involved in the arbitration
mechanism, Exchanges are advised as under:
I. The Members are required to file application for appellate arbitration
within one month of the date of receipt of arbitral award. Further as per
section 34 (3) of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 the
Members have three months to make an application to set aside an
arbitral award. In this regard, the Members shall convey their intention
to Exchanges within 7 days of receipt of the award, as regards whether
such Members desire to challenge the arbitration award/appellate
arbitration award in Court or not.
II. If the Members do not express their intent to challenge the arbitration
award/appellate arbitration award then it would be presumed that
Members does not intend to challenge the award and the Exchange shall
take further steps accordingly.
14.1.5. With a view to address complaints regarding 'unauthorised trades'
Exchanges are advised to direct the Members to put in place the following:
I. In case the Member has made margin calls to the client and the client
has failed to comply with these margin calls, then the contract note
issued by Member for transactions owing to non-compliance of such
margin calls would bear a remark specifying the same.
II. The Member shall maintain a verifiable record of having made such
margin calls and that clients have not complied with the same.
III. With a view to assist investors engaged in dispute resolution process,
Exchanges shall set up facilitation desks at all investor services centres
as specified by SEBI from time to time. These facilitation desks would
inter alia also assist investors in obtaining documents/details from
Exchanges wherever so required for making application to IGRC and
filing arbitration.
Page 169 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
14.2. Disclosure of Complaints against the Stock Exchange(s)and the Clearing
Corporation(s)149
14.2.1. In order to bring about transparency in the Investor Grievance Redressal
Mechanism, all the Stock Exchanges and the Clearing Corporations shall
disclose on their websites, the data on complaints received against them
and redressal thereof, latest by 7th of succeeding month, as per the format
given in the Annexure.
14.3. Arbitration mechanism 150
14.3.1. The Bye-laws of the exchanges relating to arbitration proceedings shall be
in accordance with the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996.
14.3.2. In consultation with the exchanges, it has been decided to streamline the
arbitration mechanism available at exchanges for arbitration of disputes
(claims, complaints, differences, etc.) arising between a client and a
member (Broker, Trading Member and Clearing Member) across various
market segments.
14.3.3. An exchange shall provide an arbitration mechanism for settlement of
disputes between a client and a member through arbitration proceedings
in accordance with the provisions of this Circular read with Section 2(4)
of the Arbitration and Conciliation, Act, 1996.
14.3.4. Maintenance of a Panel of Arbitrators.
I. An exchange shall maintain a panel of arbitrators. The number of
arbitrators in the panel shall be commensurate to the number of disputes
so that an arbitrator handles a reasonable number of references
simultaneously and all arbitration references are disposed of within the
prescribed time.
II. The exchange shall have a set of fair and transparent criteria for
inclusion of names in the panel of arbitrators.
III. While deciding to include a particular person in the panel of arbitrators,
the exchange shall take into account the following factors:
A. age,
149 Inserted vide SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DoC/P/CIR/2021/636 dated October 04, 2021
150 SEBI Circular No. CIR/CDMRD/DEICE/CIR/P/2017/77 dated July 11, 2017
Page 170 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
B. qualification in the area of law, finance, accounts, economics,
management, or administration, and
C. experience in financial services, including securities market.
IV. The name of a person shall be included in the panel after obtaining:
A. a declaration that he has not been involved in any act of fraud,
dishonesty or moral turpitude, or found guilty of any economic
offence,
B. disclosure of the nature of his association with securities market,
C. disclosure of the names of his dependents associated with the
securities market as member, sub-broker or authorized person,
and
D. an undertaking that he shall abide by the code of conduct
prescribed in this circular.
14.3.5. Code of Conduct for Arbitrators: An arbitrator shall –
I. act in a fair, unbiased, independent and objective manner;
II. maintain the highest standards of personal integrity, truthfulness,
honesty
III. and fortitude in discharge of his duties;
IV. disclose his interest or conflict in a particular case, i.e., whether
any party to the proceeding had any dealings with or is related to
the arbitrator;
V. not engage in acts discreditable to his responsibilities;
VI. avoid any interest or activity which is in conflict with the conduct
of his duties as an arbitrator;
VII. avoid any activity that may impair, or may appear to impair, his
independence or objectivity;
VIII. conduct arbitration proceedings in compliance with the
principles of natural justice and the relevant provisions of the
Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996, the SEBI Act, 1992, the
Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956 and the Rules,
Regulations and Bye-laws framed thereunder and the circulars,
directions issued by the Government / SEBI;
IX. endeavour to pass arbitral award expeditiously and in any case
not later than the time prescribed in this circular; and pass
reasoned and speaking arbitral awards.
Page 171 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
14.3.6. Arbitration
I. The limitation period for filing an arbitration reference shall be
governed by the law of limitation, i.e., The Limitation Act, 1963.
II. An arbitration reference for a claim / counter claim up to Rs.25
lakh shall be dealt with by a sole arbitrator while that above Rs.25
lakh shall be dealt with by a panel of three arbitrators.
III. The exchange shall ensure that the process of appointment of
arbitrator(s) is completed within 30 days from the date of receipt
of application from the applicant.
IV. The arbitration reference shall be concluded by way of issue of an
arbitral award within four months from the date of appointment of
arbitrator(s).
V. The Managing Director/ Executive Director of the exchange may
for sufficient cause extend the time for issue of arbitral award by
not more than two months on a case to case basis after recording
the reasons for the same.
14.3.7. Appellate Arbitration
I. A party aggrieved by an arbitral award may appeal to the appellate
panel of arbitrators of the exchange against such award.
II. An appeal before the appellate panel of arbitrators may be filed within
one month from the date of receipt of arbitral award.
III. The appellate panel shall consist of three arbitrators who shall be
different from the ones who passed the arbitral award appealed
against.
IV. The exchange shall ensure that the process of appointment of appellate
panel of arbitrators is completed within 30 days from the date of
receipt of application for appellate arbitration.
V. The appeal shall be disposed of within three months from the date of
appointment of appellate panel of such appeal by way of issue of an
appellate arbitral award.
Page 172 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
VI. The Managing Director/ Executive Director of the exchange may for
sufficient cause extend the time for issue of appellate arbitral award
by not more than two months on a case to case basis after recording
the reasons for the same.
VII. A party aggrieved by the appellate arbitral award may file an
application to the Court of competent jurisdiction in accordance with
Section 34 of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996.
14.3.8. Arbitration Fees151 : The fee structure (exclusive of statutory dues -
stamp duty, service tax, etc.) for filing arbitration reference shall be as
follows:-
Amount of If claim is If claim is filed after six If the claim is filed
Claim / Counter filed within months from the date of beyond the timeline
Claim, six months dispute or after one month prescribed in
whichever is from the date from the date of IGRP order, column 3, (only for
higher (in Rs.) of dispute whichever is later member)
≤ 10,00,000 1.3% subject 3.9% subject to a minimum Additional fee of Rs.
to a minimum of Rs.30,000 3,000/-per month
of Rs.10,000 over and above fee
prescribed in column
3
> 10,00,000 - Rs. 13,000 Rs. 39,000 plus 0.9% amount Additional fee of Rs.
25,00,000 ≤ plus 0.3% above Rs. 10 lakh 6,000/-per month
amount above over and above fee
Rs. 10 lakh prescribed in column
3
> 25,00,000 Rs. 17,500 Rs. 52,500 plus 0.6 % amount Additional fee of Rs.
plus 0.2 % above Rs. 25 lakh subject to 12,000/-per month
amount above maximum of Rs.90,000 over and above fee
Rs. 25 lakh prescribed in column
subject to 3
maximum of
Rs. 30,000
151 SEBI Circular No. CIR/CDMRD/DEICE/CIR/P/2017/77 dated July 11, 2017.
Page 173 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
I. The filing fee will be utilized to meet the fee payable to the
arbitrators. Excess of filing fee over fee payable to the arbitrator, if
any, to be deposited in the IPF of the respective exchange.
II. A client, who has a claim / counter claim up to Rs. 10 lakh and files
arbitration reference will be exempted from filing the deposit.
Expenses thus arising with regard to such applications shall be borne
by the Exchanges”.
III. In all cases, on issue of the arbitral award the exchange shall refund
the deposit to the party in whose favour the award has been passed.
In cases where claim was filed within six months period, the full
deposit made by the party against whom the award has been passed,
shall be appropriated towards arbitration fees. In cases where claim
was filed after six months, one-third of the deposit collected from
the party against whom the award has been passed, shall be
appropriated towards arbitration fees and balance two-third amount
shall be credited to the Investor Protection Fund of the respective
stock exchange.
Note : Six months (as referred to in (I), (II), and (III) above) shall be
computed from the end of the quarter during which the disputed
transaction(s) were executed / settled, whichever is relevant for the
dispute , and after excluding:-
A. The time taken by the Investors Grievances Redressal
Committee of the Exchange (the time taken from the date of
receipt of dispute till the decision by the committee) to resolve
the dispute under its Rules, Bye-laws & Regulations, and
B. The time taken by the member to attempt the resolution of the
dispute (the time from the date of receipt of dispute by the
member to the date of receipt of the member’s last
communication by the client) or one month from the date of
receipt of the dispute by the member, whichever is earlier.
IV. A party filing an appeal before the appellate panel [as mentioned
above in Appellate Arbitration] shall pay a fee not exceeding Rs. 30,
000, as may be prescribed by the exchange, in addition to statutory
dues (stamp duty, service tax, along with the appeal. In case the party
Page 174 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
filing the appeal is a client having claim / counterclaim of up to Rs.
10 lakh, then the party shall pay a fee not exceeding Rs. 10, 000/-.
Further expenses thus arising shall be borne by the Exchanges and
the Investor Protection Fund of Exchanges equally.
14.3.9. Place of Arbitration / Appellate Arbitration
14.3.10. In case, the award amount is more than Rs. 50 lakhs (Rs. Fifty lakhs), the
next level of proceedings (arbitration or appellate arbitration) may take
place at the nearest metro city, if so desired by any of the parties involved.
The additional statutory cost for arbitration, if any, shall be borne by the
party desirous of shifting the place of arbitration. 152
14.3.11. Speeding up grievance redressal mechanism: In order to have faster
implementation of award and to discourage delayed filling of arbitrations
by members, the additional fees payable by members who file their claim
beyond the prescribed time-lines shall be non-refundable even if the
arbitration award goes in favor of the member153. The additional fees
charged from the trading members, if the claim is filed beyond the
prescribed timeline, if any, to be deposited in the IPF of the respective
Stock Exchange.154
14.3.12. Public dissemination of profiles of arbitrators: In order to enhance
transparency and also to provide choice to parties, Exchanges shall
disseminate information w.r.t. brief profile, qualification, areas of
experience/ expertise, number of arbitration matters handled, pre-
arbitration experience, etc. of the arbitrators on their website.
14.3.13. Submission of documents in soft copies : In order to assist the arbitrators
in pronouncing comprehensive and speedy awards, Exchanges shall make
necessary arrangements in terms of hardware viz., computer, scanner,
printer, etc. and required software’s at exchange offices/ Investor Service
152 Substituted vide SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DoC/P/CIR/2021/649 dated October 22, 2021.
Prior to the substitution, the norms read as follows:
In case award amount is more than Rs. 50 lakh (Rs. Fifty lakh), the next level of proceedings
(arbitration or appellate arbitration) may take place at the nearest metro city, if desired by any of
the party involved. The additional cost for arbitration, if any, to be borne by the appealing party.
153 SEBI Circular no. CIR/CDMRD/DCE/CIR/P/2018/48 dated March 14, 2018.
154 Inserted vide SEBI Circular no. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DoC/P/CIR/2021/649 dated October 22, 2021
Page 175 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Centers (ISCs) to facilitate the clients to type/ convert their documents
into electronic format/ soft copy. Such electronic format/ soft copies shall
be provided to the arbitrators along with original submissions in physical
copies.
14.3.14. Review and training of arbitrators
 Investor Service Committee of the Exchanges shall review the
performance of the arbitrators annually and submit the review report
to the Board of the Exchange. Training need of the arbitrators will be
catered by National Institute of Securities Markets (NISM). Cost of
training of arbitrators may be incurred from ISF of the exchange.
 The stock exchanges shall provide training of at least one day to every
arbitrator each year155.
14.3.15. Mechanism for implementation of award.
 Exchanges shall create a common database of defaulting clients
accessible to members across the Exchanges.
 For this purpose, a client may be identified as defaulter if the client
does not pay the award amount to the member as directed in the IGRC/
arbitration/ appellate arbitration order and also does not appeal at the
next level of redressal mechanism within the timelines prescribed by
SEBI or file an application to court to set aside such order in
accordance with Section 34 of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act,
1996 (in case of aggrieved by arbitration/ appellate award).
14.3.16. Empanelment of arbitrators and segregation of arbitration and appellate
arbitration panel: There shall be separate panels for arbitration and
appellate arbitration. Further, for appellate arbitration, at least one member
of the panel shall be a Retired Judge. Exchanges shall obtain prior
approval of SEBI before empanelment of arbitrators/ appellate
arbitrators.156
155 SEBI Circular No. CIR/CDMRD/DCE/CIR/P/2018/48 dated March 14, 2018
156 Clarification provided vide SEBI Circular no. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DoC/P/CIR/2021/649 dated October
22, 2021:
Forming of exclusive panel for appellate arbitration is not required and members can serve on both
the panels. However, it is imperative for the exchanges to ensure that in the same matter, the
members of arbitration panel are not considered for constituting the appellate arbitration panel if
the matter goes to appeal.
Page 176 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
It has been clarified vide SEBI Circular No.
SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DoC/P/CIR/2021/649 dated October 22, 2021:
“Forming of exclusive panel for appellate arbitration is not required and
members can serve on both the panels. However, it is imperative for the
exchanges to ensure that in the same matter, the members of arbitration
panel are not considered for constituting the appellate arbitration panel if
the matter goes to appeal.”
14.3.17. Revision in professional fee of arbitrators: The arbitrator fee shall be
upwardly revised to Rs.18,000/- (Rs. Eighteen thousand) per case.
Consequent to this upward revision, the additional expenses attributable
to a client over and above the fee structure as specified above in
Arbitration Fees, shall be borne by the client (wherever applicable) and
Exchange equally. The total expense attributable to the member has to be
borne by the concerned member.
14.3.18. Arbitration / Appellate Arbitration award: In order to safeguard the
interest of the parties involved in arbitration and to ensure speedy
implementation of the arbitration award, the rate of interest on the award
passed by arbitrators shall be in compliance with Arbitration and
Conciliation (Amendment) Act, 2015.
14.3.19. Committees 157 : The composition and functions of the various committees
has been referred to as in Chapter 15.
157 As per Regulation 29 of Securities Contracts (Regulation) (Stock Exchanges and Clearing Corporations)
Regulations, 2018 (SECC Regulations), the regulatory committees at MIIs has been rationalized into three
functional committees and four oversight committees within each MIIs including functions of Disciplinary
Action Committee, Defaulter’s Committee and Investors Service Committees. SEBI vide circular
SEBI/HO/MRD/DOP2DSA2/CIR/P/2019/13 dated January 10, 2019 had issued guidelines for the principles
for composition and quorum of the various committees at MIIs. Prior to this substitution the provisions
vide SEBI Circular No. CIR/CDMRD/DEICE/CIR/P/2017/77 dated July 11, 2017 read as under:
“Disciplinary Action Committee, Defaulters’ Committee, Investors Service Committee, Arbitration
Committee: The composition and functions of the Disciplinary Action Committee, Defaulter’s Committee
and Investors Service Committee will be as follows:
Name of Functions Handled Composition
Committee
Disciplinary i. The Committee shall formulate the i. The Committee shall have a minimum
Action Committee policy for regulatory actions of 3 members and a maximum of 5
including warning, monetary fine, members;
suspension, withdrawal of trading
Page 177 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
terminal, expulsion, to be taken for ii. The Public Interest Directors shall
various violations by the members of form a majority of the Committee;
the exchange. iii. A maximum of two key management
ii. Based on the laid down policy, the personnel of the exchange can be on
Committee shall consider the cases the committee and one of which shall
of violations observed during necessarily be the Managing Director
inspection, etc. and impose of the exchange;
appropriate regulatory action on the iv. The Committee may also include
members of the exchange. independent external persons such as
iii. While imposing the regulatory retired judge, etc.
measure, the Committee shall adopt v. SEBI may nominate members in the
a laid down process, based on the Committee, if felt necessary in the
'Principles of natural justice'. interest of commodities market;
Defaulters’ i. To realize all the assets / deposits of i. The Committee shall have a minimum
Committee the defaulter/ expelled member and of 3 members and a maximum of 5
appropriate the same amongst members;
various dues and claims against the ii. The Public Interest Directors shall
defaulter/ expelled member in form a majority of the Committee.
accordance with the Rules, Byelaws iii. A maximum of two key management
and Regulations of the exchange. personnel of the exchange can be on
ii. In the event both the clearing the Committee.
member and his constituent trading iv. The Committee may also include
member are declared defaulter, then independent external persons such as
the Defaulter’s Committee of the retired judge, etc.
exchange and the Defaulter's v. SEBI may nominate members in the
Committee of the clearing Committee, if felt necessary in the
corporation shall work together to interest of commodities market;
realise the assets of both the clearing
member and the trading member.
iii. Admission or rejection of claims of
client/ trading members/ clearing
members over the assets of the
defaulter/ expelled member.
iv. Advise in respect of the claims to the
Trustees of the IPF on whether the
claim is to be paid out of IPF or
otherwise.
Investor Services i. Supervising the functioning of i. The Committee shall have a
Committee Investors’ Services Cell of the minimum of 3 members and a
Exchange which includes review of maximum of 5 members.
complaint resolution process, review ii. The Public Interest Directors shall
of complaints remaining unresolved form a majority of the Committee.
over long period of time, estimate the iii. A maximum of two key management
adequacy of resources dedicated to personnel of the exchange can be on
investor services, etc.; the Committee.
ii. Supervision of utilization of ISF; iv. The Committee may also include
independent external persons.
Page 178 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
14.3.20. Automatic Process and Common Pool of arbitrators158: The exchanges
shall pool all arbitrators of their exchange in the common pool across all
national commodity derivatives exchanges, facilitate automatic selection
of arbitrators from the common pool. Details are prescribed below:
I. List of Arbitrators on the panel of all exchanges having nation-wide
trading terminals shall be pooled and will be called a 'Common Pool'.
This list shall be made publicly available including by way of display on
websites of the exchanges.
II. 'Common pool' of Arbitrators will consist of Arbitrators listed on the
panels of all exchanges having nation-wide trading terminals. The
pooling of arbitrators will be done Centre-wise. To illustrate, the list of
arbitrators on the panel of all exchanges for the region covered by the
Delhi centre will be pooled. This would enable an applicant from the
region to choose any arbitrator from the 'Common Pool' for Delhi.
III. If the client and member (broker, trading member or clearing member)
fail to choose the Arbitrator(s) from the Common Pool, the Arbitrator(s)
will be chosen by an 'Automatic Process' wherein neither the parties to
arbitration (i.e. client or member) nor the concerned Exchanges will be
directly involved.
IV. The 'Automatic Process' will entail a randomized, computer generated
selection of Arbitrator, from the list of Arbitrators in the 'Common Pool'.
The selection process shall be in chronological order of the receipt of
arbitration reference i.e. only after selecting an arbitrator for the former
arbitration reference received, selection for the latter shall be taken up.
V. The 'Automatic Process' will send a system generated, real time alert
(sms, email etc.) to all entities involved in the particular case. Further,
the communication for the appointment of the Arbitrator will be sent
immediately and in any case not later than the next working day from
iii. To have annual review of the v. SEBI may nominate members in the
arbitrators and arbitration/ awards Committee, if felt necessary in the
(both quantum and quality of the interest of commodities market;
awards).
It is stipulated that the arbitration panel shall not comprise of any trading members.”
158 SEBI Circular No. CIR/CDMRD/DIECE/02/2015 dated November 16, 2015
Page 179 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
the day of picking of the Arbitrator. This communication will be sent by
the exchange on which the dispute had taken place, to all concerned
entities including clients, arbitrators, members, exchanges etc.
VI. The selection of Arbitrators by exchanges as done currently, shall
henceforth be replaced by the 'Automatic Process'. In case of any
probable conflict of interest in an arbitration reference being assigned to
any Arbitrator the Arbitrator will have to upfront decline the arbitration
reference. After the said arbitrator declines, the 'automatic process' will
pick the name of another Arbitrator. This will continue till the time there
is no conflict of interest, by the selected arbitrator. The exchanges should
ensure that the process of appointment of arbitrator(s) is completed
within 30 days. However, the timeline can be extended and exchanges
shall put on record the reasons of such extension.
VII. In case of conflict of interest by the arbitrator, the information for the
same may reach the exchange on which the dispute has taken place
within 15 days of receipt of communication from the SE above. The said
information may be sent by any method which ensures proof of delivery.
VIII. Fees of arbitrator shall be dealt in line with existing provisions, by the
exchange on which the dispute had taken place.
14.3.21. Implementation of Arbitral Award in favor of Clients
I. In case the arbitral / appellate arbitral award is in favor of the client, the
exchange shall, on receipt of the same, debit the amount of the award
from the security deposit or any other monies of the member (against
whom an award has been passed) and keep it in a separate escrow
account.
II. The exchange shall implement the arbitral award, by making payment
to the client, along with interest earned on the amount that has been set
aside, as soon as the time for preferring an appeal before the appellate
panel of arbitrators has expired and no appeal has been preferred.
III. The exchange shall implement the appellate arbitral award, by making
payment to the client, along with interest earned on the amount that has
been set aside, as soon as
Page 180 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
A. the time for making an application to a Court to set aside such
appellate arbitral award under Section 34 of the Arbitration and
Conciliation Act, 1996 has expired, and no application has been
made, or
B. b. when an application to a Court to set aside such appellate arbitral
award under Section 34 of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act,
1996, having been made, it has been refused by such Court, or
C. c. an application to a Court to set aside such appellate arbitral award
under Section 34 of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996,
having been made, but where no stay has been granted by such
Court within a period of three months from the date on which the
party making that application had received the appellate arbitral
award.
14.3.22. Record and Disclosures
I. The exchange shall preserve the following documents related to Arbitration:
A. the arbitral and appellate arbitral award with acknowledgements,
confirming receipt of award by the disputing parties, permanently;
B. other records pertaining to arbitration for five years from the date of
arbitral award, appellate arbitral award or Order of the Court, as the case
may be; and
C. register of destruction of records relating to B above, permanently.
II. The exchange shall disclose on its website, details of disposal of arbitration
proceedings as per format given in Annexure T regarding Format for
details of disposal of arbitration proceedings and details of arbitrator-wise
disposal of arbitration of arbitration proceedings as per format given in
Annexure on Format for Arbitrator-wise Arbitration Proceedings.
III. The exchanges shall continue to disclose on their website the arbitration
awards (issued since April 01, 2007) in format given in Annexure U on
Format for disclosure of Arbitration Awards.
Page 181 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
CHAPTER 15. GOVERNANCE AND ADMINISTRATION OF EXCHANGES
AND CLEARING CORPORATIONS
15.1. Compliance with various provisions of Securities Laws by Stock Exchanges
having Commodity Derivatives Segment 159
15.1.1. Stock exchanges shall comply with the provisions of SCRA, applicable
provisions of Securities Contracts (Regulation) (Stock Exchanges and
Clearing Corporations) Regulations, 2018, (‘SECC Regulations’) and
SEBI circular SEBI/HO/MRD/DOP2DSA2/CIR/P/2019/13 dated January
10, 2019 subject to the following 160 :
I. Stock exchanges and Clearing Corporations shall continuously comply
with all the applicable regulations and relevant clauses of SECC
Regulations.
II. Validity of recognition of stock exchanges shall not be less than one
year. Further, the renewal of recognition, if any, will be as per SCRA
and SECC Regulations.
III. Stock exchanges shall pay the regulatory fee in terms of Securities and
Exchange Board of India (Regulatory Fee on Stock Exchanges)
Regulations, 2006.
IV. Stock exchanges and clearing corporations shall comply with the
shareholdings limits and other applicable provisions specified under
SECC Regulations, 2018 on continuous basis.
159 SEBI Vide gazette notification dated October 3, 2018 notified the Securities Contracts (Regulation) (Stock
Exchanges and Clearing Corporations) Regulations, 2018 [SECC Regulations, 2018] and SEBI (Depositories
and Participants) Regulations, 2018 [SEBI (D&P) Regulations, 2018] and repealed SECC Regulations, 2012
and SEBI (D&P) Regulations, 1996.
As most of the norms of SEBI circular no. CIR/CDMRD/DEA/03/2015, dated November 26, 2015
refer to regulations pertaining to SECC, 2012, the circular is not applicable anymore.
Moreover, due to exit of all Regional Commodity Derivatives Exchanges and transfer of clearing
and settlement functions to separate clearing corporations, most of the provisions of the mentioned
circular are now redundant
160
Subsequent to the changes in SECC Regulations, corresponding modifications/omissions required in
various provisions of SEBI Circular No CIR/CDMRD/DEA/03/2015, dated November 26, 2015 have been
incorporated in master circular.
Page 182 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
V. The format for submitting shareholding pattern to SEBI is provided in
Annexure V on Report on Shareholding pattern.
15.2. Commencement of operations by a newly recognized stock exchange/ Clearing
Corporation 161
15.2.1. After grant of recognition, the stock exchange can commence trading
operations with a minimum of 25 trading members and the clearing
corporation can commence clearing and settlement operations with a
minimum of 10 clearing members.
15.3. Statutory Committees162
15.3.1. As per Regulation 29 of Securities Contracts (Regulation) (Stock
Exchanges and Clearing Corporations) Regulations, 2018 (SECC
Regulations), the regulatory committees at MIIs has been rationalized into
three functional committees and four oversight committees within each
MII. The functions of the seven committees, along-with the detailed
composition of each committee is provided in Annexure W on Functions
and Composition of Statutory Committee.
161 SEBI circular no SEBI/HO/MRD/DOP2DSA2/CIR/P/2019/13 dated January 10, 2019
162 Substituted vide SEBI circular no SEBI/HO/MRD/DOP2DSA2/CIR/P/2019/13 dated January 10, 2019.
Prior to substitution, the norms read as under:
“Oversight Committees:
Commodity derivative exchanges shall comply with the requirements of Regulation 29 read
with Regulation 44D(1)(b) of SECC Regulations within three months. National commodity
derivatives exchanges shall constitute an oversight committee for 'Product design', chaired
by a Public Interest Director, within three months.
Advisory Committee and other Statutory Committees:
National commodity derivatives exchanges shall constitute Advisory committees in line
with Regulation 30 of SECC Regulations, 2012 and statutory committees as specified in
SECC Circular within one year.
Regional commodity derivatives exchanges shall constitute Advisory committees in line
with Regulation 30 of SECC Regulations, 2012 and statutory committees as pre specified
scribed in SECC Circular within three years.
Risk Management Committee:
Till the functions of clearing and settlement are transferred to a separate clearing
corporation, commodity derivatives exchanges shall comply with provisions of Regulation
31 of SECC Regulations relating to risk management committee. This committee shall be
constituted.”
Page 183 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
15.3.2. The overarching principles for composition and quorum of the statutory
committee at MIIs shall be as under, which shall be applicable to all
committees with an exception for Investor Grievance Redressal
Committee (IGRC) and Advisory Committee:
I. On each committees at MIIs, except IGRC and Advisory Committee,
the number of Public Interest Directors (PIDs) shall not be less than the
total of number of shareholder directors, Key Management Personnel
(KMPs), independent external persons, etc. put together, wherever
shareholder directors, KMPs, independent external persons, etc., are part
of the concerned committee.
II. PID shall be chairperson of each committee at MII.
III. To constitute the quorum for the meeting of the MII committee, the
number of PIDs on each of the committees at MIIs shall not be less than
total number of other members (shareholder directors, KMPs,
independent external persons, etc. as applicable) put together.
IV. The voting on a resolution in the meeting of the committees at MIIs shall
be valid only when the number of PIDs that have cast their vote on such
resolution is equal to or more than the total number of other members
(shareholder directors, KMPs, independent external persons, etc., as
applicable) put together who have cast their vote on such resolution
V. The casting vote in the meetings of the committees shall be with the
chairperson of the committee.
VI. Apart from that specifically provided, whenever required, a committee
may invite Managing Director, other relevant KMPs and employees of
the MII. However, such invitee shall not have any voting rights
15.3.3. MIIs shall adhere to the following:
I. Over and above the statutory committees mentioned above, the
committees that are mandated by relevant law for listed companies shall
apply mutatis mutandis to MIIs.
II. MIIs shall lay down policy for the frequency of meetings, etc., for the
statutory committees.
III. PIDs in Committees at MIIs:
A. SECC Regulations 2018 and SEBI (D&P) Regulations 2018
prescribe that a PID on the board of a MII shall not act
Page 184 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
simultaneously as a member on more than five committees of that
MII.
B. It is clarified that the above limitation on maximum number of
committees that a PID can be member of, shall be applicable only
to statutory committees prescribed by SEBI under SECC
Regulations 2018 and SEBI (D&P) Regulations, 2018, and
circulars issued thereunder. The said requirement shall not be
applicable to committees constituted under Companies Act, 2013,
SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements), 2015,
amongst others.
C. In case of non-availability of adequate number of PIDs in a MII,
the relevant MII shall take steps to induct more PIDs in order to
fulfil the requirement of composition of committees within a MII.
IV. Meeting of PIDs:
A. As per code of conduct for PIDs provided in SECC Regulations
2018 & SEBI (D&P) Regulations 2018, the PIDs shall be required
to meet separately every six months. It is added that all the PIDs
shall necessarily attend all such meetings of PIDs
B. The objective of such meetings, shall include inter alia reviewing
the status of compliance with SEBI letters/ circulars, reviewing the
functioning of regulatory departments including the adequacy of
resources dedicated to regulatory functions, etc. PIDs shall also
prepare a report on the working of the committees of which they
are member and circulate the same to other PIDs. The consolidated
report in this regard shall be submitted to the governing board of
the MIIs. Further, PIDs shall identify the important issues which
may involve conflict of interest for the MII or may have significant
impact on the market and report the same to SEBI, from time to
time.
V. Independent external persons in committees at MIIs:
A. The independent external persons forming a part of committees
shall be from amongst the persons of integrity, having a sound
reputation and not having any conflict of interest. They shall be
specialists in the field of work assigned to the committee; however
they shall not be associated in any manner with the relevant MII
and its members.
B. MIIs shall frame the guidelines for appointment, tenure, code of
conduct, etc., of independent external persons. Extension of the
tenure may be granted to independent external persons at the
Page 185 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
expiry of the tenure, subject to performance review in the manner
prescribed by SEBI for PIDs. Further, the maximum tenure limit
of Independent external persons in a committee of MII shall be at
par with that of PIDs, as prescribed under Regulation 24(3) of the
SECC regulations 2018.
15.4. Monthly Development Report 163
15.4.1. The stock exchanges shall submit a Monthly Development Report (MDR)
as per the prescribed format to SEBI by 7th of the succeeding month for
their commodity derivatives segment.
15.4.2. The format for the MDR is provided at Annexure X Format for Monthly
Development Report.
15.5. Mandatory requirements / exit policy 164
15.5.1. If there is no trading operation on the platform of any stock exchanges
with commodity derivatives segment for more than twelve months then
such exchange shall be liable to exit.
15.5.2. In addition to the above, henceforth, all stock exchanges shall
continuously meet the turnover criteria of Rs. 1000 crores per annum. In
case the stock exchange fail to meet the above criteria for 2 consecutive
years, they shall be liable to exit. 165
15.5.3. In the event a stock exchange with commodity derivatives segment, for
any reason suspends its trading operations, it shall resume its trading only
after ensuring that adequate and effective trading systems, clearing and
settlement systems, monitoring and surveillance mechanisms, risk
management systems are put in place and only after complying with all
other regulatory requirements stipulated by SEBI from time to time.
163 SEBI Circular No CIR/CDMRD/DEA/4/2015, dated December 9, 2015
164 SEBI Circular No. CIR/CDMRD/DEA/01/2016, dated January 11, 2016
165 With the exit of the erstwhile regional commodity derivatives exchanges the following para of SEBI
Circular No. CIR/CDMRD/DEA/01/2016, dated January 11, 2016 is now redundant
“The Regional Commodity Exchanges shall ensure that they have at least 5% of the nation-wide
market share of the commodity, which is principally traded on their platform.”
Page 186 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Further, such stock exchanges shall resume trading operations only after
obtaining prior approval from SEBI.
15.5.4. In case any stock exchange with commodity derivatives segment proposes
to surrender its recognition voluntarily or whose recognition is proposed
to be withdrawn by SEBI, the concerned Exchange shall be directed to
comply with the following:
I. The concerned stock exchange shall not alienate any assets of the
exchange without taking prior approval of SEBI.
II. Treatment of the assets of de-recognized exchange:
A. The concerned stock exchange shall be permitted to distribute its
assets subject to certain conditions as laid down in this circular as
well as other guidelines that may be issued by SEBI, Government,
or any other statutory authority, from time to time.
B. For the purpose of valuation of the assets of the stock exchange, a
valuation agency shall be appointed by SEBI. All the valuation
charges shall be paid by the concerned stock exchange.
C. The quantum of assets for distribution will be available after
payment of statutory dues including income tax, transfer of funds
as specified in para III below, payment of dues as specified in para
IV below, refund of deposit (refundable) to the stock brokers /
clearing members including their initial contribution / deposit to
Settlement Guarantee Fund/ Trade Guarantee Fund (SGF/TGF)
and contribution to SEBI as specified in para V (D) below.
III. The concerned exchange shall transfer the Investor Protection Fund
or any such fund to the SEBI Investor Protection and Education Fund.
IV. The concerned exchange shall pay following dues to SEBI:
A. The dues outstanding to SEBI and the annual regulatory fee.
B. The outstanding registration fees of brokers/trading members of
such de-recognised stock exchanges as specified in the SEBI
(Stock Brokers) Regulations, 1992 till the date of such de-
recognition.
Page 187 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
C. Dues of the brokers to SEBI shall be recovered by the exchange
out of the brokers’ deposits / capital / share of sale proceeds /
winding up proceeds dividend payable, etc. available with the
exchange.
D. The exchange will be liable to make good any shortfall in
collection of dues of the brokers to SEBI.
V. Other Conditions
A. In case any stock exchange, after de-recognition, continues as
corporate entity under the Companies Act, 2013, it shall not use
the expression ‘stock exchange’, ‘commodity derivative
exchange’ or ‘exchange’ or any variant in its name or in its
subsidiaries name so as to avoid any representation of present or
past affiliation with the exchange.
B. The Sale / distribution / transfer of assets / winding up of such
exchanges / companies shall be subject to the applicable laws in
force.
C. The concerned stock exchange shall set aside sufficient funds in
order to provide for settlement of any claims, pertaining to pending
arbitration cases, arbitration awards, not implemented, if any,
liabilities/claims of contingent nature, if any, and unresolved
investors complaints/ grievances lying with the exchange.
D. In case of de-recognition and exit, the stock exchange shall
contribute up to 20% of its assets (after tax) towards SEBI Investor
Protection and Education Fund (IPEF) for investor protection and
in order to cover future liabilities, if any. The contribution may be
decided by SEBI taking into account, inter alia, the governance
standards of the commodity derivatives exchange and estimation
of future liabilities.
VI. SEBI may impose additional conditions as deemed fit in the interest
of trade or in the public interest including securities market.
Page 188 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
CHAPTER 16. TRADING SOFTWARE AND TECHNOLOGY
16.1. Algorithmic Trading 166
16.1.1. Any order that is generated using automated execution logic shall be
known as algorithmic trading.
16.1.2. The stock exchanges shall have arrangements, procedures and system
capability to manage the load on their systems in such a manner so as to
achieve consistent response time to all members. The capacity of the
trading system of the Exchange should be at least four times the peak order
load encountered and the Exchange system should be upgraded on a
regular basis. The exchange shall continuously study the performance of
its systems and, if necessary, undertake system upgrade, including
periodic upgrade of its surveillance system, in order to keep pace with the
speed of trade and volume of data that may arise through algorithmic
trading.
16.1.3. While approving the algorithmic trading, the Exchanges shall ensure that:
I. There is clear classification of algorithmic orders in terms of CTCL
terminal code/ATS User ID approved by the Exchange for
algorithmic trading.
II. The orders of clients are routed through member server only and
client orders are not placed directly to the Exchange System.
III. The Exchanges shall not approve algorithms that may not be
conducive to efficient price discovery or fair play.
IV. The Exchange shall subject the systems of the members to initial
conformance tests and ensure that the checks mentioned in these
guidelines are in place.
V. Immediate or Cancel (IOC) orders shall not be allowed to be placed
using algorithmic trading.
VI. The algorithms which will ‘take liquidity’ away from the market shall
not be approved. While approving algorithmic strategies, Exchanges
166 SEBI circular no SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DMP/CIR/P/2016/97 dated September 27, 2016
Page 189 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
shall record the reason as to why such strategy is allowed and how it
will induct more liquidity in the contract system. Exchanges shall also
make half yearly review of effect of the approved strategies on
liquidity and would discontinue / disapprove any strategy which fails
to induct liquidity.
16.1.4. As mini and micro contracts are targeted towards small participants, while
allowing algorithmic trading in mini and micro contracts Exchange should
exercise caution and permit algorithmic trading only after taking into
account liquidity in the contract and ascertaining that it will not put small
participants in disadvantage.
16.1.5. Algorithmic trading shall not be permitted from Exchange hosted CTCL
terminals.
16.1.6. In order to ensure orderly trading in the market and fair usage of the
trading platform by all the members, Exchanges shall put in place the
following economic disincentives for daily algorithmic order–to–trade
ratio:
Member-wise Daily Order-to-Trade Ratio (X) Charges (Per
order)
Up to 50 NIL
50 to less than 250 (on incremental basis) 1 paise
250 to less than 500 (on incremental basis) 5 paise
500 or more than 500 (on incremental basis) 5 paise
I. In case the ratio is 500 or more than 500 during a trading day, the
concerned member shall not be permitted to place any order for the
first 15 minutes on the next trading day (in the continuous trading
session) as a cooling off action . However, the trading member shall
be permitted to enter transaction in risk reducing mode during such a
cooling off period.
II. For the purpose of calculation of daily Order-to-trade ratio, all
algorithmic orders, i.e. order entry, order modifications and order
cancellation shall be considered.
III. The algorithmic orders entered and /or modified within 1 % of the last
traded price (LTP) of the respective contract shall not be included in
Page 190 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
the calculation of the Order-to-Trade ratio for the purpose of arriving
at the penalty for higher order-to-trade ratio.
IV. The penalty structure will be applicable for only those members who
have placed 10,000 orders or more in a day.
V. The exchange shall put in place monitoring systems to identify and
initiate measures to impede any possible instances of order flooding
by algorithmic trading.
16.1.7. The Stock Exchange shall place a limit (X) on the numbers of orders per
second from a particular CTCL ID/ATS User-ID not exceeding one
hundred and twenty orders per second. Compliance with the limit “X” so
set by a particular CTCL ID/ATS User-ID shall be measured over a rolling
period of five seconds (i.e., 5X orders for 0th –5th second, 5X orders for
1st-6th second, 5X orders for 2nd to 7th second and so on).
For number of orders exceeding the limit (X) set by the Stock Exchange,
the Stock Exchange shall prescribe economic disincentives and shall
inform the same to SEBI. Further, Stock Exchange shall ensure that the
limits provided is subject to its ability to handle the load. 167
16.1.8. The limit on OPS may be further relaxed by the Stock Exchanges based
on the increased peak order load observed and corresponding upgrade of
infrastructure capacity to ensure that the capacity of trading system of the
Stock Exchange remains at least four times the peak order load. The
relaxation in limit shall be subject to approval of SEBI.
16.1.9. The exchanges shall ensure that all algorithmic orders are necessarily
routed through members servers located in India and through specified
CTCL ID/ATS User–ID approved by exchange for algorithmic trading.
The exchanges shall also ensure that these have no interlink with any
system or ID located/ linked outside India.
167 Substituted vide SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/CDMRD_DRM/P/CIR/2022/30 dated March 17,
2022. Prior to substitution, the norm read as under:
The exchanges shall place a limit (X) on the numbers of orders per second from a particular CTCL ID/ATS
User-ID not exceeding hundred orders per second. Compliance with the limit “X” so set by a particular
CTCL ID/ATS User-ID shall be measured over a rolling period of five seconds (i.e., 5X orders for 0th–
5thsecond, 5X orders for 1st-6th second, 5X orders for 2nd to 7th second and so on). For number of orders
exceeding the limit (X) set by the exchange, the exchange shall prescribe economic disincentives and shall
inform the same to SEBI.
Page 191 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
16.1.10. The exchange shall have appropriate multi-layer risk control mechanism
to address the risk emanating from algorithmic orders and trades. The
minimum order –level risk controls shall include the following.
I. Market orders shall not be allowed to be placed using algorithmic
trading, only limit orders shall be allowed.
II. Daily Price Limit check: The price quoted by the order shall not
violate the daily price limit specified for the contract.
III. Maximum order size check: The quantity quoted in the order shall not
violate the maximum order size limit defined in the contract
specifications.
IV. Net open position check: The quantity quoted in the order shall not
violate the position limits at member level and client level.
V. Market Price Protection: Within the daily price limit, the exchanges
may prescribe any other limit which may be a pre – set percentage of
LTP.
16.1.11. In the interest of orderly trading and market integrity, the exchanges shall
put in place a system to identify dysfunctional algorithms (i.e. algorithms
leading to loop or runaway situation) and take suitable measures,
including advising the member, to shut down such algorithms and remove
any outstanding orders in the system that have emanated from such
dysfunctional algorithms. Further, in exigencies, the exchange should be
in a position to shut down the member’s terminal.
16.1.12. The exchange may seek details of algorithmic strategies to be used by the
members for purposes of inquiry, surveillance, investigation etc.
16.1.13. Any event leading to slow down or trading halt or any other abnormal
development shall be immediately reported to Integrated Surveillance
Department of SEBI with full details.
16.1.14. The Exchanges shall ensure that the member shall provide the facility of
algorithmic trading only upon the prior written permission of the
exchange. While considering such approval, the exchanges shall ensure
that the controls specified in these guidelines are fully implemented by the
member.
16.1.15. The other risk management checks already put in place by the exchange
shall continue and the exchange may re-evaluate such checks if deemed
necessary in view of algorithmic trading.
Page 192 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
16.1.16. Exchange shall have an effective surveillance mechanism to ensure that
only approved algorithmic strategies are used.
16.1.17. The Exchanges shall further ensure that their members providing the
facility of algorithmic trading comply with the provisions of these
guidelines. The exchange shall specifically ensure that:
I. The members maintain sufficient deposits / funds for margin/ settlement
obligations, in respect of the trades effected through algorithmic facility,
whether on own account or client’s account and that algorithmic trading
does not result in shortages in margin deposit or settlement obligation.
II. The member’s trades routed through algorithmic trading are not in the
nature of abnormal / manipulative trades.
III. The annual compliance report as submitted by member to the exchange
includes a specific system audit report of the algorithmic trading
ensuring that the checks are in place. System Audit of algorithmic
trading shall be undertaken by a system auditor who possess any of the
following certifications168 :
A. CISA (Certified Information System Auditors) from ISACA
(Information Systems Audit and Control Association)
B. DISA (Post Qualification Certification in Information System Audit
) from Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI);
C. CISM (Certified Information Securities Manager) from ISACA:
D. CISSP (Certified Information System Security Professional) from
International Information Systems Security Certification
Consortium , commonly known as (ISC).
IV. Further, the exchange shall subject the member systems to more frequent
system audits, as required.
V. The members have the capability to set up and apply the necessary risk
control checks at the individual order level and client level before each
168 Revised via SEBI circular no SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/P/2018/60 dated April 03, 2018. prior to
revision, the norm read as under:
“The annual compliance report as submitted by member to the exchange includes a specific system
audit report of the algorithmic trading ensuring that the checks are in place. System Audit of
algorithmic trading shall be undertaken by a system auditor empanelled by exchanges who possess
any of the following certifications:”
Page 193 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
order generated by the algorithmic trading is released to the trading
system and implements the following minimum level of checks:
A. Daily Price Limit: Orders are not released in violation of the daily
price limit defined in the contract specification or any other limit
which may be prescribed by the Exchange.
B. Maximum Order Size: Order are not released in violation of the
maximum order size limit defined in the contract specification.
C. Position limit: The net position of the client / member are not in
violation of the position limits prescribed for the respective
commodity.
D. An algorithmic trading shall account for all executed, unexecuted
and unconfirmed orders, placed by it before releasing further
order(s). Further, the algorithmic system shall have pre-defined
parameters for an automatic stoppage in the event of algorithmic
execution leading to a loop or a runaway situation. The member shall
have system to identify dysfunctional algorithms.
E. All algorithmic orders are tagged with a unique identifier provided
by the exchange in order to establish audit trail.
VI. The Exchange shall ensure that the member, desirous of placing orders
using algorithms, submit to the exchange an undertaking that-
A. The member has proper procedures, systems and technical capability
to carry out trading through the use of algorithms and to safeguard
algorithms from misuse or unauthorized access.
B. The member has real-time monitoring systems to identify algorithms
that may not behave as expected. Member shall keep exchange
informed of such incidents immediately.
C. The member shall maintain logs of all trading activities to facilitate
audit trail.
D. The member shall maintain record of control parameters, orders,
trades and data points emanating from trades executed through
algorithm trading.
E. The member shall obtain prior approval of the exchange on any
modification or change to the approved algorithms or systems used
for algorithms. The Exchange shall ensure conformance of such
modified algorithms or systems also to the requirements specified in
these guidelines.
Page 194 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
16.1.18. The Exchange shall report details regarding algorithmic trading to SEBI
in in its Monthly Development Report inter-alia incorporating turnover
details of algorithmic trading, algorithmic trading as percentage of total
trading, number of members/ clients using algorithmic trading, action
taken in respect of dysfunctional algos, status of grievances if any,
received and processed, etc.
16.2. Co-Location 169
16.2.1. Co-Location, Co–Hosting or any other facility or arrangement which puts
some members in disadvantageous position vis-à-vis other members is not
allowed in the commodity derivatives segment.
16.3. Annual System Audit170
16.3.1. The stock exchanges shall conduct annual system audit as per the
prescribed audit framework which includes, audit process, auditor
selection norms, Terms of Reference (TOR) and audit report guidelines.
16.3.2. The Systems Audit Report and compliance status should be placed before
the governing board of the exchange and communicated to SEBI along
with their comments.
16.3.3. System Audit Framework
I. Audit Process: Following steps would be repeated annually to ensure that
the process is comprehensive & effective:
A. The Audit shall be conducted according to the Norms, Terms of
References (TOR) and Guidelines issued by SEBI.
B. Stock Exchange / Depository (Auditee) may negotiate and the board of
the Stock Exchange / Depository shall appoint the Auditors based on the
prescribed Auditor Selection Norms and TOR. The Auditors can
perform a maximum of 3 successive audits. The proposal from Auditor
must be submitted to SEBI for records.
169 SEBI circular no SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DMP/CIR/P/2016/97 dated September 27, 2016
170 SEBI Circular No. CIR/CDMRD/DEICE/01/2015 dated November 16, 2015
Page 195 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
C. Audit schedule shall be submitted to SEBI at-least 2 months in advance,
along with scope of current audit & previous audit.
D. The scope of the Audit may be extended by SEBI, considering the
changes which have taken place during last year or post previous audit
report.
E. Audit has to be conducted and the Audit report be submitted to the
Auditee. The report should have specific compliance / non-compliance
issues, observations for minor deviations as well as qualitative
comments for scope for improvement. The report should also take
previous audit reports in consideration and cover any open items therein.
F. The Auditee management provides their comment about the Non-
Conformities (NCs) and observations. For each NC, specific time-bound
(within 3 months) corrective action must be taken and reported to SEBI.
The auditor should indicate if a follow-on audit is required to review the
status of NCs. The report along with Management Comments shall be
submitted to SEBI, within 1 month of completion of the audit.
G. Follow-on audit, if any, has to be scheduled within 3 months of the Audit
to ensure that the corrective actions have been taken.
H. If follow-on audit is not required, the Auditee management has to submit
a report of actions taken and evidence of corrections to the Auditors &
SEBI within 3 months. This report should include updated Issue-Log to
indicate the corrective actions taken, verified by the auditors.
II. Auditor Selection Norms
A. Auditor must have minimum 3 years of experience in IT audit of
Securities Industry participants e.g. stock exchanges, clearing houses,
depositories etc. The audit experience should have covered all the Major
Areas mentioned under SEBI’s Audit Terms of Reference (TOR).
B. The Auditor must have experience in / direct access to experienced
resources in the areas covered under TOR. It is recommended that
resources employed shall have relevant industry recognized
certifications e.g. CISA (Certified Information Systems Auditor) from
ISACA, CISM (Certified Information Securities Manager) from
ISACA, GSNA (GIAC Systems and Network Auditor), CISSP
Page 196 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
(Certified Information Systems Security Professional) from
International Information Systems Security Certification Consortium,
commonly known as (ISC)².
C. The Auditor should have IT audit/governance frameworks and processes
conforming to industry leading practices like CobiT.
D. The Auditor must not have any conflict of interest in conducting fair,
objective and independent audit of the Exchange / Depository. It should
not have been engaged over the last three years in any consulting
engagement with any departments / units of the entity being audited.
E. The Auditor may not have any cases pending against its previous
auditees, which fall under SEBI’s jurisdiction, which point to its
incompetence and/or unsuitability to perform the audit task.
III. Terms of Reference (ToR)
A. General Controls for Data Center Facilities – It must include
i. Application access – Segregation of duties, Database & Application
access etc.
ii. Maintenance access – Vendor engineers.
iii. Physical access – Permissions, logging, exception reporting & alerts.
iv. Environmental controls – Fire protection, AC monitoring etc.
v. Fault resolution mechanism.
vi. Folder sharing and Back-up controls – Safeguard critical
information on local desktops
vii. Incidences of violations in last year & corrective actions taken
B. Software Change Control – It must include
i. User awareness
ii. Processing of new feature request
iii. Fault reporting / tracking mechanism & process for resolutions
iv. Testing of New releases / Bug-fixes – Testing process (automation
level)
v. Version Control – History, Change Management process etc.
vi. Development / Test/ Production environment – Segregation
vii. New release in Production – Promotion, Release note approvals
Page 197 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
viii. Production issues / disruptions reported during last year & corrective
actions taken
C. Data communication / Network controls – It must include
i. Network Administration – Redundancy, Monitoring, breakdown
resolution etc.
ii. WAN Management – Connectivity provisions for business
continuity.
iii. Encryption - Router based as well as during transmission
iv. Connection Permissions – Restriction on need to have basis
v. Fallback mechanism – Dial-up connections controls etc.
vi. Hardware based Signing Process
vii. Incidences of access violations in last year & corrective actions
taken
D. Security Controls – General office infrastructure – It must include
i. Security Policy & quality of implementation of the same
ii. LAN security control and monitoring
iii. OS & Database Security controls & monitoring
iv. Internet connection controls – Firewall protection, Intrusion
Detection System, Access rights and privileges.
v. Virus protection – Controls to mitigate the Virus attacks / Outbreaks.
vi. Secured (digitally signed) e-mail with other entities like SEBI, other
partners
vii. Email Archival Implementation
viii. Incidences of security violations in last year & corrective actions
taken
E. Access policy and controls
F. Electronic Document controls
G. General Access controls
H. Performance audit – It must include
i. Comparison of changes in transaction volumes since previous audit
ii. Review of systems (hardware, software, network) performance over
period
Page 198 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
iii. Review of the current volumes against the last Performance Test
performed
I. Business Continuity / Disaster Recovery Facilities – It must include
i. BCP manual, including Business Impact Analysis, Risk Assessment
and DR process
ii. Implementation of policies
iii. Back-up procedures and recovery mechanism using back-ups.
iv. Storage of Back-up (Remote site, DRS etc.)
v. Redundancy – Equipment, Network, Site etc.
vi. DRS installation and Drills - Management statement on targeted
resumption capability (in terms of time required & extent of loss of
data)
vii. Evidence of achieving the set targets during the DRS drills in event
of various disaster scenarios.
viii. Debrief / review of any actual event when the DR/BCP was invoked
during the year
J. IT Support & IT Asset Management – It must include
i. Utilization monitoring – including report of prior year utilization
ii. Capacity planning – including projection of business volumes
iii. IT (S/W, H/W & N/W) Assets, Licenses & maintenance contracts
iv. Insurance
v. Disposal – Equipment, Media, etc.
K. Entity Specific Software
L. Any other Item
i. Electronic Waste Disposal
ii. Based upon previous Audit report as well as any other specific
information given by SEBI
IV. Audit Report Guidelines
A. The Audit report should have explicit coverage of each Major Area
mentioned in the TOR, indicating any Nonconformity (NCs) or
Observations (or lack of it).
Page 199 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
B. For each section – auditors should also provide qualitative input about ways
to improve the process, based upon the best practices observed.
C. The report should also include tabulated data to show NCs / Observations
for each Major Area in TOR
.
D. Fully detailed report should be submitted, along with an Executive
Summary in tabulated form including following information:
Issue Log Column Description Responsibility
Heading
Major Area Major area/relevant clause in Terms of Reference Auditor
against which compliance is being audited
Description of Describe the findings in sufficient detail, Auditor
Finding/ Observation referencing any accompanying evidence (e.g.
procedure manual, interview notes, reports etc.)
Reference Reference to the section in detailed report – where Auditor
full background information about the findings are
available
Process/ Unit Process or unit where the audit is conducted and the Auditor
finding pertains to
Category of Findings Major/Minor Nonconformity, Observation, Auditor
Suggestion etc.
Audited By Which Auditor covered the findings Auditor
Root Cause Analysis A detailed analysis on the cause of the Auditee
nonconformity
Remediation The action (to be) taken to correct the Auditee
nonconformity
Target Completion The date by which remedial action must be/will be Auditor/Auditee
Date for Remedial completed
Action
Status Status of finding on reporting date (open/close) Auditor/Auditee
Verified By Auditing personnel (upon verification that finding Auditor
can be closed)
Closing Date Date when finding is verified and can be closed Auditor
Page 200 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
E. The Executive Summary should also include an overall comment from the
Auditors to indicate if a follow-on audit is required and the time lines of
respective corrective action for non-conformities.
F. Further, along with the audit report, the Stock Exchange / Depository shall
also submit a declaration from the MD / CEO certifying the integrity and
security of IT Systems
16.4. Business Continuity Plan (BCP) and Disaster Recovery (DR)171
16.4.1. The stock exchanges with commodity derivatives segment shall have BCP
& DR policy in place and implement the broad guidelines regarding the
setting up of Disaster Recovery Site (DRS) and Near Site (NS),
Configuration of DRS/NS with Primary Data Centre (PDC), DR drills /
Testing, BCP DR Policy as mentioned below:
I. The exchanges should have in place Business Continuity Plan (BCP)
and Disaster Recovery Site (DRS) so as to maintain data and
transaction integrity.
II. Apart from DRS, exchanges should also have a Near Site (NS) to
ensure zero data loss.
III. The DRS should be set up sufficiently away, i.e. in a different seismic
zone, from Primary Data Centre (PDC) to ensure that both DRS and
PDC are not affected by the same disasters.
IV. The manpower deployed at DRS / NS should have similar expertise as
available at PDC in terms of knowledge / awareness of various
technological and procedural systems and processes relating to all
operations such that DRS / NS can function at short notice,
independently.
V. Configuration of DRS / NS with PDC
a) Hardware, system software, application environment, network and
security devices and associated application environments of DRS
171SEBI Circular No. CIR/CDMRD/DEICE/01/2015 dated November 16, 2015
Page 201 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
/ NS and PDC should have one to one correspondence between
them.
b) Exchanges Depositories should have Recovery Time Objective
(RTO) and Recovery Point Objective (RPO) not more than 4 hours
and 30 minutes, respectively.
c) Solution architecture of PDC and DRS / NS should ensure high
availability, fault tolerance, no single point of failure, zero data
loss, and data and transaction integrity.
d) Any updates made at the PDC should be reflected at DRS / NS
immediately (before end of day) with head room flexibility
without compromising any of the performance metrics.
e) Replication architecture, bandwidth and load consideration
between the DRS / NS and PDC should be within stipulated RTO
and ensure high availability, right sizing, and no single point of
failure.
f) Replication between PDC and NS should be synchronous to ensure
zero data loss. Whereas the one between PDC and DR and between
NS and DR may be asynchronous.
g) Adequate resources (with appropriate training and experience)
should be available at all times to handle operations on a regular
basis as well as during disasters.
VI. DR Drills / Testing
a) DR drills should be conducted on quarterly basis. In case of
exchanges, these drills should be closer to real life scenario
(trading days) with minimal notice to DR staff involved.
b) During the drills, the staff based at PDC should not be involved in
supporting operations in any manner. To begin with, initial three
DR drills from the date of this circular may be conducted with the
support of staff based at PDC.
c) The drill should include running all operations from DRS for at
least 1 full trading day.
d) Before DR drills, the timing diagrams clearly identifying resources
at both ends (DRS as well as PDC) should be in place.
e) The results and observations of these drills should be documented
and placed before the Governing Board of Stock Exchange /
Depositories. Subsequently, the same along with the comments of
the Governing Board should be forwarded to SEBI within a month
of the DR drill.
Page 202 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
f) The system auditor while covering the BCP – DR as a part of
mandated annual system audit should also comment on
documented results and observations of DR drills.
VII. BCP – DR Policy Document
a) The BCP – DR policy of stock exchanges should be well
documented covering all areas as mentioned above including
disaster escalation hierarchy.
b) The exchanges should specifically address their preparedness in
terms of proper system and infrastructure in case disaster strikes
during business hours.
c) Depositories should also demonstrate their preparedness to handle
any issue which may arise due to trading halts in stock exchanges.
d) The policy document and subsequent changes / additions /
deletions should be approved by Governing Board of the exchange
and thereafter communicated to SEBI.
VIII. Further, the exchanges should also ensure that point VI (f) mentioned above
is also included in the scope of its annual system audit.
16.5. Annual System Audit of Stock Brokers / Trading Members 172
16.5.1. The exchanges should ensure that system audit of stock brokers/ trading
members are conducted in accordance with the prescribed framework as
placed at Annexure Y Stock Broker System Audit Framework.
16.5.2. Exchanges are advised to keep track of findings of system audits of all
brokers on quarterly basis and ensure that all major audit findings,
specifically in critical areas, are rectified / complied in a time bound
manner failing which follow up inspection of such brokers may be taken
up for necessary corrective steps / actions thereafter, if any.
16.5.3. Stock Exchange should report all major non-compliances / observations
of system auditors, broker wise, on a quarterly basis to SEBI.
16.5.4. Further, it was decided that Type I brokers may be exempted from system
audit and the development of NEAT / BOLT / Exchange provided
terminals be included in the scope of Annual System Audit of stock
exchanges with Commodity Derivatives segment.
172SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DEICE/CIR/P/2016/70 dated August 11, 2016
Page 203 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
16.5.5. In view of above, the provisions relating to Type I Brokers, as mentioned
in this circular, shall not be applicable to Type I Brokers. However, such
provisions shall be included in the TOR of the Annual System Audit for
stock exchanges with Commodity Derivatives segment.
16.6. Testing of software used in or related to Trading and Risk Management173
16.6.1. Due to technological developments and innovations, currently the
members of exchanges have multiple options for using software i.e. either
exchange provided or in-house developed software which is being used
for trading and risk management related activities. Since new software or
changes to the existing software without proper testing may affect the
integrity of the markets, it has been decided to make the applicable the
following provisions to commodity derivatives markets.
16.6.2. 'Software’ shall mean electronic systems or applications used by stock
brokers / trading members for connecting to the stock exchanges and for
the purposes of trading and real-time risk management, including software
used for Internet Based Trading (IBT), Direct Market Access (DMA),
Securities Trading using Wireless Technology (STWT), Smart Order
Routing (SOR), Algorithmic Trading (AT), etc.
16.6.3. Testing of Software: In addition to the testing and approval requirements
specified through various circulars issued by SEBI on IBT, DMA, STWT,
SOR and AT, stock exchanges shall frame appropriate testing policies for
functional as well as technical testing of the software. Such framework
shall at the minimum include the following:
I. Testing in a simulated test environment: Stock exchanges shall provide
suitable facilities to market participants / software vendors to test new
software or existing software that have undergone change. Subjecting
the new software or existing software that have undergone change to
such testing facility shall be mandatory for market participants, before
putting it in use.
II. Mock testing
173 SEBI Circular No. CIR/CDMRD/DEICE/03/2015 dated December 11, 2015
Page 204 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
A. Stock exchanges shall organize mock trading sessions on regular basis,
at least once in a calendar month, to facilitate testing of new software
or existing software that has undergone any change of functionality, in
a close-to-real trading environment. Stock exchanges shall suitably
design and plan such mock trading sessions to ensure maximum
participation and sufficient trading volumes for the purpose of testing.
B. Stock exchanges shall mandate a minimum time period for such testing
in the mock trading sessions.
C. In order to improve the efficacy of the mock trading sessions, all stock
brokers / trading members shall ensure that all user-ids approved for
Algo trading, irrespective of the algorithm having undergone change or
not, shall participate in the mock trading sessions.
D. User Acceptance Test (UAT): The broker / trading member shall
undertake UAT of the software to satisfy itself that the newly developed
/ modified software meets its requirements.
III. With respect to testing of software related to (a) fixes to bugs in the
software, (b) changes undertaken to the stock brokers’ software /
systems pursuant to a change to any stock exchange's trading system,
and (c) software purchased from a software vendor that has already
been tested in the mock environment by certain number of stock
brokers, stock exchanges may prescribe a faster approval process to
make the process of approval expeditious.
16.6.4. Brokers / trading members shall also engage system auditor(s) to examine
reports of mock tests and UAT in order to certify that the tests were
satisfactorily undertaken.
16.6.5. Stock exchanges shall monitor compliance of stock brokers / trading
members, who use trading algorithm, with regard to the requirement of
participation in mock trading session. In cases where stock exchanges find
that the stock broker / trading member has failed to participate in such
mock trading sessions, stock exchange shall call for reasons and if found
unsatisfactory, shall suspend the proprietary trading rights of the stock
broker / trading member for a minimum period of one trading day.
Page 205 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
16.6.6. Stock exchanges with commodity derivatives segment shall also ensure
that the system auditors examine the compliance of stock broker / trading
member, who use trading algorithms, with regard to the requirement of
participation in mock trading session, as mandated with this circular, and
provide suitable comments in the periodic system audit report. In cases
where the system audit report indicate that the stock broker / trading
member has failed to participate in such mock trading sessions, stock
exchange shall call for reasons from the broker/trading member and if
found unsatisfactory, shall suspend the proprietary trading rights of the
broker / trading member for a minimum period of one trading day.
16.6.7. For pre-approval / periodic system audit of Computer-to-Computer Link
(CTCL) or Intermediate Messaging Layer (IML), IBT, DMA, STWT,
SOR and AT, brokers / trading members shall engage a system auditor
with any of the following certifications:
 CISA: (Certified Information System Auditors) from ISACA;
 DISA: (Post Qualification Certification in Information Systems
Audit) from Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI);
 CISM: (Certified Information Securities Manager) from ISACA
 CISSP: (Certified Information Systems Security Professional) from
International Information Systems Security Certification
Consortium, commonly known as (ISC).
While finalizing the system auditor, stock brokers / trading members shall
ensure the system auditor does not have any conflict of interest with the
stock broker and the directors/promoters of the system auditor are not
directly or indirectly related to the current directors or promoters of stock
broker / trading member.
16.6.8. Approval of Software of broker / trading member
I. Brokers / trading members shall seek approval of the respective
exchanges for deployment of the software in the securities market by
submitting necessary details required by exchange including details of
software, tests undertaken and certificate / report provided by the system
auditor. Exchange may seek additional details as deemed necessary for
evaluating the application of the stock broker / trading member.
II. Stock exchanges with commodity derivatives segment shall grant
approval or reject the application of the stock broker as the case may be,
Page 206 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
and communicate the decision to the stock broker / trading member
within fifteen working days from the date of receipt of completed
application (or within any other such time period specified vide SEBI
circulars on DMA, IBT, STWT, SOR, AT, etc.). In case of rejection of
the application, the stock exchange shall also communicate reasons of
rejection to the stock broker / trading member within such time period.
III. Before granting approval to use software in commodities derivatives
market, stock exchanges with commodity derivatives segment shall
ensure that the requirements specified by SEBI / exchange with regard
to software are met by the broker / trading member.
IV. Stock exchanges with commodity derivatives segment may suitably
schedule the requirements of mock testing, certification of test reports
by system auditor(s) and the software approval process, so as to facilitate
a speedy approval and a smooth transition of the stock brokers to the
new / upgraded software.
16.6.9. In order to ensure that brokers are not using software without requisite
approval, exchanges are advised to put in place suitable mechanism to
prevent any unauthorized change to the approved software.
16.6.10. Undertaking to be provided by brokers / trading members
I. Brokers / trading members shall submit an undertaking to the respective
stock exchanges stating the following at the minimum:
A. M/s (name of the broker / trading member) will take all necessary steps to ensure
that every new software and any change thereupon to the trading
and/or risk management functionalities of the software will be tested
as per the framework prescribed by SEBI / stock exchange before
deployment of such new / modified software in securities market.
B. M/s (name of the broker / trading member) will ensure that approval of the stock
exchange is sought for all new / modified software and will comply
with various requirements specified by SEBI or the stock exchange
from time to time with regard to usage, testing and audit of the
software.
C. The absolute liability arising from failure to comply with the above
provisions shall lie entirely with M/s (name of the broker / trading member.
II. Stock exchanges with commodity derivatives segment may include
additional clauses as deemed necessary in the undertaking.
Page 207 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
16.6.11. Sharing of Application Programming Interface (API) specifications by the
exchange with brokers / trading members.
I. API is an interface that enables interaction of software with other
software and typically includes language and message format that is
used by an application program to communicate with the operating
system or other application program. Brokers / trading members and
software vendors require relevant API specifications to facilitate
interaction of the developed software with the systems of the stock
exchanges.
II. Technical Advisory Committee (TAC) had engaged with stock
exchanges, software vendors and stock brokers / trading members to
review the framework of sharing of APIs by stock exchanges.
III. Based on the recommendations of the committee, it is decided that stock
exchanges shall provide relevant API specifications to all brokers /
trading members and software vendors who are desirous of developing
software for the securities market, after establishing their respective
credentials.
IV. In case of refusal to share APIs, exchanges shall provide reasons in
writing to the desirous stock brokers / trading members or software
vendors within a period of fifteen working days from the date of receipt
of such request for sharing of API.
V. Further, exchanges shall not selectively release updates / modifications,
if any, of the existing API specifications to few brokers / trading
members or software vendors ahead of others and shall provide such
updated / modified API specifications to all stock brokers / trading
members and software vendors with whom the earlier API specifications
were shared.
16.6.12. Penalty on malfunction of software used by broker / trading member:
Stock exchanges with commodity derivatives segment shall examine the
cases of malfunctioning of software used by brokers / trading members
and apply deterrent penalties in form of fines or suspension to the stock
broker/trading member whose software malfunctioned. In addition,
brokers/trading members shall implement various mechanisms including
the following to minimize their losses in the event of software
malfunction:
Page 208 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
I. include suitable clauses in their agreement with the software vendors
to define liabilities of software vendor and broker / trading member in
case of software malfunction, and / or,
II. consider taking suitable insurance cover to meet probable losses in
case of software malfunction.
16.6.13. With regard to changes / updates to broker's trading software that intend
to modify the 'look and feel' and do not affect the risk management system
of the broker or the connectivity of the trading software with exchange's
trading system, it is clarified that mock testing and consequent system
audit may not be insisted upon by the exchanges.
16.6.14. Stock exchanges shall direct their brokers to put in place adequate
mechanism to restore their trading systems to 'production state' at the end
of testing session so as to ensure integrity of stock brokers' trading system.
16.7. Cyber Security and Cyber Resilience framework174
16.7.1. SEBI as a member of IOSCO has adopted the Principles for Financial
Market Infrastructures (PFMIs) laid down by CPMI -IOSCO and has
issued guidance for implementation of the principles in the securities
market.
16.7.2. Principle 17 of PFMI that relates to management and mitigation of
‘Operational risk’ requires that systemically important market
infrastructures institutions “ should identify the plausible sources of
operational risk, both internal and external, and mitigate their impact
through the use of appropriate systems, policies, procedures, and controls.
Systems should be designed to ensure a high degree of security and
operational reliability and should have adequate, scalable capacity.
Business continuity management should aim for timely recovery of
operations and fulfilment of the FMI’s obligations, including in the event
of a wide -scale or major disruption.”
16.7.3. Stock exchanges with commodity derivatives segment are referred to as
Market Infrastructure Institutions or MIIs are systemically important
market infrastructure institutions. As part of the operational risk
management, these MIIs need to have robust cyber security framework to
174 SEBI Circular No. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DEICE/CIR/P/2016/0000000044 dated March 29, 2016
Page 209 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
provide essential facilities and perform systemically critical functions
relating to trading, clearing and settlement in securities market.
16.7.4. Stock exchanges with commodity derivatives segment are required to comply the
framework with regard to cyber security and cyber resilience as placed at
Annexure Z on Cyber Security and Cyber Resilience framework.
Page 210 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
ANNEXURES
Format for Dissemination of Member’s Data on Website – Annexure A
Sr. No. Details
1 a) Member Name
b) Type of Member (TM/TCM/CM/ITCM/STCM)
c) Constitution of Member (Partnership/Corporate/Proprietor)
2 Address
a) Registered Office
b) For Correspondence
3 Exchange Code of the Member
4 SEBI Registration Number
5 Details of all Proprietor/Partner/Directors such as Name, Address,
Designation, Email ID, etc.
6 The Link of URL of member’s website, if any, should be provided
7 The Compliance Officer and his contact details (Name, Email Id, Phone
number, Address, etc.)
8 Name of Authorized Person, Email-ID, Phone number, Address, etc.
9 a) Date of admission to Exchange
b) Date of commencement of trade by the member
c) Date of activation (enablement of trading of membership)
10 Branch details to be updated on periodic basis which shall include:
a) Address
b) Contact Number
c) Email-ID
11 Number of clients registered ( to be updated periodically)
Page 211 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Disclosure of Information Regarding Trading Activity during Life Cycle of Contract
– Annexure B
S. No. Parameters
1 Commodity
2 Symbol
3 Launch Date
4 Expiry Date
5 Delivery Logic
6 Lot Size
7 Closing price on Launch Date
8 Total lots traded
9 Total number of trades
10 Total trade volume
11 Total trade value
12 Daily average volume
13 Daily average OI
14 Average volume/ Average OI
15 Final Settlement Price
16 Deliveries
17 Sellers default, if any
18 Total number of members traded
19 Total number of client traded
Date and Details
20 Maximum lots traded in a day
21 Maximum volume on a single day
22 Minimum volume on a single day
23 Maximum trade value on a single day
24 Minimum trade value on a single day
25 Maximum open interest at close of any day
26 Minimum open interest at close of any day
27 Open interest on expiry date
28 Highest price on a day
29 Lowest price on a day
Page 212 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
30 Maximum daily settlement price on a day
31 Minimum daily settlement price on a day
Page 213 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Format for Disclosure of Open Interest (OI) and Turnover for Various Categories of Market Participants at Individual Commodity as
well as Overall Market Level – Annexure C
A. Disclosure of category wise OI at commodity level
Details of open interest by each category of participants as on T day
FPOs/ Proprietary Domestic financial Foreign
Open VCPs/ Hedgers Others
Instrument Farmers traders institutional investors participants
Interest
Long Short Long Short Long Short Long Short Long Short Long Short
Futures
Options
Details of Changes in open interest by each category of participants from previous disclosure
FPOs/ Proprietary Domestic financial Foreign
Open VCPs/ Hedger Others
Instrument Farmers traders institutional investors participants
Interest
Long Short Long Short Long Short Long Short Long Short Long Short
Futures
Options
Percent of open interest represented by each category of participants as on T day
Page 214 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
FPOs/ Proprietary Domestic financial Foreign
Open VCPs/ Hedger Others
Instrument Farmers traders institutional investors participants
Interest
Long Short Long Short Long Short Long Short Long Short Long Short
Futures
Options
Number of participants in each category as on T day*
Total FPOs/ Proprietary Domestic financial Foreign
VCPs/ Hedger Others
Instrument Participa Farmers traders institutional investors participants
nts Long Short Long Short Long Short Long Short Long Short Long Short
Futures
Options
* In case number of participant is less than 10, the same can be disclosed as “less than 10” in the said category
Page 215 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
B. Disclosure of category wise turnover at commodity level
Details of Turnover by each category of participants as on T day
FPOs/ Proprietary Domestic financial Foreign
Instrument Turnover VCPs/ Hedger Others
Farmers traders institutional investors participants
Futures
Options
Details of Changes in turnover by each category of participants from previous day
FPOs/ Proprietary Domestic financial Foreign
Instrument Turnover VCPs/ Hedger Others
Farmers traders institutional investors participants
Futures
Options
Page 216 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
C. Disclosure of turnover for various categories of participants at Market level
Details of Turnover by each category of participants as on T day
FPOs/ Proprietary Domestic financial Foreign
Instrument Turnover VCPs/ Hedger Others
Farmers traders institutional investors participants
Futures
Options
Details of Changes in turnover by each category of participants from previous day
FPOs/ Proprietary Domestic financial Foreign
Instrument Turnover VCPs/ Hedger Others
Farmers traders institutional investors participants
Futures
Options
Page 217 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Commodity-wise Format of Disclosure for Top Participants, Members and Market
Wide Position Limits – Annexure D
A. Disclosure of top participants/members at commodity level
Percentage of open interest held by the indicated number of the largest participants as on T day *
Top 3 Top 5 Top 10
Instrument
Long Short Long Short Long Short
Futures
Options
Percentage of open interest held by the indicated number of the largest group of participants as on T
day
Top 3 Top 5 Top 10
Instrument
Long Short Long Short Long Short
Futures
Options
Percentage of open interest held by the indicated number of the largest members as on T day
Top 3 Top 5 Top 10
Instrument
Long Short Long Short Long Short
Futures
Options
* Based on PAN of the participant
B. Disclosure of market wide OI
Commodity Instrument Exchange wide OI at the OI as % of
position limits EOD Exchange wide
position limits
A Futures
Options
B Futures
Options
Page 218 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Disclosures regarding commodity risks by listed entities – Annexure E
1) Risk management policy of the listed entity with respect to commodities including
through hedging (Such policy shall take into account total exposure of the entity
towards commodities, commodity risks faced by the entity, hedged exposures, etc. as
specified below)
2) Exposure of the listed entity to commodity and commodity risks faced by the entity
throughout the year:
a. Total exposure of the listed entity to commodities in INR
b. Exposure of the listed entity to various commodities
Commodity Exposure Exposure % of such exposure hedged through
Name in INR in Quantity commodity derivatives
towards terms
Domestic market International Total
the towards the
market
particular particular
OTC Exchange OTC Exchange
commodity commodity
c. Commodity risks faced by the listed entity during the year and how they have
been managed.
Note:
i. The disclosure pertaining to exposure & commodity risks may apply only for those
commodities where the exposure of the listed entity in the particular commodity is
material. (Materiality in such cases shall be according to the materiality policy
approved by the board of Directors of the listed entity in this context)
ii. If the listed entity has exposure in non-rupee terms, the Indian rupee equivalent after
conversion shall be used for the aforesaid disclosures.
iii. The term ‘exposure’ shall mean gross exposure of the listed entity including
exposure both on the asset and liability side.
iv. Where exact figures are not determinable, ballpark (estimated) figures may be
provided.
Page 219 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Goods notified u/s 2(bc) of SCRA – Annexure F
S. No. Goods
(I) CEREALS AND PULSES
1 Bajra
2 Barley
3 Gram (including Dal)
4 Jowar
5 Kulthi
6 Lakh (Khesari)
7 Maize/Corn
8 Masoor (including dals)
9 Moong and Products (including Chuni, Dal)
10 Moth
11 Peas (including Yellow Peas)
12 Ragi
13 Rice or Paddy (Including Basmati)
14 Small Millets (KodanKulti, Kodra, Korra, Vargu, Sawan, Rala, Kakun,
Samai, Vari and B anti)
15 Tur/Arhar (Including Chuni, Dal)
16 Urad/Mash (Including Dal)
17 Wheat
(II) OILSEEDS, OILCAKES AND OILS
18 Castor Complex (including seed, oil, oilcake)
19 Coconut / Copra complex (including seed / fruit, oil, oilcake)
20 Cottonseed complex (including seed, oil, oilcake)
21 Palm oil complex (including seed, oil, oilcake)
22 Groundnut complex (including nut, oil, oilcake)
23 Linseed complex (including seed, oil, oilcake)
24 Rapeseed Mustardseed complex (including seed, oil, oilcake, meal)
25 Rice bran complex (including bran, oil, oilcake)
26 Safflower complex (including seed, oil, oilcake)
27 Sesamum complex (including seed, oil, oilcake)
28 Soy complex (including bean, oil, oilcake, meal)
29 Sunflower complex (including seed, oil, oilcake)
(III) SPICES
30 Aniseed
31 Cardamom
32 Celeryseed
Page 220 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
S. No. Goods
33 Chillies
34 Cinnamon
35 Cloves
36 Coriander seed
37 Ginger
38 Jeera (Cumin seed)
39 Methi
40 Nutmegs
41 Pepper
42 Turmeric
(IV) METALS
43 Aluminium
44 Brass
45 Copper
46 Iron Ore
47 Lead
48 Nickel
49 Pig Iron
50 Sponge Iron
51 Steel
52 Tin
53 Zinc
(V) PRECIOUS METALS
54 Gold (including variants such as coins, bars etc.)
55 Platinum (including variants such as bars etc.)
56 Silver (including variants such as coins, bars etc.)
(VI) GEMS and STONES
57 Diamond
(VII) FIBRES
58 Art Silk Yarn
59 Cotton complex (including Kapas, fibre, loose, half-pressed, full-pressed,
yarn, pods, cloth)
60 Jute and Jute goods (including raw jute, mesta, hessian, sackings, cloth,
bags, twines, yarns and any other products made of jute)
61 Staple Fibre Yarn
(VIII) ENERGY
62 Carbon Credit
63 Coal (including variants such as coking, thermal, lignite etc.)
Page 221 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
S. No. Goods
64 Crude Oil
65 Electricity
66 Bio-fuel (Including Ethanol, Bio-diesel)
67 Furnace Oil
68 Gasoline/Petrol
69 Diesel
70 Methanol
71 Natural Gas
(IX) SWEETENERS
72 Gur
73 Sugar (including S, M and other grades and khandsari)
(X) PLANTATION
74 Cocoa
75 Coffee
76 Rubber
77 Tea
(XI) DRY FRUITS
78 Almond
(XII) OTHERS
79 Betelnuts
80 Camphor
81 Chara or Berseem (including chara seed or berseem seed)
82 Eggs
83 Gram Husk (Gram Chilka)
84 Guar Seed and products (including Guar Gum split, Guar Gum powder,
Korma, Churi)
85 Isabgol
86 Mentha Oil and Products (including Crystals, Flakes etc.)
87 Onion
88 Polymer
89 Potato
90 Seedlac
91 Shellac
Page 222 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Template on Criteria for Eligibility of Commodity Derivative Products – Annexure G
Section I
Particulars Weight Sub-score Details
Parameter I - Commodity Fundamentals
Size of commodity This parameter relates to production,
imports, carryover stocks etc…
Volume in cash market The daily volumes in the underlying
cash/spot/physical market may be a
good indicator of the depth
Durability and Storability Relates to the durability and duration
for which the commodity can be stored
Homogeneous/ Scope for standardization
Standardization
Parameter I Score
Parameter II - Ease of doing Business
Particulars Weight Sub-score Details
Prevalence of price controls These parameters relates to the ease of
doing business in commodity markets.
Minimum Support Price
Issues such as price controls, storage
(MSP) for the commodity
controls, Taxation etc., have a bearing
Storage controls/ Stock Limits
on the trade. These parameters are also
Government. Policy
an indicator of what reforms should be
Applicability of other Laws brought in the commodity space in a
regulated environment to be best in
class globally.
Parameter II Score =
Section II
Particulars Weight Sub-score Details
Parameter III - Trade/ Business
Global Trade - Imports or Importance in global trade and to our
Exports economy. Ability to add value to the
base commodity. Commercial
Domestic market /
Geographical coverage
Page 223 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Presence of Value Chain application, nature of buyers,
participants (VCPs) Supply/demand gap etc.
Supply/ Demand
Parameter III Score
Parameter IV - Risk Management
Particulars Weight Sub-score Details
Correlation The risk parameters viz., volatility,
correlation with either domestic traded
Seasonality
prices or globally traded prices,
Basis Risk
seasonality, liquidity, benefits to
Volatility
hedgers / farmer through direct /
Hedging Incentive indirect participation and scope to
Liquidity hedge the price risk forms part of the
Risk Management
Parameter IV Score
Parameter V - Benchmark Potential
Particulars Weight Sub-score Details
Existence of Forward Trading
in OTC markets
Suitability for Futures/
Options Trading
Potential to create a Domestic
Benchmark
Potential to create a Global
Benchmark
Parameter V Score
Section I Score = Parameter I Score + Parameter II Score
Section II Score = Parameter III Score + Parameter IV Score + Parameter V Score
Overall Score = Section I Score + Section II Score
Page 224 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Note:
 Weight-ages in % and total of all weight-ages should be 100
 Scores/Sub-scores are to be given in a range of 1 to 5
 The following scale is to be used for scoring the parameters:
1 : Poor
2 : Reasonable
3 : Good
4 : Very Good
5 : Excellent
Page 225 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Parameters for Performance Review of Commodity Derivative Contract – Annexure H
1) Background
a. Brief about the commodity such as sample picture, lifecycle and various
varieties/grade of the commodity found in India
b. Commodity fundamentals and balance sheet as per the following format (to be
prepared based on publicly available information on best effort basis):
Table - Fundamentals & Balance sheet (quantity)
Global Scenario Previous FY Current FY
Opening Stocks
Production
Others (if any)
Consumption
Closing Stocks
Indian Scenario Previous FY Current FY
Opening Stocks
Production
Imports
Total Supply
Exports
Domestic Consumption
Closing Stocks
Top 10 Major producing countries Previous FY Current FY
Top 10 Major consuming countries Previous FY Current FY
Top 10 Major exporting countries Previous FY Current FY
Page 226 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Top 10 Major importing countries Previous FY Current FY
Top 10 Major producing states in Previous FY Current FY
India
a. Major changes in the polices governing trade in the spot markets of the
commodity
b. Geopolitical issues in the commodity and its impact on Indian scenario.
2) Trading related parameter
a. Monthly and Annual traded volume (quantity in appropriate units)
b. Annual traded volume as proportion of total deliverable supply (quantity in
appropriate units)
c. Annual traded volume as proportion of total annual production (quantity in
appropriate units)
d. Annual average Open interest as proportion of total production
e. Annual average Open interest as proportion of total deliverable supply
f. Monthly and Annual value of trade (in Rs. Crores)
g. Monthly and Annual quantity of delivery (in appropriate units)
h. Monthly and Annual value of delivery (in Rs. Crores)
i. Monthly and Annual Average Open Interest (OI) (in appropriate units)
j. Annual average volume to open interest ratio
k. Total number of unique members and clients who have traded during the
financial year
l. Ratio of open interest by FPOs/farmers/Hedge/VCP positions to total open
interest (Annual average as well as maximum daily value)
m. Number of unique FPOs / farmers and VCPs/hedgers who traded in the financial
year
n. Algorithmic trading as percentage of total trading
o. Delivery defaults
o Number of instances
o Quantity involved
o Value involved
3) Price movements
a. Comparison, correlation and ratio of standard deviation of Exchange futures
price vis-à-vis international futures price (wherever relevant comparable are
available).
Page 227 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
b. Comparison, correlation and ratio of standard deviation of Exchange futures
price vis-à-vis international spot price (wherever relevant comparable are
available) and domestic spot price (exchange polled price).
c. Correlation between exchange futures & domestic spot prices along with ratio
of standard deviation.
d. Correlation between international futures & international spot prices along with
ratio of standard deviation (wherever relevant comparable are available).
e. Comparison of Exchange polled price and mandi price (in case of agricultural
commodities) / other relevant price (in case non-agricultural commodities) at
basis centre.
f. Maximum & Minimum value of daily futures price volatility and spot price
volatility along with disclosure of methodology adopted for computing the
volatility.
g. Number of times the futures contract was in backwardation/contango by more
than 4% for the near month contract in the period under review
4) Other parameters
a. Qualitative and quantitative measure for Hedge effectiveness ratio and basis
Risk (Volatility of Basis) along with disclosure of methodology adopted for
such calculations.
b. Details about major physical markets of the commodity vis-à-vis market reach
in terms of availability of delivery centers (information to be provided state-
wise and UT-wise).
c. Details about major physical markets of the commodity and average Open
Interest for each month generated from those regions.
d. Details, such as number and target audience, of stakeholders’ awareness
programs carried out by the exchange.
e. Steps taken / to be undertaken to improve hedging effectiveness of the contracts
as well as to improve the performance of illiquid contracts.
5) Any other information to be disclosed as deemed important by the exchange or as
suggested by the PAC.
Page 228 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Clubbing of Open Positions – Annexure I
A. Guidelines for Clubbing of Open Positions:
1) When a person is a partner in one or more partnership firms and /or is a director in
one or more companies and/or is a manager(karta) of a Hindu Undivided Family
(HUF), the total open position of
a. the person as an individual operator,
b. the firm or firms in which he is a partner;
c. the Company or companies in which he is a director; and
d. the HUF of which he is a manager(karta)
taken together shall not exceed the prescribed limit.
2) Where two or more persons are partners in a partnership firm or firms and where
two or more persons are director in a company or companies and where two or more
persons are Kartas of HUFs, the total open position held by
a. all the partners of partnership firm or firms;
b. the concerned partnership firm or firms;
c. all the directors of the company or companies;
d. the concerned company or companies;
e. all the Kartas of the HUFs; and
f. the concerned HUFs
taken together shall not exceed the limit as mentioned above.
3) Where a person or persons operating as individuals and /or being partners in one or
more partnership firms and/or being directors in one or more companies and/or
being kartas of HUFs are also trustees in one or more trusts, the total open position
of
a. the person as individual operator,
b. the firm or firms in which they are partners;
c. the company or companies in which they are directors;
d. the HUFs in which they are Kartas; and
e. the trust or trusts in which they are trustees,
taken together shall not exceed the limit as mentioned above.
Provided that, if at any time more deliveries than one are running in the same
commodity, the above limit shall apply to the combined open position of the
member or the non-member, as the case may be, in all such deliveries running
concurrently.
Page 229 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
4) Open position of a member shall be the total of the open position acquired by him
by trading through or with other member and by appropriating the business of his
clients (collectively for all clients).
5) The open position of a non-member shall be the total of the open position acquired
by him trading through or with one or more members.
B. Exemptions from Clubbing
1) In the agriculture marketing set up of the rural India, co-operative societies play a
crucial role. Primary Agriculture Marketing Societies registered under the state
cooperative Acts, thus, are active in different agricultural commodities. These
societies are also member of Federations at the State and National level. Due to this
Federal structure there may be some instances when these societies have common
Directors. Also, the persons from State Governments/RCS may be nominated as
Directors in these societies. In view of this, the position of different societies if they
are members of a Federation will not be clubbed with the open interest position of
the Federation for the purpose of determining the open interest position of the
Federal or vice versa. Similarly, if Govt/RCS nominated directors sits on the Boards
of different societies, this will not amount to common interest for the purpose of
clubbing of positions.
2) As a practice of good corporate governance, the companies now have independent
directors on their Board with no financial interest in the company. Similarly,
companies also have Govt/Financial Institutions nominated Directors without any
financial interest in the company. In such cases, when the Directors don’t have any
financial interest in the company. The Commission has taken a view that the
position of such companies/corporates may not be clubbed just because they have
common directors.
C. The above stated guidelines are indicative only. The Exchanges are directed to take
suitable measures for clubbing of open positions on the basis of the criteria laid down
above and also include other criteria such as PAN, patterns such as ‘acting in concert’
through common ownership and control structures and any other relevant criteria to
club open positions that may be observed during the course of regular monitoring and
surveillance that may appear to compromise market integrity.
Page 230 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Position Limit Violation – Annexure J
The following penal provisions are made to discourage/ prevent open interest violations
at Commodity level / near month contract level-
1) Monetary penalty on the concerned member for violations in the open interest
(either on own account or on account of clients) are linked to the quantum/ value of
violation committed and to be charged from the concerned member for each such
violation as under:
a. Where the violation is more than 2% of the prescribed limit(s) –
Limit exceeded x Closing price x number of days such violation continued
x 2% (0.02) or Rs. 10,000/- whichever is higher.
b. Where the violation is up to 2% of the prescribed limit(s) –
Limit exceeded x Closing price x number of days such violation continued
x 2% (0.02) or Rs. 10,000/- whichever is lower.
c. The member has to ensure reduction in position and to bring it within the
prescribed limit(s) by the next trading day after the day of violation. In case
such violation continues, the Exchange would square-off the excess position
without any further notice to the member by putting the orders on behalf of
the member in that client code and will not be responsible for the
consequences of such action
2) In case, the instance at 1 (a) above is observed for more than 3 times in a month
across the market, the Exchange would suspend the concerned member for a period
of one week. For instances at 1 (b) above, the Exchange may devise its norms to
deal with habitual defaulters.
3) Further, in case repeated violations of such nature are observed by SEBI, SEBI may
consider action against the concerned Exchange.
The monetary penalty as stated above, will be credited to the Investor Protection Fund of
the Exchange.
Page 231 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Format for Dissemination of Information on Website – Annexure K
Commodi Unit Sourc Average Deliverable Supply Classificati Deliverable Supply Member Client Limit Overall
ty s e of during past five Financial on during Financial Year Limit* Exchan
Data Year ge wide
Producti Impo Tot Tot (Board/ Producti Impo Tot Overa Near Overal Near limit
on rt al al Narrow/ on rt al ll Mont l Month
In Units (in Sensitive) h
Cr)
* A member’s open interest limit at overall (all contracts) level will be either the absolute number indicated above or 15% of the total market wide
open position in the commodity, whichever is higher. (As per Clause 5.3 of the SEBI Circular SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DMP/CIR/P/2016/96 dated
September 27, 2016)
Page 232 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Format for disclosing data of complaints by all the Recognized Stock Exchanges and
Clearing Corporations on their website – Annexure L
Data for the month ending
Sr. Received Carried Received Total Resolve Pending at the end Average
No. from forward during Complai d of the month** Resoluti
from the month nts during on time^
previou the
s month month*
Pending Pending
for less for more
than 3 than 3
months months
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 Directly
from
Investors
2 SEBI
(SCORES)
3 Members
4 Other
Sources (if
any)
Grand
Total
*Should include complaints of previous months resolved in the current month, if any.
**Should include total complaints pending as on the last day of the month, if any.
^ Average resolution time is the sum total of time taken to resolve each complaint in the
current month divided by total number of complaints resolved in the current month.
Month-wise data for the current financial year
Sr. No. Month Carried forward from Received Resolved Pending
previous month
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 April
2 May
3 June
4 July
Grand Total
Year-wise data (for 5 years on rolling basis)
Page 233 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Sr. Year Carried forward from Received Resolved Pending
No. previous year
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2020-21
2 2021-22
3 2022-23
4 2023-24
5 2024-25
Grand Total
Page 234 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Client Level Numerical Position Limits for Non-Agricultural Commodities –
Annexure M
Sr. Commodity Unit Client Level Numerical Position
Limit for Overall Commodity
1. Aluminum MT 25,000
2. Brent Crude Oil BBL 400,000
3. Copper MT 7,000
4. Crude Oil BBL 480,000
5. Gold Kgs 5,000
6. Lead MT 3,500
7. Natural Gas mmBtu 6,000,000
8. Nickel MT 1000
9. Silver MT 100
10. Steel MT 120,000
11. Zinc MT 7,000
Page 235 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Liquidity Categorization and Computation of VaR – Annexure N
(i) Liquidity Categorization of Securities
The securities shall be classified into three groups based on their liquidity:
Group Trading Frequency Impact Cost (over the
(over the previous six previous six months – see
months – see Note A) Note A
Liquid Securities (Group I) At least 80% of the days Less than or equal to 1%
Less Liquid Securities At least 80% of the days More than 1%
(Group II )
Illiquid Securities (Group Less than 80% of the days N/A
III)
Notes:
A. For securities that have been listed for less than six months, the trading frequency
and the impact cost shall be computed using the entire trading history of the scrip.
(ii) Computation of VaR Margin
The VaR Margin is a margin intended to cover the largest loss that can be encountered on
99% of the days (99% Value at Risk). For liquid stocks, the margin covers one-day losses
while for illiquid stocks, it covers three-day losses so as to allow the clearing corporation
to liquidate the position over three days. This leads to a scaling factor of square root of
three for illiquid stocks.
For liquid stocks, the VaR margins are based only on the volatility of the stock while for
other stocks, the volatility of the market index is also used in the computation. Computation
of the VaR margin requires the following definitions:
 Scrip sigma means the volatility of the security computed as at the end of the
previous trading day. The computation uses the exponentially weighted moving
average method applied to daily returns in the same manner as in the derivatives
market.
 Scrip VaR means the higher of 7.5% or 3.5 scrip sigmas.
 Index sigma means the daily volatility of the market index (S&P CNX Nifty or
BSE Sensex) computed as at the end of the previous trading day. The computation
uses the exponentially weighted moving average method applied to daily returns in
the same manner as in the derivatives market.
Page 236 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
 Index VaR means the higher of 5% or 3 index sigmas. The higher of the Sensex
VaR or Nifty VaR would be used for this purpose.
The VaR Margins are specified as follows for different groups of stocks:
Liquidity One-Day VaR Scaling factor for VaR Margin
Categorization illiquidity
Liquid Securities ( Scrip VaR 1.00 Scrip VaR
Group I )
Less Liquid Higher of Scrip 1.73 Higher of 1.73
Securities (Group VaR and three (square root of times Scrip VaR
II) times Index VaR 3.00) and 5.20 times
Index VaR
Illiquid Securities Five times Index 1.73 8.66 times Index
(Group III) VaR (square root of VaR
3.00)
Page 237 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Core Settlement Guarantee Fund (Core SGF) – Annexure O
Objective of Core SGF
1) Clearing Corporation (CC) shall have a fund called Core SGF for each segment of each
Recognised Stock Exchange (SE) to guarantee the settlement of trades executed in
respective segment of the SE. In the event of a clearing member (member) failing to
honour settlement commitments, the Core SGF shall be used to fulfill the obligations
of that member and complete the settlement without affecting the normal settlement
process.
Corpus of Core SGF
2) The corpus of the fund should be adequate to meet out all the contingencies arising on
account of failure of any member(s). The risk or liability to the fund depends on various
factors such as trade volume, delivery percentage, maximum settlement liability of the
members, the history of defaults, capital adequacy of the members, the degree of safety
measures employed by the CC/SE etc. A fixed formula, therefore, cannot be prescribed
to estimate the risk or liability of the fund. However, in order to assess the fair quantum
of the corpus of Core SGF, CC should consider the following factors:
 Risk management system in force
 Current and projected volume/turnover to be cleared and settled by the CC on
guaranteed basis
 Track record of defaults of members (number of defaults, amount in default)
3) However, Minimum Required Corpus of Core SGF (MRC) for each segment of each
stock exchange shall be subject to the following:
i) The MRC shall be fixed for a month.
ii) By 15th of every month, CC shall review and determine the MRC for next
month based on the results of daily stress tests of the preceding month. (For
example, by 15th February, CC shall determine MRC for March based on
results of various stress tests conducted in January). CC shall also review and
determine by 15th of every month, the adequacy of contributions made by
various contributors and any further contributions to the Core SGF required to
be made by various contributors (as per clause 4) for the next month.
iii) For every day of the preceding month (i.e., January as per example in (ii)
above), uncovered loss numbers shall be estimated by the various stress tests
for credit risk conducted by the CC for the segment (as per clause 14) and
highest of such numbers shall be taken as worst case loss number for the day.
iv) Average of all the daily worst case loss numbers determined in (iii) above shall
be calculated.
Page 238 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
v) The MRC for next month (i.e., March as per example in (ii) above) shall be
higher of the average arrived in at step iv above and the segment MRC as per
previous review (i.e., review done on 15th January for the month of February).
vi) Minimum threshold value of MRC for commodity derivatives segment of any
stock exchange shall be INR 10 Crores.
Contribution to Core SGF
4) At any point of time, the contributions of various contributors to Core SGF of any
segment shall be as follows:
a) Clearing Corporation contribution: CC contribution to Core SGF shall be at
least 50% of the MRC. CC shall make this contribution from its own funds.
CC contribution to core SGFs shall be considered as part of its net worth.
b) Stock Exchange contribution: Stock Exchange contribution to Core SGF shall
be at least 25% of the MRC (can be adjusted against transfer of profit by Stock
Exchange as per Regulation 33 of SECC Regulations, which may be reviewed
in view of these guidelines).
c) Clearing Member primary contribution: If the CC wishes, it can seek risk based
contribution from Clearing Members (CMs) of the segment (including
custodial clearing members) to the Core SGF subject to the following
conditions:
 that total contribution from CMs shall not be more than 25% of the
MRC,
 that no exposure shall be available on Core SGF contribution of any
CM (exposure-free collateral of CM available with CC can be
considered towards Core SGF contribution of CM), and
 that required contributions of individual CMs shall be pro-rata based
on the risk they bring to the system.
CC shall have the flexibility to collect CM primary contribution either upfront or staggered
over a period of time. In case of staggered contribution, the remaining balance shall be
met by CC to ensure adequacy of total Core SGF corpus at all times. Such CC
contribution shall be available to CC for withdrawal as and when further contributions
from CMs are received.
The above prescribed limits of contribution by CC, SE and CMs may be reviewed by SEBI
from time to time considering the prevailing market conditions.
5) Any penalties levied by CC (as per Regulation 34 of SECC Regulations) shall be
credited to Core SGF corpus.
Page 239 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
6) Interest on cash contribution to Core SGF shall also accrue to the Core SGF and pro-
rata attributed to the contributors in proportion to their cash contribution.
7) CC shall ordinarily accept cash collateral for Core SGF contribution. However, CC may
accept CM contribution in the form of bank FDs too. CC shall adhere to specific
guidance which may be issued by SEBI from time to time in this regard.
Management of Core SGF
8) The Defaulter's Committee/SGF utilization Committee of the Clearing Corporation
shall manage the Core SGF.
The CCs shall follow prudential norms of Investment policy for Core SGF corpus and
establish and implement policies and procedures to ensure that Core SGF corpus is
invested in highly liquid financial instruments with minimal market and credit risk and
is capable of being liquidated rapidly with minimal adverse price effect.
The instruments in which investments may broadly be made are Fixed Deposit with Banks
(only those banks which have a net worth of more than INR 500 Crores and are rated
A1 (or A1+) or equivalent, , Treasury Bills, Government Securities and money
market/liquid mutual funds subject to suitable transaction/investment limits and
monitoring of the same. The CCs shall further ensure that the financial instruments in
which the Core SGF corpus is invested remain sufficiently diversified at all times.
SEBI may prescribe the investment norms in this regard from time to time.
Access to Core SGF
9) CC may utilise the Core SGF in the event of a failure of member(s) to honour settlement
commitment.
Further contribution to / Recoupment of Core SGF
10) Requisite contributions to Core SGF by various contributors (as per clauses 3 and 4) for
any month shall be made by the contributors before start of the month.
In the event of usage of Core SGF during a calendar month, contributors shall, as per usage
of their individual contribution, immediately replenish the Core SGF to MRC.
In case there is failure on part of some contributor(s) to replenish its (their) contribution,
same shall be immediately met, on a temporary basis during the month, in the
following order:
i. By CC
ii. By SE
Review of Core SGF
11) The monthly review results shall be communicated to the Risk Management Committee
and the Governing Board of the Clearing Corporation. The exception reporting shall be
Page 240 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
made to SEBI detailing the outcome of the review by the CC Governing Board,
including steps taken to enhance the Core SGF.
Default waterfall
12) The default waterfall of CC for any segment shall generally follow the following order
–
i. Monies of defaulting member (including defaulting member's primary
contribution to Core SGF(s) and excess monies of defaulter in other segments).
ii. Insurance, if any.
iii. CC resources (equal to 5% of the segment MRC).
iv. Core SGF of the segment in the following order:
a. Penalties
b. CC contribution to the extent of at least 25% of the segment MRC
c. Remaining Core SGF: CC contribution, Stock Exchange contribution and
non-defaulting members’ primary contribution to Core SGF on pro-rata
basis.
v. Proportion of remaining CC resources (excluding CC contribution to core
SGFs of other segments and INR 100 Crore) equal to ratio of segment MRC to
sum of MRCs of all segments*
vi. CC/SE contribution to Core SGFs of other segments (after meeting obligations
of those segments) and remaining CC resources to that extent as approved by
SEBI.
vii. Capped additional contribution by non-defaulting members of the segment**
viii. Any remaining loss to be covered by way of pro-rata haircut to payouts***
* INR 100 Crore to be excluded only when remaining CC resources (excluding CC
contribution to core SGFs of other segments) are more than INR 100 Crore.
**CC shall limit the liability of non-defaulting members towards additional contribution to
a multiple of their required primary contribution to Core SGF and the framework
regarding the same should be disclosed. In case of shortfall in recovery of assessed
amounts from non-defaulting members, further loss can be allocated to layer 'VI' with
approval of SEBI.
***In case loss allocation is effected through haircut to payouts, any subsequent usage of
funds shall be with prior SEBI approval. Further, any exit by CC post using this layer
shall be as per the terms decided by SEBI in public interest.
Stress testing and back testing
13) CC shall effectively measure, monitor, and manage its credit exposures to its
participants and those arising from its payment, clearing, and settlement processes.
Page 241 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
14) Stress test for credit risk: CC shall carry out daily stress testing for credit risk using
at least the standardized stress testing methodology prescribed in para 22 below. Apart
from the prescribed stress scenarios, CCs shall also develop own scenarios for a variety
of ‘extreme but plausible market conditions’ (in terms of both defaulters’ positions and
possible price changes in liquidation periods, including the risk that liquidating such
positions could have an impact on the market) and carry out stress testing using self-
developed scenarios. Such scenarios should include relevant peak historic price
volatilities, shifts in other market factors such as price determinants and yield curves,
multiple defaults over various time horizons and a spectrum of forward looking stress
scenarios in a variety of extreme but plausible market conditions.
15) Liquidity stress test and adequacy of liquidity arrangements: CC shall ensure that
it maintains sufficient liquid resources to manage liquidity risks from members,
settlement banks and those generated by its investment policy. CC shall daily test the
adequacy of its liquidity arrangements in order to ensure that its liquid resources are
adequate to meet simultaneous default of at least two clearing members and their
associates that would generate the largest aggregate liquidity obligation for the CC in
extreme but plausible market conditions and compare such obligation with the resources
mentioned hereunder:
a. Cash
b. Committed lines of credit available to CC
16) Reverse stress test: CC shall periodically carry out reverse stress tests designed to
identify under which market conditions and under what scenarios the combination of
its margins, Core SGF and other financial resources prove insufficient to meet its
obligations (e.g. simultaneous default of top N members or N% movement in price of
top 2 scrips by turnover or 20% movement in price of top N scrips by turnover etc.)
17) Back testing for adequacy of margins: CC shall daily conduct back testing of the
margins collected vis-à-vis the actual price changes for the contracts being cleared and
settled in every segment to assess appropriateness of its margining models.
18) Adequacy of financial resources: CC shall ensure that it maintains sufficient financial
resources to cover a wide range of potential stress scenarios that should include, but not
be limited to, the default of the two participants and their associates that would
potentially cause the largest aggregate credit exposure to the CC in extreme but
plausible market conditions. Thus, CC shall continuously monitor the adequacy of
financial resources (as available in its default waterfall) against the uncovered loss
Page 242 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
estimated by the various stress tests conducted by the CC and take steps to beef up the
same in case of shortfall.
19) On at least a monthly basis, CC shall perform a comprehensive and thorough analysis
of stress testing scenarios, models, and underlying parameters and assumptions used to
ensure they are appropriate for determining the CCP’s required level of default
protection in light of current and evolving market conditions. CC shall perform this
analysis of stress testing more frequently when the products cleared or markets served
display high volatility, become less liquid, or when the size or concentration of positions
held by a CC’s participant’s increases significantly. A full validation of CC’s risk-
management model shall be performed at least annually.
20) The results of tests carried out as per clauses 14, 15, 16, 17 and 18 above and review
conducted as per clause 19 shall be monitored by the Risk Management Committee of
the CC and the same should be communicated for discussion and review by the Board
of the CC.
21) Clearing corporations and Stock Exchanges are directed to make the following details
available on its website:
i. Policy on composition and contributions to be made to the Core SGF;
ii. Investment policy for Core SGF;
iii. Default waterfall for each segment along with the quantum of resources
available in each layer of default waterfall;
Standardized Stress Testing for Commodity Derivatives
Part A. Scenarios
Historical Scenarios
1 Peak Historical Return
Price movement in respect of each underlying over the MPOR period during the last 15
years to be considered:
Scenario 1A: Maximum percentage rise over MPOR period
Scenario 1B: Maximum percentage fall over MPOR period
Price movements corresponding to a Z-score of 10 will replace extreme price movements
beyond that threshold in peak historical returns of all the commodities. Mean and sigma of
Page 243 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
returns over the applicable MPOR period across 15 years would be used for calculation of
the Z-score.175
2 Peak historical price volatility
Historical price volatility (EWMA volatility) in respect of each commodity during the
previous 15 years is to be considered. Percentage price movement equal to 3.5 times the
peak historical volatility adjusted for applicable MPOR period of the commodity shall be
considered (subject to a maximum of 110% of the price movement considered for the
commodity under the peak historical return scenario):
Scenario 2A: Percentage price rise
Scenario 2B: Percentage price fall
3 Augmented historical
Exchange shall identify top 10 days during the previous 15 years based on average of
absolute percentage price change across all commodities witnessed over the MPOR period.
For each of the day, exchange shall identify percentage price change in each commodity
(in case of unavailability of prices in any of the commodity on any of the identified days,
price change equal to applicable initial margin in the commodity to be considered). All the
price movements to be scaled up by 10%.
Thus, one scenario corresponding to each of the 10 identified days shall be generated.
Hypothetical scenarios
4 Stressed MPOR
It shall be assumed that liquidation of open positions would require 5 days and percentage
price movement equal to 3.5 times current volatility adjusted for 5 day period (i.e., scaling
up by square root of 5) shall be considered.
Scenario 4A: Percentage rise over 5 day period
Scenario 4B: Percentage fall over 5 day period
5 Stressed PSR and VSR
Price movement in respect of each underlying to the extent of 1.5 times the normal price
scan range (PSR) over the MPOR period and change in implied volatility equal to 1.5 times
the normal volatility scan range shall be considered.
175 Inserted vide circular no. SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/P/2020/244 dated December 21, 2020
Page 244 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Scenario 5A: Underlying price increasing by 1.5 PSR adjusted for MPOR period, volatility
increasing by 1.5 VSR.
Scenario 5B: Underlying price decreasing by 1.5 PSR adjusted for MPOR period, volatility
increasing by 1.5 VSR.
Exchanges shall carry out stress tests using each of the scenarios given in Part A as
follows –
a. By stressing positions in all commodities simultaneously
b. By first identifying top 10 commodities based on OI and stressing 1 commodity
at a time (ignoring positions in other commodities and the corresponding margins)
Part B. Methodology
The percentage price movements identified in each of the above scenarios shall be applied
to the commodity price on the day for which the stress test is being done. All open positions
shall be assumed to be squared up at the theoretical price corresponding to the revised
prices/volatility of the underlying in each of the scenarios. For each clearing member, the
credit exposure to Clearing Corporation shall be calculated as follows:
a) The time of stress test shall be end of day
b) It shall be assumed that clearing member will default in paying the settlement
obligations and all outstanding positions will be squared off at the theoretical price
corresponding to the revised price/volatility of the underlying in the scenario.
c) Loss shall be calculated at client portfolio level.
d) For each client, residual loss shall be equal to –> (loss due to close-out of client
positions– margin supporting that specific client’s positions)
e) All residual losses (residual profits to be ignored) for all clients shall be grossed to
compute total residual losses due to client positions.
f) Loss due to close-out of proprietary positions shall be considered.
g) Loss at (e) and loss at (f) and the net pay-in/pay-out requirement of the clearing member
shall be assessed against required margins (excluding margin supporting client
positions and excess collateral, if any) and other mandatory deposits of defaulting
member to calculate credit exposure of Clearing Corporation to the member. Equity
scrips as collateral, if any, shall be valued with minimum 20% haircut.
h) While calculating the residual losses as per 'd' and 'f' above, for positions on which early
pay-in are given by the clients/brokers, and margin exemption are granted on such
Page 245 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
positions, CCs are permitted to consider the 'margin exemption granted' or 'value of
early paid-in goods', whichever is lower, as 'margins supporting those positions'.176
Part C. Coverage
To begin with, for each of the scenarios in Part A, Clearing Corporations shall calculate –
A. Credit exposure due to simultaneous default of at least 2 clearing members (and
their associates) causing highest credit exposure.
B. 25% of the credit exposure due to simultaneous default of all clearing members.
However, within a year from the deadline of implementation of the circular, for each of the
scenarios in Part A, Clearing Corporations shall calculate –
A. Credit exposure due to simultaneous default of at least 2 clearing members (and
their associates) causing highest credit exposure.
B. 50% of the credit exposure due to simultaneous default of all clearing members.
176 Inserted via SEBI Circular No SEBI/HO/CDMRD/DRMP/CIR/P/2020/128 dated July 21, 2020
Page 246 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Checklist of information/details for launch of new contract or/and for renewal of
existing/earlier contracts – Annexure P
Serial
Items/ Issues to be examined and Reported Compliance/Comments
Number
GENERAL‐
Justification for introducing of futures/forward trading
1 in the commodity including its relevance
/importance to the economy (in brief) with
information for preceding 3 financial years on :‐
a. Its annual production
b. Import‐export data
c. Details of domestic consumption
d. Main area of cultivation
e. Patterns of consumption/utilization
f. Commercialization rate (annual exports/annual supply)
g. Crop cycle
h. Warehouse facilities in the cultivation area
i. Preferred trade quantity in physical market
j. Shelf‐life of the commodity
k. Global level production / consumption figures, major
exporting & importing countries with figures
l. Monthly price movement in futures market –both
domestic and international for last 3 years
Prevailing spot prices in the domestic physical market
m. in the last three years and immediate 3 preceding
months prior to the application
Which are the other exchanges where the proposed
contract is already being traded and its/ their respective
n.
market share in terms of volumes & percentage of
trades (estimated)?
o. Value Chain of the commodity
p. Degree of standardisation
q. Political sensitivity/price controls
Page 247 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Serial
Items/ Issues to be examined and Reported Compliance/Comments
Number
Whether commodity is under purview of Essential
r. commodities act / APMC Act / The Food Control
Regulation Act etc.
s. Geographical coverage
t. Correlation with International Market
u. Seasonality
v. Price Volatility
2 CONTRACT DESIGN‐ Please Specify with Reasons
a. Lot size
b. Tick size
c. Period of the contract (one month, two months, etc.)
Quality standards (should meet FSSAI standards and
d.
any other statutory prescribed standards )
e. Lean period
f. Basis Centers
g. Mechanism for allocation of delivery on the Exchange
platform in a transparent manner
Rationale behind adopting “intention matching
h. contract” as against “compulsory delivery” contract, if
the case is so, in the proposed contract.
Mechanism of spot price polling –whether AGMARK
prices used to track spot prices‐other
i.
measures/precautions taken to ensure transparency and
credibility
j. Settlement system with settlement price formula
3. EXPECTED PARTICIPATION IN THE
CONTRACT
a. Hedgers participation
b. Warehouse participation
c. What efforts Exchange had made to educate hedgers /
market participants about the contract
4. COST OF TRADING IN CONTRACT :‐
Page 248 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Serial
Items/ Issues to be examined and Reported Compliance/Comments
Number
Details of Delivery Centers, their respective storage
a. capacity, and price neutralization formula for non‐
preferred delivery centers etc.
Detailed break‐up of charges proposed to be levied by
the Exchanges for trading / warehouse for storage /
b.
delivery charges and cost in respect of failed deliveries,
etc.
5. MARKET SURVEILLANCE AND RISK
MANAGEMENT :–
a. Permitted price variation in a day
b. Open position limits in respect of client, member and
market as a whole
c. Checks and balances for high frequency/ Algo trades
Initial margin, M ‐o‐M margin, and conditions under
d. which special / additional margins could be levied by
Exchanges
e. Settlement / trade guarantee
f. Cost of failed payments / deliveries
g. Staggered delivery system
Additional Information required in case of proposal for renewal of existing/earlier
contracts
6. THE TRACK RECORD OF TRADING IN THE
CONTRACT LIKE :‐
a. Trading volume
b. Open interest
c. Deliveries
d. Market participation
e. Price movement
f. Trade versus delivery
g. Order versus actual trade
h. Average trade size at Exchange
Page 249 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Serial
Items/ Issues to be examined and Reported Compliance/Comments
Number
i. Actual production versus actual delivery through
exchange trading platform
j. Preferred lot size in physical market
k. Justification for introduction
l. Whether the contract is traded on other exchanges?
m. Justification for span of the contract
n. Any abnormal trade activity / price movements in
previous year
The educational initiatives taken by the Exchanges for
o. the market participants and` feedback received from
them
Efforts taken to create/encourage formation of
p. Aggregators for participation in the contract on behalf
of Farmers/planters
7. Status of quarterly progress reports submitted to the
regulator.
Status of awareness programmes for Hedgers/Potential
Hedgers/Industry
8.
Associations / processors etc. organised during last 1
year.
9. Any other information considered relevant
10. ANY OTHER COMMENTS/ EXPLANATIONS
TO OFFER, IF ANY (IN BRIEF)
Page 250 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
List of contracts approved for continuous trading – Annexure Q
Exchange Name Contracts approved for continuous trading
Multi Commodity Exchange Aluminium, Aluminium Mini, Brent Crude Oil,
of India Ltd. Cardamom, Copper, Copper Mini, Cotton, Crude
Palm Oil, Crude Oil, Dhaniya, Gold, Gold Guinea,
Gold Mini, Gold Petal, Gold Petal Delhi, Lead, Lead
Mini, Mentha Oil, Natural Gas, Nickel, Nickel Mini,
Silver, Silver1000, Silver Mini, Silver Micro, Zinc,
Zinc Mini
National Commodity & Barley, Chilli, Copper Cathode, Cottonseed Oil Cake,
Derivatives Exchange Ltd. Crude Oil, Crude Palm Oil, Dhaniya, Gold Hedge,
Guar Gum, Guar Seed (2 MT), Guar Seed (10 MT),
Jeera, V‐797 Kapas, Maize (Kharif), Maize (Rabi),
Rape/Mustard Seed, Refined Soy Oil, Shankar Kapas,
Soyabean, Steel Long, Sugar M, Turmeric, Wheat
Indian Commodity Exchange Cardamom, Castor Seed, Coffee Rep Bulk,
* Isabgulseed, Copra, Pepper, Rape/Mustard Seed,
Raw Jute, Rubber, Sacking, Soy Oil, Guar Seed
* National Multi Commodity Exchange of India Ltd. Merged with ICEX
Page 251 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Categorization of contract specification parameters in commodity derivatives
contracts – Annexure R
Category Type of Parameter Number of days of
Modification advance intimation
to be given to SEBI
and market
participants
Category Non-material  Symbol 10 days
A modifications which  Description
can be made at the  Contract
exchange level in yet Commencement
to be launched and Day(Y/L)
running contracts
 Quotation/Base value
(Y/L)
 Maximum Order Size
 Tick Size (Minimum
Price Movement)
 Strike Interval (Y/L)
 Number of Strikes
 Initial Margin
 Extreme Loss Margin
 Delivery Period
Margin
 Pre-expiry Margin
 Other Margins
 Underlying Quotation
(Y/L)
Category Material  Last Trading Day /Due 10 days177
B modifications which Date/Expiry Date#
can be made at the  Trading Unit
exchange level in yet  Price Quote (Basis)
to be launched
 Delivery Centre
contracts or running
 Delivery Unit
contracts which have
 Additional Delivery
nil open interest.
Centre(s)
 Quality Specifications
177 Amended vide SEBI Circular no. SEBI/HO/CDMRD_DOP/P/CIR/2021/592 dated July 08, 2021
Prior to the amendment, the requirement was of 30 days.
Page 252 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Category Type of Parameter Number of days of
Modification advance intimation
to be given to SEBI
and market
participants
These modifications  Quantity Variation
shall require approval  Tolerance Limit
from Product  Trading Session
Advisory Committee
 Premium/Discount
and approval of
 Underlying Price
Regulatory Oversight
Quote (basis)
Committee to be
 Maximum Allowable
obtained post facto.
Open Position
Category Material  Contract Launch 10 days178
C modifications which Calendar
can be made only after  Trading Period
approval from SEBI.  Daily Price Limit
These modifications
 Delivery Logic
shall require
 Settlement of Contract/
deliberations and
Settlement Logic/Final
approval from
settlement Method
Product Advisory
Exercise of Options
Committee and
 Mechanism of Exercise
Regulatory Oversight
 Due Date Rate (Final
Committee before
Settlement Price)
seeking permission
 Tender Period
from SEBI.
 Start Date of Near
Month Staggered
Delivery Period/Tender
Period
 Option Type
(Y/L)-Modification can only be carried out in yet to be launched contracts
# - Changes in due date/expiry date may be required to be done in the running contracts in
the event of sudden closure of markets on expiry date. Point 6.1.6 (I) of this circular
prescribes that Exchange may advance expiry date of running contract in case physical
178 Amended vide SEBI Circular no. SEBI/HO/CDMRD_DOP/P/CIR/2021/592 dated July 08, 2021
Prior to the amendment, the requirement was of 30 days.
Page 253 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
market is closed in the notified basis centre on the expiry day of the contract, due to
festivals, strikes, erratic weather conditions, etc. Decision about advancing expiry of
running contract shall be intimated to the trade participants at least 10 days before the
revised expiry date.
Page 254 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Formats for providing details of Security Deposit – Annexure S
A. Details of Bank Guarantee
Sr. Name BG Bank Branch Date of Maturity Claim Amount
No. of Number Name Name Issuance Date Date
WSP (DD/MM/ (DD/MM/ (DD/MM/
YYYY) YYYY) YYYY)
B. Details of Fixed Deposit Receipt
Sr. Name FDR Bank Branch Date of Issuance Maturity Date Amount
No. of Number Name Name (DD/MM/YYYY) (DD/MM/YYYY)
WSP
Page 255 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Format for details of disposal of arbitration proceedings – Annexure T
Disposal of Arbitration Proceedings (where client is a party) initiated since April 1, 2010 (Updated on mm dd yyyy) (To be updated
quarterly, within a week of end of the quarter)
Arbitration Date of Region Name Name of Name of Date of Award in Copy Date of Main reason for
Reference Reference of Member Arbitrator(s) Arbitral favour of of Implementation non-
No. Client award (client/ Award of Award implementation
Member) (link
given
below)
Initiated during 2010-11
Initiated during 2011-12
Page 256 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Format for Arbitrator-wise Arbitration Proceedings
Arbitrator-wise Arbitration Proceedings (where client is a party) disposed of since April 1, 2010 Updated on mm dd yyyy (In excel
sheet) (To be updated quarterly, within a week of the end of the quarter)
S. Name of No. of awards passed No. of Awards in favor No. of Appellate Awards Clients of the cases Arbitration
No. Arbitrator of Clients of the cases in favor of Clients of the filed by Arbitration appeal cases
filed by cases filed by cases pending for …. pending for
months
Arbitration Appellate Member Client Member Client <4 ≥4 - ≤ 6 >6 <3 ≥3- ≤ >6
6
N
Total
(In case of panel of arbitrators, the cases / awards would appear against every member of the panel) (Arrange the arbitrators in descending number
of awards passed by them during the period)
Page 257 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Format for disclosure of Arbitration Awards – Annexure U
Disclosure of Arbitration and Appellate Arbitration Awards Passed since April 1, 2007 Updated on mm dd yyyy (In excel sheet) (To be
updated as soon as a new award is issued)
Sl. No. Date of Issue Name of Client Name of Initial Arbitration / Link to Award given
Member Appellate Arbitration below
Passed during 2007-08
Passed during 2008-09
Passed during 2009-10
Passed during 2010-11
Passed during 2011-12
Page 258 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Report on Shareholding Pattern – Annexure V
Report on Shareholding Pattern of the Exchange in terms of Securities contracts
(Regulation) (Stock Exchanges and Clearing Corporations) Regulations, 2018
[Quarter ended ____________]
A. Top ten shareholders during the quarter
Sl. No. Name of the Number of shares Percentage of
shareholder held at the end of shareholding
the quarter
1
2
B. Shareholders falling under Regulation 17 who have acquired shares during the
quarter
Sl. No. Name of the Name of the Number of Percentage of
shareholder shareholder from shares acquired Shareholding
who acquired whom shares during the after the
shares acquired quarter acquisition
1
2
A. Category wise shareholding pattern in the recognised commodity derivate
exchange (along with the names of the shareholder)-
I. TRADING MEMBER
Sl. No Category of No. of Total number Percentage of
shareholder Shareholder of Shares Shares
Individuals
1
2
Corporates(Listed)
1
Corporates(unlisted)
1
Page 259 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Banks (wherever
permitted)
1
Any other (specific)
Total (A)
II. ASSOCIATES OF TRADING MEMBERS
Sr. No Category of No. of Total number Percentage
Shareholder Shareholders of shares of shares
Individuals
1
2
Corporates(listed)
1
Corporates(unlisted)
1
HUF
1
Trust
1
Financial Institutions /
Banks
1
Foreign Holding (FDI)
1
Foreign Holding (FII)
1
Any other (specify)
Total (B)
Total(A+B)
III. PUBLIC SHAREHOLDING
Sr. No. Category of No. of Total number Percentage
shareholder Shareholders of shares of shares
Individuals
1
2
Page 260 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Sr. No. Category of No. of Total number Percentage
shareholder Shareholders of shares of shares
Corporates
(Listed)
1
Corporates
(Unlisted)
1
HUF
1
Trust
1
Financial
Institutions /
Banks
1
Foreign Holding
(FDI)
1
Foreign Holding
(FII)
1
Any Other (specify)
Insurance
Companies
1
Mutual Funds
1
Venture Capital
Fund
1
Any other
(specify)
Total (C)
Grand total
(A)+(B)+(C)
B. SHAREHOLDERS ACTING IN CONCERT
Page 261 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
The Exchange shall indicate the shareholding pattern in the format given below in respect
of each set of shareholders, in case they hold shares along with persons acting in concert-
Sr. No. Name of the Category of Details of holding
shareholder shareholder Number Percentage
of shares
1
2
3
UNDERTAKING UNDER REGULATION 21
C. The Managing Director/ Executive Director of the recognized commodity
derivative exchange shall submit an undertaking confirming the compliance of the
provisions Regulation 21 of Securities Contracts (regulation) (Stock Exchanges and
Clearing Corporations) Regulations, 2018 to SEBI on a quarterly basis within
fifteen days from the end of each quarter and to monitor and ensure compliance
with the provisions under Chapter – IV of the said SECC Regulations at all times.
Page 262 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Functions and Composition of Statutory Committees – Annexure W
A. Mandatory Committees for Stock Exchanges
Sr no. Name of Brief terms of reference Composition
Committee
I. Functional Committees:
1. Member Selection  To scrutinize, evaluate, accept or reject  A maximum of two Key Management Personnel
Committee applications for admission of members and (KMPs) of the exchange can be on the committee
transfer of membership and approve one of which shall necessarily be the Managing
voluntary withdrawal of membership. Director of the stock exchange.
 Formulate the policy for regulatory actions  The committee may also include independent
including warning, monetary fine, external persons.
suspension, withdrawal of trading,  SEBI may nominate members in the Committee,
declaring a member as defaulter, expulsion, if felt necessary in the interest of securities market.
to be taken for various violations by the  The number of PIDs shall not be less than the total
members of the exchange. of number of shareholder directors, KMPs and
 Based on the laid down policy, consider the independent external persons put together.
cases of violations observed during
inspection, etc. and impose appropriate
regulatory measures on the members of the
exchange.
 While imposing the regulatory measure, the
Committee shall adopt a laid down process,
Page 263 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Sr no. Name of Brief terms of reference Composition
Committee
based on the 'Principles of natural justice'.
 Realize all the assets / deposits of the
defaulter/expelled member and appropriate
the same amongst various dues and claims
against the defaulter/ expelled member in
accordance with the Rules, Byelaws and
Regulations of the Exchange.
In the event both the clearing member and the
constituent trading member are declared
defaulter, then the membership selection
committee of the stock exchange and that of
the clearing corporation shall work together
to realize the assets of both the clearing
member and the trading member.
 Admission or rejection of claims of
client/trading members/clearing members
over the assets of the defaulter/expelled
member.
 Recommendation in respect of the claims to
the Trustees of the IPF on whether the claim
is to be paid out of IPF or otherwise.
 To oversee contribution towards Core
Page 264 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Sr no. Name of Brief terms of reference Composition
Committee
Settlement
 Guarantee Fund(SGF) of the Clearing
Corporation.
2. Investor Dealing with the complaints referred to it by the  The IGRC shall comprise of a single person for
Grievance stock exchange, hear the parties and resolve their claims up to Rs. 25 Lakh, whereas, for claims
Redressal complaints. above Rs. 25 Lakh, the IGRC shall comprise of
Committee three persons.
(IGRC)  The IGRC shall comprise of independent external
persons with qualifications in the area of law,
finance, accounts, economics, management or
administration and experience in financial
services, including securities market.
 Further, the three member Committee shall
comprise of at least one technical expert for
handling complaints related to technology issues
(such as internet based trading, algorithmic
trading, etc.).
 The members of IGRC shall not be associated with
a trading member in any manner.
 The disclosures and code of conduct prescribed
under para 3.4 and 4 of SEBI circular Ref. No.
CIR/MRD/DSA/24/2010 dated August 11, 2010,
Page 265 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Sr no. Name of Brief terms of reference Composition
Committee
shall be applicable, as far as may be, to members
of IGRC also.
3. Nomination &  Identifying a Key management personnel,  The Committee shall include only public interest
Remuneration other than personnel as specifically provided directors. However, independent external persons
Committee in its definition under SECC Regulations, may be part of the committee for the limited
2018. purpose of recommendation relating to selection of
 Laying down the policy for compensation of Managing Director; wherein the number of PIDs
key management personnel in terms of the shall not be less than the independent external
compensation norms prescribed by SEBI. persons.
 Determining the compensation of KMPs in
terms of the compensation policy.
 Determining the tenure of a key management
personnel, other than a director, to be posted
in a regulatory department.
 Selecting the Managing Director.
 Framing & reviewing the performance
review policy to carry out evaluation of every
director’s performance, including that of
Public Interest Director (PID).
 Recommending whether to extend the term
of appointment of the PID.
 Besides the above, it will also discharge the
Page 266 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Sr no. Name of Brief terms of reference Composition
Committee
function as Nomination & Remuneration
Committee under the Companies Act, 2013
and SEBI (LODR) regulations, 2015 as
amended from time to time.
II. Oversight Committee
4. Standing  Monitor whether the technology used  The Committee shall include at least two
Committee on remains up to date and meets the growing independent external persons proficient in
Technology demands of the markets. technology.
 Monitor the adequacy of systems capacity  The number of PIDs shall not be less than the
and efficiency. total of number of shareholder directors and
 To look into the changes being suggested by independent external persons put together.
the exchange to the existing software/
hardware.
 Investigate into problems of computerized
trading system, such as hanging/ slowdown/
breakdown.
 Ensure that transparency is maintained in
disseminating information regarding
slowdown/ breakdown in Online Trading
System.
 Submit a report to the Governing Board, who
shall deliberate on the report and take
Page 267 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Sr no. Name of Brief terms of reference Composition
Committee
suitable action/ remedial measure.
 Explain any stoppage beyond five minutes
and report to the Board. The Exchange shall
also issue a press release specifying the
reasons for the breakdown.
 Review the implementation of board
approved cyber security and resilience policy
and its framework.
 Such other matters as may be referred by the
Governing Board of exchange and/or SEBI.
5. Advisory  Advise the governing board on non-  The number of PIDs shall not be less than the total
Committee regulatory and operational matters including of number of shareholder directors and trading
product design, technology, charges and members put together.
levies.  The Committee shall include trading members of
the stock exchange.
 The chairperson of the governing board shall be
the head of the advisory committee.
 The managing director shall be a permanent
invitee to every meeting of the advisory
committee.
Page 268 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Sr no. Name of Brief terms of reference Composition
Committee
6. Regulatory  Oversee matters related to member  The committee shall comprise of public interest
Oversight regulation such as admission of members, director and independent external persons.
Committee inspection, disciplinary action, etc.
 Oversee SEBI inspection observations on  The number of PIDs shall not be less than the total
membership related issues. of number of independent external persons put
 Estimate the adequacy of resources together. Also shareholder director and key
dedicated to member regulation. management personnel may be invitee to the
 Oversee matters related to listing of committee.
securities such as admission of securities for
trading, suspension/revocation, etc.
 Oversee SEBI inspection observations on
listing related issues.
 Estimate the adequacy of resources
dedicated to listing related function.
 Oversee trading and surveillance related
functions such as monitoring of market
through order and trade level alerts, security
level alerts, processing of alerts, price band
changes, rumour verifications, shifting of
securities to trade for trade segment, action
against listed companies as a part of
Surveillance Action, detailed investigations
Page 269 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Sr no. Name of Brief terms of reference Composition
Committee
undertaken, disciplinary actions, etc., as
may be applicable to the relevant segments
of the exchange.
 Oversee SEBI inspection observations on
surveillance related issues and also
decisions taken in the periodic surveillance
meeting at SEBI.
 Estimate the adequacy of resources
dedicated to trading and surveillance
function.
 Oversee matters related to product design
and review the design of the already
approved and running contracts.
 Oversee SEBI inspection observation on
Product Design related issues.
 Estimate the adequacy of resources
dedicated to Product design related
function.
 Review the actions taken to implement the
suggestions of SEBI's Inspection Reports,
place the same before the Governing Board
of the stock exchange.
Page 270 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Sr no. Name of Brief terms of reference Composition
Committee
 To follow up, ensure compliance/
implementation of the inspection
observations.
 Supervising the functioning of Investors
Services Cell of the exchange, which
includes review of complaint resolution
process, review of complaints remaining
unresolved over long period of time, estimate
the adequacy of resources dedicated to
investor services, etc.
 Supervise Investor Service Fund, including
its utilization.
 Annual review of arbitrators and arbitration
awards (both quantum and quality of the
awards).
 Lay down procedures for the
implementation of the Ethics Code.
 Prescribe reporting formats for the
disclosures required under the Ethics Code.
 Oversee the implementation of the code of
ethics.
 Periodically monitor the dealings in
Page 271 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Sr no. Name of Brief terms of reference Composition
Committee
securities of the Key Management
Personnel.
 Periodically monitor the trading conducted
by firms/corporate entities in which the
directors hold twenty percent or more
beneficial interest or hold a controlling
interest.
 Monitor implementation of SECC
Regulations and other applicable rules and
regulations along-with SEBI Circulars and
other directions issued thereunder.
 Review the fees and charges levied by the
exchange.
 The head(s) of department(s) handling above
matters shall report directly to the committee
and also to the managing director. Any action
against the head(s) of dept. shall be subject to
an appeal to the committee, within such
period as may be determined by the
governing board.
7. Risk Management  To formulate a detailed risk management  The risk management committee shall comprise
Committee policy which shall be approved by the only of the public interest directors and
Page 272 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Sr no. Name of Brief terms of reference Composition
Committee
governing board. independent external persons, and shall report to
 To review the Risk Management the Governing Board.
Framework & risk mitigation measures  The number of PIDs shall not be less than the total
from time to time. of number of independent external persons.
 To monitor and review enterprise-wide risk
management plan and lay down procedures
to inform Board members about the risk
assessment and minimization procedures.
 The head of the risk management
department shall report to the risk
management committee and to the
managing director of the exchange.
 The risk management committee shall
monitor implementation of the risk
management policy and keep the Board and
the governing board informed about its
implementation and deviation, if any.
Page 273 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
B. Mandatory Committees for Clearing Corporations
Sr no. Name of Brief terms of reference Composition
Committee
I. Functional Committees:
1. Member Selection  To scrutinize, evaluate, accept or reject  A maximum of two key management personnel of
Committee applications for admission of members and the clearing corporation shall be on the committee
transfer of membership and approve one of which shall necessarily be the Managing
voluntary withdrawal of membership. Director of the clearing corporation.
 Also in case of clearing corporations with  The committee may also include independent
commodity segment, the committee shall external persons.
also look into:  SEBI may nominate members in the Committee, if
o Approving enplanement & cancellation felt necessary in the interest of securities market.
of Warehouse Service Providers/Vault  The number of PIDs shall not be less than the total
Service Providers /Assayers, of number of shareholder directors, KMPs and
accreditation of warehouse, etc. independent external persons put together.
o Reviewing the continuous functioning,
monitoring, and compliance of norms by
Warehouse Service Providers, Vault
Service Providers and assayers.
 Formulate policy for regulatory actions,
including warning, monetary fine,
suspension, deactivation of terminal,
declaring a member as defaulter , expulsion,
Page 274 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Sr no. Name of Brief terms of reference Composition
Committee
to be taken for various violations by the
members of the clearing corporation.
 Based on the laid down policy, the
Committee shall consider the cases of
violations observed during inspection, etc.
and impose appropriate regulatory measure
on the members of the clearing corporation.
 While imposing the regulatory measure, the
Committee shall adopt a laid down process,
based on the 'Principles of natural justice'.
 Realize the assets / deposits of
defaulter/expelled member and appropriate
amongst various dues and claims against the
defaulter/ expelled member in accordance
with the Rules, Byelaws and Regulations of
the Clearing corporation.
 Admission /rejection of claims against such
members over the assets of the
defaulter/expelled member.
 To manage the Core Settlement Guarantee
Fund (Core SGF) of the clearing corporation,
including its investments as per norms laid
Page 275 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Sr no. Name of Brief terms of reference Composition
Committee
down and ensure proper utilization of Core
SGF.
2. Investor To deal with the complaints referred to it by the  The IGRC shall comprise of a single person for
Grievance Clearing Corporation, hear the parties and resolve claims up to Rs. 25 Lakh, whereas, for claims
Redressal their complaints / disputes. above Rs. 25 Lakh, the IGRC shall comprise of
Committee three persons.
(IGRC)  The IGRC shall comprise of independent external
persons with qualifications in the area of law,
finance, accounts, economics, management or
administration and experience in financial
services, including securities market.
 The members of IGRC shall not be associated
with a clearing member in any manner.
 The disclosures and code of conduct prescribed
under para 3.4 and 4 of SEBI circular Ref. No.
CIR/MRD/DSA/24/2010 dated August 11, 2010,
shall be applicable, as far as may be, to members
of IGRC also.
3. Nomination &  Identifying a Key management personnel,  The Committee shall include only public interest
Remuneration other than personnel as specifically provided directors.
Committee in its definition under SECC Regulations,  However, independent external persons may be
2018. part of the committee for the limited purpose of
Page 276 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Sr no. Name of Brief terms of reference Composition
Committee
 Lay down the policy for compensation of key recommendation relating to selection of
management personnel in terms of the Managing Director; wherein the number of PIDs
compensation norms prescribed by SEBI. shall not be less than the independent external
 Determining the compensation of KMPs in persons.
terms of the compensation policy.
 Determining the tenure of a key management
personnel, other than a director, to be posted
in a regulatory department.
 Selecting the Managing Director.
 Framing & reviewing the performance
review policy to carry out evaluation of every
director’s performance, including that of
Public Interest Director (PID).
 Recommending whether to extend the term
of appointment of the PID.
 Besides the above, it will also discharge the
function as Nomination & Remuneration
II. Oversight Committee
4. Standing  Monitor whether the technology used by the  The Committee shall include at least two
Committee on clearing corporation remains up to date and independent external persons proficient in
Technology meets the growing demands. technology.
 Monitor the adequacy of system capacity and  The number of PIDs shall not be less than the
Page 277 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Sr no. Name of Brief terms of reference Composition
Committee
efficiency. total of number of shareholder directors and
 Look into the changes being suggested to the independent external persons put together.
existing software/hardware.
 Investigate into the problems computerised
risk management / clearing & settlement
system, such as hanging/ slowdown/
breakdown.
 Ensure that transparency is maintained in
disseminating information
regarding slowdown/break down risk
management / clearing & settlement system.
 The Committee shall submit a report to the
Governing Board of the clearing corporation.
The Board will deliberate on the report and
suitable action/ remedial measure will be
taken.
 Any stoppage beyond five minutes will be
explained and reported to the Board. The
Clearing Corporation shall issue a press
release specifying the reasons for the
breakdown.
 Review the implementation of board
Page 278 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Sr no. Name of Brief terms of reference Composition
Committee
approved cyber security and resilience policy
and its framework.
 Such other matters in the scope as may be
referred by the Governing Board of the
Clearing Corporation and/or SEBI.
5. Advisory  Advise the governing board on non-  The Committee shall comprise of clearing
Committee regulatory and operational matters including members of the clearing corporation.
product design, technology, charges and  The chairperson of the governing board shall be the
levies. head of the advisory committee.
 The managing director shall be a permanent invitee
to every meeting of the advisory committee.
 The number of PIDs shall not be less than the total
of number of shareholder directors, and clearing
members put together.
6. Regulatory  Oversee matters related to member  The committee shall comprise of public interest
Oversight regulation such as admission of members, director and independent external persons.
Committee inspection, disciplinary action, etc.  The number of PIDs shall not be less than the
 Oversee SEBI inspection observations on number independent external persons.
membership related issues.  Also shareholder director and key management
 Estimate adequacy of resources dedicated to personnel may be invitee to the committee.
member regulation.
 Monitor the disclosures made under Reg.33
Page 279 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Sr no. Name of Brief terms of reference Composition
Committee
of SECC Regulations, 2018.
 Review the actions taken to implement the
suggestions of SEBI’s Inspection Reports
and place it before the Board of Clearing
Corporation.
 To follow up and ensure compliance/
implementation of the inspection
observations.
 Supervising the functioning of Investors’
Services Cell of the Clearing Corporation
which includes review of complaint
resolution process, review of complaints
unresolved over long period of time, estimate
the adequacy of resources dedicated to
investor services, etc.
 Lay down procedures for the implementation
of the Code.
 Prescribe reporting formats for the
disclosures required under the Code.
 Oversee the implementation of the code of
ethics.
 To periodically monitor the dealings in
Page 280 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Sr no. Name of Brief terms of reference Composition
Committee
securities of the Key Management Personnel
 To periodically monitor the trading
conducted by firms/corporate entities in
which the directors hold twenty percent or
more beneficial interest or hold a controlling
interest.
 Reviewing the fees and charges levied by a
Clearing Corporation.
 Monitoring implementation of SECC
Regulations and other applicable rules and
regulations along-with SEBI Circulars and
other directions issued thereunder.
 The head(s) of department(s) handling the
above matters shall report directly to the
committee and also to the managing director.
 Any action of a recognized clearing
corporation against the aforesaid head(s)
shall be subject to an appeal to the
committee, within such period as may be
determined by the governing board.
7. Risk Management  To formulate a detailed risk management  The risk management committee shall comprise of
Committee policy which shall be approved by the the public interest directors and independent
Page 281 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Sr no. Name of Brief terms of reference Composition
Committee
governing board. external persons, and shall report to the Governing
 To review the Risk Management Framework Board.
& risk mitigation measures from time to time.  The number of PIDs shall not be less than the
 To monitor and review enterprise-wide risk number independent external persons.
management plan and lay down procedures
to inform Board members about the risk
assessment and minimisation procedures.
 The head of the risk management department
shall report to the risk management
committee and to the managing director of
the Clearing Corporation.
 The risk management committee shall
monitor implementation of the risk
management policy and keep the Board and
the governing board informed about its
implementation and deviation, if any.
Page 282 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Format for Monthly Development Report – Annexure X
MARKET DEVELOPMENT REPORT OF _________ EXCHANGE FOR THE PERIOD _____
SECTION I
1) STATISTICAL DETAILS - CURRENT FINANCIAL YEAR
IMPORTANT: The cumulative figures are for the current Financial Year.
Items Apr May Jun Feb Mar Cumulative total for the year
No. of Trading days
A. Total value of trade (in INR Crores)
Total Volume of trade (in MT)
Total number of contracts traded
B. Agri Commodities
Total value of trade (in INR Crores)
Total Volume of trade (in MT)
Total number of contracts traded
C. Non-Agri commodities
Total value of trade in (in INR Crores)
Total Volume of trade (in MT)
Total number of contracts traded
Page 283 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Page 284 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
2) NO. OF CONTRACTS AVAILABLE FOR TRADING
Commodities on which futures Number of running contracts on No. of liquid No. of illiquid
contracts are available* each commodity contracts* contracts
Note: *please provide criteria for liquid contracts
3) COMMODITY WISE DETAILS
Items (Name of Commodity) Apr May Jun Feb Mar Cumulative total for the year
Total value of trade in INR Crores
Total Volume of trade in MT
Total number of contracts traded
4) MOVEMENT OF THE INDICES COMPILED BY THE EXCHANGE (CLOSING VALUES ONLY)
Index Open High Low Close
(First Day) (With Date) (With Date) (Last Trading Date)
5) TRADING TERMINALS RELATED INFORMATION
a) The number of cities covered across the country
b) Total number of trading terminals set up across the country
c) The number of trading terminals set up abroad, if any
Page 285 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
6) DETAILS OF SPECIFIC PURPOSE FUNDS
a) Investor Protection Fund
Composition of the Fund IPF/CPF
Corpus as per previous Development Report
Add : Accruals to the Fund during the period
Less : Fund utilised during the period
Corpus as of end of the period
Composition of Fund
7) CLEARING, SETTLEMENT & RELATED FUNCTIONS
A. Clearing and Settlement for Commodity Derivatives –
Sr. Average Daily Settlement Value (INR Highest Settlement Value for the Month (INR
No Crores)* Crores)
Average Daily Settlement Value = Total Settlement Value for the Month/ Total number of trading days
B. Top 10 Settlement Shortages
Sr. Name of Shortage in Date of Settlement Number of times the Shortage Type Amount (INR
No Member Commodity/ (for which there Member had settlement (Funds/ Crores)
Contract was a shortage) shortages in the previous 6 Commodities)
months
Page 286 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
C. Top 10 Clearing Members based on highest 'Daily Average Pay-In' obligation
Sr. Name of Clearing Category (CM/SCM/PCM) Amount (INR crores)
No Member *
8) DISCIPLINARY ACTION TAKEN AGAINST MEMBERS
Sr. No. Name of member Nature of irregularity /violation Details of action taken
Note: The details pertaining to cases of deactivation of terminals for three consecutive days or more should be furnished.
9) DEFAULT OF MEMBERS
Name of member declared defaulter Date of default Cumulative no. of default cases during
during the period the current financial year
10) DETAILS PERTAINING TO DISRUPTIONS IN TRADING, IF ANY
Page 287 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
SECTION II
1) COMPLAINTS RECEIVED FROM INVESTORS
a. Complaints against brokers
Pending at the Received Resolved Pending at the No. of complaints pending for more than one
beginning end month and brief reasons thereof
b. Complaints referred by SEBI against the brokers
Pending at the Received Resolved Pending at the No. of complaints pending for more than one
beginning end month and brief reasons thereof
2) COMPLAINTS AGAINST EXCHANGE
a. By investors
Pending at the Received Resolved Pending at the No. of complaints pending for more than one
beginning end month and brief reasons thereof
b. By members
Pending at the Received Resolved Pending at the No. of complaints pending for more than
beginning end one month and brief reasons thereof
Page 288 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
3) ARBITRATION (MEMBER VS NON-MEMBER)
a. Details of arbitration cases
Pending at Received Awards passed For "X" the amount Pending Details of arbitration cases
the set aside by the at the which are pending for more
beginning Exchange end than three months along with
reasons
In favour of In favour
No of Amount
non-member of
cases in INR
"X" member
4) DETAILS OF IMPLEMENTATION OF ARBITRATION AWARDS
a. Member-wise statement of unimplemented awards (where the money has not been set aside)
S. Name of the member Number of awards un- Amount involved Action taken by the Exchange
No implemented
b. Complaints received by the Exchange against the Arbitration mechanism of the Exchange
Page 289 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Opening Complaints received Resolved during Nature of the Closing Comment of
balance during the month the month complaint balance the exchange
SECTION III
1) GOVERNING BOARD AND STATUTORY COMMITTEES (To be reported in case of change)
a. Composition of Governing Board/Council of Management:
Names Category Date of Date of Last Renewal No. of terms Date of Expiry of
Appointment of the term completed current term
2) ATTENDANCE DETAILS OF NON-MEMBER DIRECTORS ON GOVERNING BODY OF THE EXCHANGE
Date of Meetings Date of issue of Notice convening Name of Non-member Directors attended the
held the meetings meeting along with their category
Name of Non-member Category of Non-
Directors member Directors
3) IMPORTANT DECISIONS TAKEN BY GOVERNING BOARD/COUNCIL OF MANAGEMENT IN THE MEETING(S).
Page 290 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
SECTION IV
1) INSPECTION OF MEMBERS
Total no. of No. of active No. of members inspected Cumulative number of members % of active members
members members during the period inspected during the current FY inspected during the year
2) STATUS OF IMPLEMENTATION OF CIRCULARS ISSUED BY SEBI DURING THE PAST THREE MONTHS
Circular No. Provisions in the Implemented Date of implementation of the In case, not implemented reasons for
& date circular(Subject) (Y/N) provisions non-implementation
3) ANY OTHER IMPORTANT DEVELOPMENTS
4) REPORT ON ALGORITHMIC TRADING FOR THE MONTH
S. No. Particulars Data
1 Turnover of Algorithmic Trading (` in crores)
2 Algorithmic Trading as a percentage of Total trading (%)
3 Number of stock Brokers / clients using algorithmic trading
4 Action taken in respect of dysfunctional algos
Page 291 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
S. No. Particulars Data
5 Status of grievance, if any, received and processed
SECTION V
DETAILS OF WAREHOUSING, WAREHOUSING SERVICE PROVIDERS (WSPS), DELIVERIES, HEDGING OPERATIONS
& OPEN INTEREST (OI)
1) DELIVERY DETAILS
Name of the Commodity Physical quantity of delivery Value of Deliveries Contract details
2) TOP 5 HEDGERS DETAILS (COMMODITY-WISE)
Name of the Highest OI Total Value of Trades Value of Deliveries Stocks held in exchange
Commodity accredited warehouses
3) TOP 5 OI DETAILS (COMMODITY-WISE)
Name of the Quantity of Highest OI held Total Value of Trades Value of Deliveries Stocks held in exchange
Commodity during the month accredited warehouses
Page 292 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
4) WAREHOUSE (WH) DETAILS
Name of the Exchange Number of the Exchange WDRA registered Inspection done Inspection pending
accredited WH warehouse
5) WSP DETAILS
Name of the Name of WSPs Number of Name of Quantity stored Capacity No. of WDRA
Exchange warehouses of commodities (in MT) (in MT) registered WH
each WSPs stored in
warehouses
Page 293 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Stock Broker System Audit Framework – Annexure Y
Audit Process
1) System Audit of stock brokers should be conducted with the following periodicity
a. Annual system audit is prescribed for stock brokers who satisfy any of the
following criteria.
i. Stock Brokers who use [Computer-to-Computer Link (CTCL) or
Intermediate Messaging Layer (IML)] / Internet Based Trading
(IBT)/ Direct Market Access (DMA)/ Securities Trading using
Wireless Technology (STWT) / Smart Order Routing (SOR) and
have presence in more than 10 locations or number of terminals are more
than 50.
ii. Stock Brokers who are depository participants or are involved in
offering any other financial services.
b. Half yearly system audit has been prescribed for stock brokers who use
Algorithmic Trading or provide their clients with the facility of Algorithmic
Trading as per SEBI Circular CIR/MRD/16/2013 dated May 21, 2013.
c. For all other stock brokers, system audit shall be conducted once in two years.
2) Such audit shall be conducted in accordance with the Norms, Terms of Reference (ToR)
and Guidelines issued by SEBI and / or by stock exchanges. Separate ToRs are specified
for the following categories of brokers:
a. Type I Broker: Brokers who trade through exchange provided terminals such
as NSE’s NEAT, BSE’s BOLT, MCX-SX’s TWS, etc. (ToR attached as
Annexure 1);
b. Type II Broker: Brokers who trade through API based trading terminals like
[CTCL or IML] or IBT/DMA/STWT or SOR facility and who may also be
TYPE I Brokers. (ToR attached as Annexure 2)
c. Type III Broker: Brokers who use Algorithmic Trading facility to trade and
who may also be TYPE II Brokers. (ToR attached as Annexure 3)
3) Stock brokers shall select auditors as per the selection norms provided in the guidelines
and directions issued by stock exchanges and SEBI from time to time. The Auditor may
perform a maximum of 3 successive audits of the stock broker.
4) The stock exchanges shall periodically review ToR of such system audit and, if
required, shall suitably revise the ToR after taking into consideration developments that
have taken place in the securities market since the last review of ToR, observations
reported in the audit reports of the stock brokers and directions issued by SEBI from
time to time in this regard.
5) The auditor in its report shall specify compliance / non-compliance status with regard
to areas mentioned in ToR. Observations on minor / major deviations as well as
Page 294 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
qualitative comments for scope for improvement shall also be specified in the report.
The auditor shall also take into consideration the observations / issues mentioned in the
previous audit reports and cover open items in the report. The audit report submitted by
the auditor should be forwarded to the stock exchange by the Stock Broker along with
management comments, within 1 month of submission of report by the auditor.
6) Stock exchange shall ensure that the management of the stock broker provides their
comment about the non-compliance / non-conformities (NCs) and observations
mentioned in the report. For each NC, specific time-bound (within 3 months of
submission of report by the exchange) corrective action must be taken and reported to
the stock exchange. The auditor should indicate if a follow-on audit is required to
review the status of NCs.
7) In order to ensure that the corrective actions are taken by the stock broker, follow-on
audit, if any, shall be scheduled by the stock broker within 6 months of submission of
the audit report by the system auditor.
8) The system auditors should follow the reporting standard as specified in Annexure-4
of this Framework for the executive summary of the System Audit report to highlight
the major findings of the System Audit.
Auditor Selection Norms
1) The Auditor shall have minimum 3 years of experience in IT audit of securities market
participants e.g. stock exchanges, clearing corporations, depositories, stock brokers,
depository participants etc. The audit experience should cover all the major areas
mentioned under Terms of Reference (ToR) of the system audit specified by SEBI /
stock exchange.
2) It is recommended that resources employed shall have relevant industry recognized
certifications e.g. D.I.S.A. (ICAI) Qualification, CISA (Certified Information System
Auditor) from ISACA, CISM (Certified Information Securities Manager) from ISACA,
CISSP (Certified Information Systems Security Professional) from International
Information Systems Security Certification Consortium, commonly known as (ISC).
3) The Auditor should have experience of IT audit/governance frameworks and processes
conforming to industry leading practices like CobiT.
4) The Auditor shall not have any conflict of interest in conducting fair, objective and
independent audit of the Stock Broker. Further, the directors / partners of Auditor firm
shall not be related to any stock broker including its directors or promoters either
directly or indirectly.
The Auditor shall not have any cases pending against its previous audited companies/firms,
which fall under SEBI’s jurisdiction, which point to its incompetence and/or unsuitability
to perform the audit task.
Page 295 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Annexure 1
Terms of Reference (ToR) for Type I Broker
The system auditor shall at the minimum cover the following areas:
1) System controls and capabilities
a. Order Tracking – The system auditor should verify system process and
controls at exchange provided terminals with regard to order entry, capturing of
IP address of order entry terminals, modification / deletion of orders, status of
the current order/outstanding orders and trade confirmation.
b. Order Status/ Capture – Whether the system has capability to generate /
capture order id, time stamping, order type, scrip details, action, quantity, price
and validity etc.
c. Rejection of orders – Whether system has capability to reject orders which do
not go through order level validation at the end of the stock broker and at the
servers of respective stock exchanges.
d. Communication of Trade Confirmation / Order Status – Whether the system
has capability to timely communicate to Client regarding the Acceptance/
Rejection of an Order / Trade via various media including e-mail; facility of
viewing trade log.
e. Client ID Verification – Whether the system has capability to recognize only
authorized Client Orders and mapping of Specific user Ids to specific predefined
location for proprietary orders.
2) Risk Management System (RMS)
a. Online risk management capability – The system auditor should check
whether the system of online risk management (including upfront real-time risk
management) is in place for all orders placed through exchange provided
terminals.
b. Trading Limits –Whether a system of pre-defined limits / checks such as Order
Quantity and Value Limits, Symbol wise User Order / Quantity limit, User /
Branch Order Limit, Order Price limit, etc.) are in place and only such orders
which are within the parameters specified by the RMS are allowed to be pushed
into exchange trading engines. The system auditor should check that no user or
branch in the system is having unlimited limits on the above parameters.
c. Order Alerts and Reports –Whether the system has capability to generate
alerts when orders that are placed are above the limits and has capability to
generate reports relating to Margin Requirements, payments and delivery
obligations.
d. Order Review –Whether the system has capability to facilitate review of such
orders were not validated by the system.
Page 296 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
e. Back testing for effectiveness of RMS – Whether the system has capability to
identify trades which have exceeded the pre-defined limits (Order Quantity and
Value Limits, Symbol wise User Order / Quantity limit, User / Branch Order
Limit, Order Price limit) and also exceed corresponding margin availability of
clients. Whether deviations from such pre-defined limits are captured by the
system, documented and corrective steps taken.
f. Log Management – Whether the system maintains logs of alerts / changes /
deletion / activation / deactivation of client codes and logs of changes to the risk
management parameters mentioned above. Whether the system allows only
authorized users to set the risk parameter in the RMS.
3) Password Security
a. Organization Access Policy – Whether the organization has a well-
documented policy that provides for a password policy as well as access control
policy for the exchange provided terminals.
b. Authentication Capability – Whether the system authenticates user credentials
by means of a password before allowing the user to login, and whether there is
a system for authentication of orders originating from Internet Protocol by
means of two-factor authentication, including Public Key Infrastructure (PKI)
based implementation of digital signatures.
c. Password Best Practices – Whether there is a system provision for masking of
password, system prompt to change default password on first login, disablement
of user id on entering multiple wrong passwords (as defined in the password
policy document), periodic password change mandate and appropriate prompt
to user, strong parameters for password, deactivation of dormant user id, etc.
4) Session Management
a. Session Authentication – Whether the system has provision for
Confidentiality, Integrity and Availability (CIA) of the session and the data
transmitted during the session by means of appropriate user and session
authentication mechanisms like SSL etc.
b. Session Security – Whether there is availability of an end-to-end encryption for
all data exchanged between client and broker systems. or other means of
ensuring session security
c. Inactive Session – Whether the system allows for automatic trading session
logout after a system defined period of inactivity.
d. Log Management – Whether the system generates and maintain logs of
Number of users, activity logs, system logs, Number of active clients.
5) Network Integrity
a. Seamless connectivity – Whether stock broker has ensured that a backup
network link is available in case of primary link failure with the exchange.
b. Network Architecture – Whether the web server is separate from the
Application and Database Server.
Page 297 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
c. Firewall Configuration – Whether appropriate firewall is present between
stock broker's trading setup and various communication links to the exchange.
Whether the firewall is appropriately configured to ensure maximum security.
6) Access Controls
a. Access to server rooms – Whether adequate controls are in place for access to
server rooms and proper audit trails are maintained for the same.
b. Additional Access controls – Whether the system provides for any
authentication mechanism to access to various components of the exchange
provided terminals. Whether additional password requirements are set for
critical features of the system. Whether the access control is adequate.
7) Backup and Recovery
a. Backup and Recovery Policy – Whether the organization has a well-
documented policy on periodic backup of data generated from the broking
operations.
b. Log generation and data consistency - Whether backup logs are maintained
and backup data is tested for consistency.
c. System Redundancy – Whether there are appropriate backups in case of
failures of any critical system components.
8) BCP/DR (Only applicable for Stock Brokers having BCP / DR site)
a. BCP / DR Policy – Whether the stock broker has a well-documented BCP/ DR
policy and plan. The system auditor should comment on the documented
incident response procedures.
b. Alternate channel of communication – Whether the stock broker has provided
its clients with alternate means of communication including channel for
communication in case of a disaster. Whether the alternate channel is capable
of authenticating the user after asking for additional details or OTP (One-Time-
Password).
c. High Availability – Whether BCP / DR systems and network connectivity
provide high availability and have no single point of failure for any critical
operations as identified by the BCP/DR policy.
d. Connectivity with other FMIs – The system auditor should check whether
there is an alternative medium to communicate with Stock Exchanges and other
FMIs.
9) Segregation of Data and Processing facilities – The system auditor should check and
comment on the segregation of data and processing facilities at the Stock Broker in case
the stock broker is also running other business.
10) Back office data
a. Data consistency – The system auditor should verify whether aggregate client
code data available at the back office of broker matches with the data submitted
Page 298 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
/ available with the stock exchanges through online data view / download
provided by exchanges to members.
b. Trail Logs – The system auditor should specifically comment on the logs of
Client Code data to ascertain whether editing or deletion of records have been
properly documented and recorded and does not result in any irregularities.
11) IT Infrastructure Management (including use of various Cloud computing models
such as Infrastructure as a service (IaaS), Platform as a service (PaaS), Software as a
service (SaaS), Network as a service (NaaS) )
a. IT Governance and Policy – The system auditor should verify whether the
relevant IT Infrastructure-related policies and standards exist and are regularly
reviewed and updated. Compliance with these policies is periodically assessed.
b. IT Infrastructure Planning – The system auditor should verify whether the
plans/policy for the appropriate management and replacement of aging IT
infrastructure components have been documented, approved, and implemented.
The activities, schedules and resources needed to achieve objectives related to
IT infrastructure have been integrated into business plans and budgets.
c. IT Infrastructure Availability (SLA Parameters) – The system auditor
should verify whether the broking firm has a process in place to define its
required availability of the IT infrastructure, and its tolerance to outages. In
cases where there is huge reliance on vendors for the provision of IT services to
the brokerage firm the system auditor should also verify that the mean time to
recovery (MTTR) mentioned in the Service Level Agreement (SLA) by the
service provider satisfies the requirements of the broking firm.
d. IT Performance Monitoring (SLA Monitoring) – The system auditor should
verify that the results of SLA performance monitoring are documented and are
reported to the management of the broker.
12) Exchange specific exceptional reports – The additional checks recommended by a
particular exchange need to be looked into and commented upon by the system auditor
over and above the ToR of the system audit.
Annexure 2
ToR for Type II Broker
The system auditor shall at the minimum cover the following areas:
1) System controls and capabilities (CTCL / IML terminals and servers)
a. Order Tracking – The system auditor should verify system process and
controls at CTCL / IML terminals and CTCL/ IML servers covering order entry,
capturing of IP address of order entry terminals, modification / deletion of
orders, status of current order/outstanding orders and trade confirmation.
Page 299 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
b. Order Status/ Capture – Whether the system has capability to generate /
capture order id, time stamping, order type, scrip details, action, quantity, price
and validity, etc.
c. Rejection of orders – Whether system has capability to reject orders which do
not go through order level validation at CTCL servers and at the servers of
respective stock exchanges.
d. Communication of Trade Confirmation / Order Status – Whether the system
has capability to timely communicate to Client regarding the Acceptance/
Rejection of an Order / Trade via various media including e-mail; facility of
viewing trade log.
e. Client ID Verification – Whether the system has capability to recognize only
authorized Client Orders and mapping of Specific user Ids to specific predefined
location for proprietary orders.
f. Order type distinguishing capability – Whether system has capability to
distinguish the orders originating from (CTCL or IML) / IBT/ DMA / STWT.
2) Software Change Management - The system auditor should check whether proper
procedures have been followed and proper documentation has been maintained for the
following:
a. Processing / approval methodology of new feature request or patches
b. Fault reporting / tracking mechanism and process for resolution
c. Testing of new releases / patches / modified software / bug fixes
d. Version control- History, Change Management process, approval etc.
e. Development / Test / Production environment segregation.
f. New release in production – promotion, release note approvals
g. Production issues / disruptions reported during last year, reasons for such
disruptions and corrective actions taken.
h. User Awareness
The system auditor should check whether critical changes made to the (CTCL or IML)
/ IBT / DMA / STWT/ SOR are well documented and communicated to the Stock
Exchange.
3) Risk Management System (RMS)
a. Online risk management capability – The system auditor should check
whether system of online risk management including upfront real-time risk
management, is in place for all orders placed through (CTCL or IML) / IBT /
DMA / STWT.
b. Trading Limits – Whether a system of pre-defined limits /checks such as Order
Quantity and Value Limits, Symbol wise User Order / Quantity limit, User /
Branch Order Limit, Order Price limit, etc., are in place and only such orders
which are within the parameters specified by the RMS are allowed to be pushed
Page 300 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
into exchange trading engines. The system auditor should check that no user or
branch in the system is having unlimited limits on the above parameters.
c. Order Alerts and Reports – Whether the system has capability to generate
alerts when orders that are placed are above the limits and has capability to
generate reports relating to margin requirements, payments and delivery
obligations.
d. Order Review – Whether the system has capability to facilitate review of such
orders that were not validated by the system.
e. Back testing for effectiveness of RMS – Whether system has capability to
identify trades which have exceeded the pre-defined limits (Order Quantity and
Value Limits, Symbol wise User Order / Quantity limit, User / Branch Order
Limit, Order Price limit) and also exceed corresponding margin availability of
clients. Whether deviations from such pre-defined limits are captured by the
system, documented and corrective steps taken.
f. Log Management – Whether the system maintains logs of alerts / changes /
deletion / activation / deactivation of client codes and logs of changes to the risk
management parameters mentioned above. Whether the system allows only
authorized users to set the risk parameter in the RMS.
4) Smart order routing (SOR) - The system auditor should check whether proper
procedures have been followed and proper documentation has been maintained for the
following:
a. Best Execution Policy – System adheres to the Best Execution Policy while
routing the orders to the exchange.
b. Destination Neutral – The system routes orders to the recognized stock
exchanges in a neutral manner.
c. Class Neutral – The system provides for SOR for all classes of investors.
d. Confidentiality - The system does not release orders to venues other than the
recognized stock Exchange.
e. Opt–out – The system provides functionality to the client who has availed of
the SOR facility, to specify for individual orders for which the clients do not
want to route order using SOR.
f. Time stamped market information – The system is capable of receiving time
stamped market prices from recognized stock Exchanges from which the
member is authorized to avail SOR facility.
g. Audit Trail - Audit trail for SOR should capture order details, trades and data
points used as a basis for routing decision.
h. Server Location – The system auditor should check whether the order routing
server is located in India.
i. Alternate Mode - The system auditor should check whether an alternative
mode of trading is available in case of failure of SOR Facility.
Page 301 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
5) Password Security
a. Organization Access Policy – Whether organization has a well-documented
policy that provides for a password policy as well as access control policy for
exchange provided terminals and for API based terminals.
b. Authentication Capability – Whether the system authenticates user credentials
by means of a password before allowing the user to login, and whether there is
a system for authentication of orders originating from Internet Protocol by
means of two-factor authentication, including Public Key Infrastructure (PKI)
based implementation of digital signatures.
c. Password Best Practices – Whether there is a system provision for masking of
password, system prompt to change default password on first login, disablement
of user id on entering multiple wrong passwords (as defined in the password
policy document), periodic password change mandate and appropriate prompt
to user, strong parameters for password, deactivation of dormant user id, etc.
6) Session Management
a. Session Authentication – Whether system has provision for Confidentiality,
Integrity and Availability (CIA) of the session and the data transmitted during
the session by means of appropriate user and session authentication mechanisms
like SSL etc.
b. Session Security – Whether there is availability of an end-to-end encryption for
all data exchanged between client and broker systems or other means of
ensuring session security. Whether session login details are stored on the
devices used for IBT and STWT.
c. Inactive Session – Whether the system allows for automatic trading session
logout after a system defined period of inactivity.
d. Log Management – Whether the system generates and maintains logs of
Number of users, activity logs, system logs, Number of active clients.
7) Database Security
a. Access – Whether the system allows CTCL or IML database access only to
authorized users / applications.
b. Controls – Whether the CTCL or IML database server is hosted on a secure
platform, with Username and password stored in an encrypted form using strong
encryption algorithms.
8) Network Integrity
a. Seamless connectivity – Whether the stock broker has ensured that a backup
network link is available in case of primary link failure with the exchange.
b. Network Architecture – Whether the web server is separate from the
Application and Database Server.
Page 302 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
c. Firewall Configuration – Whether appropriate firewall is present between
stock broker's trading setup and various communication links to the exchange.
Whether the firewall is appropriately configured to ensure maximum security.
9) Access Controls
a. Access to server rooms – Whether adequate controls are in place for access to
server rooms and proper audit trails are maintained for the same.
b. Additional Access controls – Whether the system provides for two factor
authentication mechanism to access to various CTCL or IML components.
Whether additional password requirements are set for critical features of the
system. Whether the access control is adequate.
10) Backup and Recovery
a. Backup and Recovery Policy – Whether the organization has a well-
documented policy on periodic backup of data generated from the broking
operations.
b. Log generation and data consistency - Whether backup logs are maintained
and backup data is tested for consistency
c. System Redundancy – Whether there are appropriate backups in case of
failures of any critical system components
11) BCP/DR (Only applicable for Stock Brokers having BCP / DR site)
a. BCP / DR Policy – Whether the stock broker has a well-documented BCP/ DR
policy and plan. The system auditor should comment on the documented
incident response procedures.
b. Alternate channel of communication – Whether the stock broker has provided
its clients with alternate means of communication including channel for
communication in case of a disaster. Whether the alternate channel is capable
of authenticating the user after asking for additional details or OTP (One-Time-
Password).
c. High Availability – Whether BCP / DR systems and network connectivity
provide high availability and have no single point of failure for any critical
operations as identified by the BCP/ DR policy.
d. Connectivity with other FMIs – The system auditor should check whether
there is an alternative medium to communicate with Stock Exchanges and other
FMIs.
12) Segregation of Data and Processing facilities – The system auditor should check and
comment on the segregation of data and processing facilities at the Stock Broker in case
the stock broker is also running other business.
13) Back office data
a. Data consistency – The system auditor should verify whether aggregate client
code data available at the back office of broker matches with the data submitted
/ available with the stock exchanges through online data view / download
provided by exchanges to members.
Page 303 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
b. Trail Logs – The system auditor should specifically comment on the logs of
Client Code data to ascertain whether editing or deletion of records have been
properly documented and recorded and does not result in any irregularities.
14) User Management
a. User Management Policy – The system auditor should check whether the stock
broker has a well-documented policy that provides for user management and the
user management policy explicitly defines user, database and application
Access Matrix.
b. Access to Authorized users – The system auditor should check whether the
system allows access only to the authorized users of the CTCL or IML System.
Whether there is a proper documentation of the authorized users in the form of
User Application approval, copies of User Qualification and other necessary
documents.
c. User Creation / Deletion – The system auditor should check whether new
users’ ids were created / deleted as per CTCL or IML guidelines of the
exchanges and whether the user ids are unique in nature.
d. User Disablement – The system auditor should check whether non-complaint
users are disabled and appropriate logs (such as event log and trade logs of the
user) are maintained.
15) IT Infrastructure Management ( including use of various Cloud computing models
such as Infrastructure as a service (IaaS), Platform as a service (PaaS), Software as a
service (SaaS), Network as a service (NaaS) )
a. IT Governance and Policy – The system auditor should verify whether the
relevant IT Infrastructure-related policies and standards exist and are regularly
reviewed and updated. Compliance with these policies is periodically assessed.
b. IT Infrastructure Planning – The system auditor should verify whether the
plans/policy for the appropriate management and replacement of aging IT
infrastructure components have been documented, approved, and implemented.
The activities, schedules and resources needed to achieve objectives related to
IT infrastructure have been integrated into business plans and budgets.
c. IT Infrastructure Availability (SLA Parameters) – The system auditor
should verify whether the broking firm has a process in place to define its
required availability of the IT infrastructure, and its tolerance to outages. In
cases where there is huge reliance on vendors for the provision of IT services to
the brokerage firm the system auditor should also verify that the mean time to
recovery (MTTR) mentioned in the Service Level Agreement (SLA) by the
service provider satisfies the requirements of the broking firm.
d. IT Performance Monitoring (SLA Monitoring) – The system auditor should
verify that the results of SLA performance monitoring are documented and are
reported to the management of the broker.
Page 304 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
16) Exchange specific exceptional reports – The additional checks recommended by a
particular exchange need to be looked into and commented upon by the System Auditor
over and above the ToR of the System audit.
17) Software Testing Procedures - The system auditor should check whether the stock
broker has complied with the guidelines and instructions of SEBI / stock exchanges
with regard to testing of software and new patches, including the following:
a. Test Procedure Review – The system auditor should evaluate whether the
procedures for system and software testing were proper and adequate.
b. Documentation – The system auditor should verify whether the documentation
related to testing procedures, test data, and resulting output were adequate and
follow the organization's standards.
c. Test Cases – The system auditor should review the internal test cases and
comment upon the adequacy of the same with respect to the requirements of the
Stock Exchange and SEBI.
Page 305 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Annexure 3
ToR for Type III Broker
The system auditor shall at the minimum cover the following areas:
1) System controls and capabilities (CTCL/IML Terminals and servers)
a. Order Tracking – The system auditor should verify system process and
controls at CTCL / IML terminals and CTCL/ IML servers covering order entry,
capturing IP address of order entry, modification / deletion of orders, status of
current order/outstanding orders and trade confirmation.
b. Order Status/ Capture – Whether the system has capability to generate /
capture order id, time stamping, order type, scrip details, action, quantity, price
and validity etc.
c. Rejection of orders – Whether the system has capability to reject orders which
do not go through order level validation at CTCL servers and at the servers of
respective exchanges.
d. Communication of Trade Confirmation / Order Status – Whether the system
has capability to timely communicate to client regarding the Acceptance/
Rejection of an Order / Trade via various media including e-mail; facility of
viewing trade log.
e. Client ID Verification – Whether the system has capability to recognize only
authorized Client Orders and mapping of Specific user Ids to specific predefined
location for proprietary orders.
f. Order type distinguishing capability – Whether the system has capability to
distinguish the orders originating from (CTCL or IML) / IBT / DMA / STWT /
SOR / Algorithmic Trading.
2) Software Change Management - The system auditor should check whether proper
procedures have been followed and proper documentation has been maintained for the
following:
a. Processing/approval methodology of new feature request or patches
b. Fault reporting / tracking mechanism and process for resolution
c. Testing of new releases / patches / bug fixes
d. Version control- History, Change Management process, approval etc.
e. Development / Test/ Production environment segregation.
f. New release in production – promotion, release note approvals
g. Production issues/ disruptions reported during last year, reasons for such
disruptions and corrective actions taken.
h. User Awareness
The System Auditor should check whether critical changes made to the (CTCL or IML)
/ IBT / DMA / STWT / SOR are well documented and communicated to the Stock
Exchange.
Page 306 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
3) Risk Management System (RMS)
a. Online risk management capability – The system auditor should check
whether the online risk management including upfront real-time risk
management, is in place for all orders placed through (CTCL or IML) / IBT/
DMA / SOR / STWT / Algorithmic Trading.
b. Trading Limits – Whether a system of pre-defined limits / checks such as Order
Quantity and Value Limits, Symbol wise User Order / Quantity limit, User /
Branch Order Limit, Order Price limit, etc., are in place and only such orders
which are within the parameters specified by the RMS are allowed to be pushed
into exchange trading engines. The system auditor should check that no user or
branch in the system is having unlimited limits on the above parameters.
c. Order Alerts and Reports – Whether the system has capability to generate
alerts when orders that are placed are above the limits and has capability to
generate reports relating to margin requirements, payments and delivery
obligations.
d. Order Review – Whether the system has capability to facilitate review of such
orders that were not validated by the system.
e. Back testing for effectiveness of RMS – Whether the system has capability to
identify trades which have exceeded the pre-defined limits (Order Quantity and
Value Limits, Symbol wise User Order / Quantity limit, User / Branch Order
Limit, Order Price limit) and also exceed corresponding margin availability of
clients. Whether deviations from such pre-defined limits should be captured by
the system, documented and corrective steps taken.
f. Log Management – Whether the system maintains logs of alerts / changes /
deletion / activation / deactivation of client codes and logs of changes to the risk
management parameters mentioned above. Whether the system allows only
authorized users to set the risk parameter in the RMS.
4) Smart order routing (SOR) - The system auditor should check whether proper
procedures have been followed and proper documentation has been maintained for the
following:
a. Best Execution Policy – System adheres to the Best Execution Policy while
routing the orders to the exchange.
b. Destination Neutral – The system routes orders to the recognized stock
exchanges in a neutral manner.
c. Class Neutral – The system provides for SOR for all classes of investors.
d. Confidentiality - The system does not release orders to venues other than the
recognized stock Exchange.
e. Opt–out – The system provides functionality to the client who has availed of
the SOR facility, to specify for individual orders for which the clients do not
want to route order using SOR.
Page 307 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
f. Time stamped market information – The system is capable of receiving time
stamped market prices from recognized stock Exchanges from which the
member is authorized to avail SOR facility.
g. Audit Trail - Audit trail for SOR should capture order details, trades and data
points used as a basis for routing decision.
h. Server Location – The system auditor should check whether the order routing
server is located in India.
i. Alternate Mode - The system auditor should check whether an alternative
mode of trading is available in case of failure of SOR Facility
5) Algorithmic Trading - The system auditor should check whether proper procedures
have been followed and proper documentation has been maintained for the following:
a. Change Management –Whether any changes (modification/addition) to the
approved algos were informed to and approved by stock exchange. The
inclusion / removal of different versions of algos should be well documented.
b. Online Risk Management capability- The CTCL or IML server should have
capacity to monitor orders / trades routed through algo trading and have online
risk management for all orders through Algorithmic trading and ensure that
Price Check, Quantity Check, Order Value Check, Cumulative Open Order
Value Check are in place.
c. Risk Parameters Controls – The system should allow only authorized users to
set the risk parameter. The System should also maintain a log of all the risk
parameter changes made.
d. Information / Data Feed – The auditor should comment on the various sources
of information / data for the algo and on the likely impact (run away /loop
situation) of the failure one or more sources to provide timely feed to the
algorithm. The system auditor should verify that the algo automatically stops
further processing in the absence of data feed.
e. Check for preventing loop or runaway situations – The system auditor
should check whether the brokers have real time monitoring systems to identify
and shutdown/stop the algorithms which have not behaved as expected.
f. Algo / Co-location facility Sub-letting – The system auditor should verify if
the algo / co-location facility has not been sub-let to any other firms to access
the exchange platform.
g. Audit Trail – The system auditor should check the following areas in audit trail:
i. Whether the audit trails can be established using unique identification for
all algorithmic orders and comment on the same.
ii. Whether the broker maintains logs of all trading activities.
iii. Whether the records of control parameters, orders, traders and data
emanating from trades executed through algorithmic trading are
preserved/ maintained by the Stock Broker.
Page 308 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
iv. Whether changes to the control parameters have been made by authorized
users as per the Access Matrix. The system auditor should specifically
comment on the reasons and frequency for changing of such control
parameters. Further, the system auditor should also comment on the
possibility of such tweaking leading to run away/loop situation.
v. Whether the system captures the IP address from where the algo orders
are originating.
h. Systems and Procedures – The system auditor should check and comment on
the procedures, systems and technical capabilities of stock broker for carrying
out trading through use of Algorithms. The system auditor should also identify
any misuse or unauthorized access to algorithms or the system which runs these
algorithms.
i. Reporting to Stock Exchanges – The system auditor should check whether the
stock broker is informing the stock exchange regarding any incidents where the
algos have not behaved as expected. The system auditor should also comment
upon the time taken by the stock broker to inform the stock exchanges regarding
such incidents.
6) Password Security
a. Organization Access Policy – The system auditor should whether the stock
broker has a well-documented policy that provides for a password policy as well
as access control policy for exchange provided terminals and for API based
terminals.
b. Authentication Capability – Whether the system authenticates user credentials
by means of a password before allowing the user to login. Whether there is a
system for authentication of orders originating from Internet Protocol by means
of two-factor authentication, including Public Key Infrastructure (PKI) based
implementation of digital signatures.
c. Password Best Practices – Whether there is a system should for masking of
password, system prompt to change default password on first login, disablement
of user id on entering multiple wrong passwords (as defined in the password
policy document), periodic password change mandate and appropriate prompt
to user, strong parameters for password, deactivation of dormant user id, etc.
7) Session Management
a. Session Authentication – Whether the system has provision for
Confidentiality, Integrity and Availability (CIA) of the session and the data
transmitted during the session by means of appropriate user and session
authentication mechanisms like SSL etc.
b. Session Security – Whether there is availability of an end-to-end encryption for
all data exchanged between client and broker system or other means of ensuring
session security. Whether session login details are stored on the devices used
for IBT and STWT.
Page 309 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
c. Inactive Session – Whether the system allows for automatic trading session
logout after a system defined period of inactivity.
d. Log Management – Whether the system generates and maintains logs of
number of users, activity logs, system logs, number of active clients.
8) Database Security
a. Access – Whether the system allows CTCL or IML database access only to
authorized users / applications.
b. Controls – Whether the CTCL or IML database server is hosted on a secure
platform, with username and password stored in an encrypted form using strong
encryption algorithms.
9) Network Integrity
a. Seamless connectivity – Whether the stock broker has ensured that a backup
network link is available in case of primary link failure with the exchange.
b. Network Architecture – Whether the web server is separate from the
Application and Database Server.
c. Firewall Configuration – Whether appropriate firewall are present between the
stock broker's trading setup and various communication links to the exchange.
Whether the firewalls should be appropriately configured to ensure maximum
security.
10) Access Controls
a. Access to server rooms – Whether adequate controls are in place for access to
server rooms, proper audit trails should be maintained for the same.
b. Additional Access controls - Whether the system should provide for two factor
authentication mechanism to access to various CTCL or IML components.
Whether additional password requirements are set for critical features of the
system. Whether the access control is adequate.
11) Backup and Recovery
a. Backup and Recovery Policy – Whether the organization has a well-
documented policy on periodic backup of data generated from the broking
operations.
b. Log generation and data consistency – Whether backup logs are maintained
and backup data should be tested for consistency.
c. System Redundancy – Whether there are appropriate backups in case of
failures of any critical system components.
12) BCP/DR (Only applicable for Stock Brokers having BCP / DR site)
a. BCP / DR Policy – Whether the stock broker has a well-documented BCP / DR
policy and plan. The system auditor should comment on the documented
incident response procedures.
b. Alternate channel of communication – Whether the stock broker has provided
its clients with alternative means of communication including channel for
Page 310 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
communication in case of a disaster. Whether the alternate channel is capable
of authenticating the user after asking for additional details or OTP (One-Time-
Password).
c. High Availability – Whether BCP / DR systems and network connectivity
provide high availability and have no single point of failure for any critical
operations as identified by the BCP / DR policy.
d. Connectivity with other FMIs – The system auditor should check whether
there is an alternative medium to communicate with Stock Exchanges and other
FMIs.
13) Segregation of Data and Processing facilities – The system auditor should check and
comment on the segregation of data and processing facilities at the Stock Broker in case
the stock broker is also running other business.
14) Back office data
a. Data consistency – The system auditor should verify whether aggregate client
code data available at the back office of broker matches with the data submitted
/ available with the stock exchanges through online data view / download
provided by exchanges to members.
b. Trail Logs – The system auditor should specifically comment on the logs of
Client Code data to ascertain whether editing or deletion of records have been
properly documented and recorded and does not result in any irregularities.
15) User Management
a. User Management Policy – The system auditor should verify whether the stock
broker has a well-documented policy that provides for user management and the
user management policy explicitly defines user, database and application access
matrix.
b. Access to Authorized users – The system auditor should verify whether the
system allows access only to the authorized users of the CTCL or IML system.
Whether there is a proper documentation of the authorized users in the form of
user application approval, copies of user qualification and other necessary
documents.
c. User Creation / Deletion – The system auditor should verify whether new
user’s ids should be created / deleted as per CTCL or IML guidelines of the
exchanges and whether the user ids are unique in nature.
d. User Disablement – The system auditor should verify whether non-complaint
users are disabled and appropriate logs such as event log and trade logs of the
user should be maintained
16) IT Infrastructure Management (including use of various Cloud computing models
such as Infrastructure as a service (IaaS), Platform as a service (PaaS), Software as a
service (SaaS), Network as a service (NaaS) )
Page 311 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
a. IT Governance and Policy – The system auditor should verify whether the
relevant IT Infrastructure-related policies and standards exist and are regularly
reviewed and updated. Compliance with these policies is periodically assessed.
b. IT Infrastructure Planning – The system auditor should verify whether the
plans/policy for the appropriate management and replacement of aging IT
infrastructure components have been documented, approved, and implemented.
The activities, schedules and resources needed to achieve objectives related to
IT infrastructure have been integrated into business plans and budgets.
c. IT Infrastructure Availability (SLA Parameters) – The system auditor
should verify whether the broking firm has a process in place to define its
required availability of the IT infrastructure, and its tolerance to outages. In
cases where there is huge reliance on vendors for the provision of IT services to
the brokerage firm the system auditor should also verify that the mean time to
recovery (MTTR) mentioned in the Service Level Agreement (SLA) by the
service provider satisfies the requirements of the broking firm.
d. IT Performance Monitoring (SLA Monitoring) – The system auditor should
verify that the results of SLA performance monitoring are documented and are
reported to the management of the broker.
17) Exchange specific exceptional reports – The additional checks recommended by a
particular exchange need to be looked into and commented upon by the system auditor
over and above the ToR of the system audit.
18) Software Testing Procedures - The system auditor shall audit whether the stock broker
has complied with the guidelines and instructions of SEBI / stock exchanges with regard
to testing of software and new patches including the following:
a. Test Procedure Review – The system auditor should review and evaluate the
procedures for system and program testing. The system auditor should also
review the adequacy of tests.
b. Documentation – The system auditor should review documented testing
procedures, test data, and resulting output to determine if they are
comprehensive and if they follow the organization's standards.
c. Test Cases – The system auditor should review the test cases and comment
upon the adequacy of the same with respect to the requirements of the Stock
Exchange and various SEBI Circulars.
Page 312 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Annexure -4
Executive Summary Reporting Format
I. For Preliminary Audit
Status / Risk Deadline
Audit Root Suggested
Audit Observation Description Nature Rating Audited Impact for the Verified Closing
Department TOR Cause Corrective
Date No of Finding of of By Analysis Corrective By Date
Clause Analysis Action
Findings Findings Action
Description of relevant Table heads
1. Audit Date – This indicates the date of conducting the audit.
2. Description of Findings/ Observations – Description of the findings in sufficient detail, referencing any accompanying evidence (e.g.
copies of procedures, interview notes, screen shots etc.)
3. Status/ Nature of Findings - the category can be specified for example:
a. Non-Compliant
b. Work In progress
c. Observation
d. Suggestion
4. Risk Rating of Findings – A rating has to been given for each of the observations based on their impact and severity to reflect the risk
exposure, as well as the suggested priority for action.
Rating Description
HIGH Weakness in control those represent exposure to the organization or risks that could lead to instances of
noncompliance with the requirements of TORs. These risks need to be addressed with utmost priority.
Page 313 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Rating Description
MEDIUM Potential weakness in controls, which could develop into an exposure or issues that represent areas of concern and
may impact internal controls. These should be addressed reasonably promptly.
LOW Potential weaknesses in controls, which in combination with other weakness can develop into an exposure.
Suggested improvements for situations not immediately/directly affecting controls.
5. Audit TOR Clause – The TOR clause corresponding to this observation
6. Root cause Analysis –A detailed analysis on the cause of the nonconformity
7. Impact Analysis – An analysis of the likely impact on the operations/ activity of the organization
8. Suggested Corrective Action –The action to be taken by the broker to correct the nonconformity
II. For Follow on / Follow up System Audit
Deadline for the
Preliminary Preliminary Revised
Preliminary Sr. Preliminary Current Current Revised Verified
Observation Corrective Corrective Closing Date
Audit Date No Status Finding Status Corrective By
Number Action Action
Action
Description of relevant Table heads
1. Preliminary Status – The original finding as per the preliminary System Audit Report
2. Preliminary Corrective Action – The original corrective action as prescribed in the preliminary System Audit report
3. Current Finding – The current finding w.r.t. the issue
4. Current Status – Current status of the issue viz Compliant, Non-Compliant, Work In Progress (WIP)
5. Revised Corrective Action – The revised corrective action prescribed w.r.t. the Non-Compliant / WIP issues.
Page 314 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Page 315 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Cyber Security and Cyber Resilience framework – Annexure Z
1) Cyber-attacks and threats attempt to compromise the Confidentiality, Integrity and
Availability (CIA) of the computer systems, networks and databases .* Cyber security
framework include measures, tools and processes that are intended to prevent cyber-
attacks and improve cyber resilience. Cyber Resilience is an organization’s ability to
prepare and respond to a cyber-attack and to continue operation during, and recover
from, a cyber-attack.
*Confidentiality refers to limiting access of systems and information to authorized
users, Integrity is the assurance that the information is reliable and accurate, and
Availability refers to guarantee of reliable access to the systems and information by
authorized users
Governance
2) As part of the operational risk management framework to manage risk to systems,
networks and databases from cyber-attacks and threats, MII should formulate a
comprehensive cyber security and cyber resilience policy document encompassing the
framework mentioned hereunder. The policy document should be approved by the
Board, and in case of deviations from the suggested framework, reasons for such
deviations should also be provided in the policy document. The policy document should
be reviewed by the MII’s Board at least annually with the view to strengthen and
improve its cyber security and cyber resilience framework.
3) The cyber security and cyber resilience policy should include the following process to
identify, assess, and manage cyber security risk associated with processes, information,
networks and systems.
a. ‘Identify’ critical IT assets and risks associated with such assets,
b. ‘Protect’ assets by deploying suitable controls, tools and measures,
c. ‘Detect’ incidents, anomalies and attacks through appropriate monitoring
tools / processes,
d. ‘Respond’ by taking immediate steps after identification of the incident,
anomaly or attack,
e. ‘Recover’ from incident through incident management, disaster recovery
and business continuity framework.
4) The Cyber security policy should encompass the principles prescribed by National
Critical Information Infrastructure Protection Centre (NCIIPC) of National Technical
Research Organization (NTRO), Government of India in the report titled ‘Guidelines
Page 316 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
for Protection of National Critical Information Infrastructure’ and subsequent revisions,
if any, from time to time.
5) MII should also incorporate best practices from standards such as ISO 27001, ISO
27002, COBIT 5, etc., or their subsequent revisions, if any, from time to time.
6) MII should designate a senior official as Chief Information Security Officer (CISO)
whose function would be to assess, identify and reduce cyber security risks, respond to
incidents, establish appropriate standards and controls, and direct the establishment and
implementation of processes and procedures as per the cyber security and resilience
policy approved by the Board of the MII.
7) The Oversight Standing Committee on Technology of the stock exchanges and of the
clearing corporations should on a quarterly basis review the implementation of the
cyber security and resilience policy approved by their Boards, and such review should
include review of their current IT and cyber security and resilience capabilities, set
goals for a target level of cyber resilience, and establish a plan to improve and
strengthen cyber security and cyber resilience
8) MII should establish a reporting procedure to facilitate communication of unusual
activities and events to CISO or to the senior management in a timely manner.
9) The aforementioned committee and the senior management of the MII, including the
CISO, should periodically review instances of cyber-attacks, if any, domestically and
globally, and take steps to strengthen cyber security and cyber resilience framework.
10) MII should define responsibilities of its employees, outsourced staff, and employees of
vendors, members or participants and other entities, who may have access or use
systems/ networks of MII, towards ensuring the goal of cyber security.
Identity
11) MII should identify critical assets based on their sensitivity and criticality for business
operations, services and data management. To this end, MII should maintain up-to-date
inventory of its hardware and systems, software and information assets (internal and
external), details of its network resources, connections to its network and data flows.
12) MII should accordingly identify cyber risks (threats and vulnerabilities) that it may face,
along with the likelihood of such threats and impact on the business and thereby, deploy
controls commensurate to the criticality.
Page 317 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
13) MII should identify critical assets based on their sensitivity and criticality for business
operations, services and data management. To this end, MII should maintain up-to-date
inventory of its hardware and systems, software and information Security.
Protection
Access Controls
14) No person by virtue of rank or position should have any intrinsic right to access
confidential data, applications, system resources or facilities.
15) Any access to MII’s systems, applications, networks, databases, etc., should be for a
defined purpose and for a defined period. MII should grant access to IT systems,
applications, databases and networks on a need-to-use basis and based on the principle
of least privilege. Such access should be for the period when the access is required and
should be authorized using strong authentication mechanisms.
16) MII should implement strong password controls for users’ access to systems,
applications, networks and databases. Password controls should include a change of
password upon first log -on, minimum password length and history, password
complexity as well as maximum validity period. The user credential data should be
stored using strong and latest hashing algorithms.
17) MII should ensure that records of user access are uniquely identified and logged for
audit and review purposes. Such logs should be maintained and stored in encrypted
form for a time period not less than two (2) years.
18) MII should deploy additional controls and security measures to supervise staff with
elevated system access entitlements (such as admin or privileged users). Such controls
and measures should inter-alia include restricting the number of privileged users,
periodic review of privileged users’ activities, disallow privileged users from accessing
systems logs in which their activities are being captured, strong controls over remote
access by privileged users, etc.
19) Account access lock policies after failure attempts should be implemented for all
accounts.
20) Employees and outsourced staff such as employees of vendors or service providers,
who may be given authorized access to the MII’s critical systems, networks and other
computer resources, should be subject to stringent supervision, monitoring and access
restrictions.
Page 318 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
21) Two-factor authentication at log-in should be implemented for all users that connect
using online / internet facility.
22) MII should formulate an Internet access policy to monitor and regulate the use of
internet and internet based services such as social media sites, cloud-based internet
storage sites, etc.
23) Proper ‘end of life’ mechanism should be adopted to deactivate access privileges of
users who are leaving the organization or who access privileges have been withdrawn.
Physical security
24) Physical access to the critical systems should be restricted to minimum. Physical access
of outsourced staff / visitors should be properly supervised by ensuring at the minimum
that outsourced staff / visitors are accompanied at all times by authorized employees.
25) Physical access to the critical systems should be revoked immediately if the same is no
longer required.
26) MII should ensure that the perimeter of the critical equipments room are physically
secured and monitored by employing physical, human and procedural controls such as
the use of security guards, CCTVs, card access systems, mantraps, bollards, etc. where
appropriate.
Network Security Management
27) MII should establish baseline standards to facilitate consistent application of security
configurations to operating systems, databases, network devices and enterprise mobile
devices within the IT environment. The MII should conduct regular enforcement checks
to ensure that the baseline standards are applied uniformly.
28) MII should install network security devices, such as firewalls as well as intrusion
detection and prevention systems, to protect its IT infrastructure from security
exposures originating from internal and external sources.
29) Anti-virus software should be installed on servers and other computer systems.
Updation of Anti-virus definition files and automatic anti-virus scanning should be
done on a regular basis.
Page 319 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Security of Data
30) Data-in motion and Data-at-rest should be in encrypted form by using strong encryption
methods such as Advanced Encryption Standard (AES), RSA, SHA-2, etc.
31) MII should implement measures to prevent unauthorized access or copying or
transmission of data / information held in contractual or fiduciary capacity. It should be
ensured that confidentiality of information is not compromised during the process of
exchanging and transferring information with external parties.
32) The information security policy should also cover use of devices such as mobile phone,
faxes, photocopiers, scanners, etc. that can be used for capturing and transmission of
data.
33) MII should allow only authorized data storage devices through appropriate validation
processes.
Hardening of Hardware and Software
34) Only a hardened and vetted hardware / software should be deployed by the MII. During
the hardening process, MII should inter-alia ensure that default passwords are replaced
with strong passwords and all unnecessary services are removed or disabled in
equipments / software.
35) All open ports which are not in use or can potentially be used for exploitation of data
should be blocked. Other open ports should be monitored and appropriate measures
should be taken to secure the ports.
Application Security and Testing
36) MII should ensure that regression testing is undertaken before new or modified system
is implemented. The scope of tests should cover business logic, security controls and
system performance under various stress-load scenarios and recovery conditions.
Patch Management
37) MII should establish and ensure that the patch management procedures include the
identification, categorization and prioritization of security patches. An implementation
timeframe for each category of security patches should be established to implement
security patches in a timely manner.
Page 320 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
38) MII should perform rigorous testing of security patches before deployment into the
production environment so as to ensure that the application of patches do not impact
other systems.
Disposal of systems and storage devices
39) MII should frame suitable policy for disposals of the storage media and systems. The
data / information on such devices and systems should be removed by using methods
viz. wiping / cleaning / overwrite, degauss and physical destruction, as applicable.
Vulnerability Assessment and Penetration Testing (VAPT)
40) MII should regularly conduct vulnerability assessment to detect security vulnerabilities
in the IT environment. MII should also carry out periodic penetration tests, at least once
in a year, in order to conduct an in-depth evaluation of the security posture of the system
through simulations of actual attacks on its systems and networks.
41) Remedial actions should be immediately taken to address gaps that are identified
during vulnerability assessment and penetration testing.
42) In addition, MII should perform vulnerability scanning and conduct penetration testing
prior to the commissioning of a new system which offers internet accessibility and open
network interfaces.
Monitoring and Detection
43) MII should establish appropriate security monitoring systems and processes to facilitate
continuous monitoring of security events and timely detection of unauthorized or
malicious activities, unauthorized changes, unauthorized access and unauthorized
copying or transmission of data / information held in contractual or fiduciary capacity,
by internal and external parties. The security logs of systems, applications and network
devices should also be monitored for anomalies.
44) Further, to ensure high resilience, high availability and timely detection of attacks on
systems and networks, MII should implement suitable mechanism to monitor capacity
utilization of its critical systems and networks.
45) Suitable alerts should be generated in the event of detection of unauthorized or
abnormal system activities, transmission errors or unusual online transactions.
Page 321 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Response and Recovery
46) Alerts generated from monitoring and detection systems should be suitably
investigated, including impact and forensic analysis of such alerts, in order to determine
activities that are to be performed to prevent expansion of such incident of cyber-attack
or breach, mitigate its effect and eradicate the incident.
47) The response and recovery plan of the MII should aim at timely restoration of systems
affected by incidents of cyber-attacks or breaches. The recovery plan should be in line
with the Recovery Time Objective (RTO) and Recovery Point Objective (RPO)
specified by SEBI.
48) The response plan should define responsibilities and actions to be performed by its
employees and support / outsourced staff in the event of cyber-attacks or breach of
cyber security mechanism.
49) Any incident of loss or destruction of data or systems should be thoroughly analyzed
and lessons learned from such incidents should be incorporated to strengthen the
security mechanism and improve recovery planning and processes.
50) MII should also conduct suitable periodic drills to test the adequacy and effectiveness
of response and recovery plan.
Sharing of information
51) Quarterly reports containing information on cyber-attacks and threats experienced by
MII and measures taken to mitigate vulnerabilities, threats and attacks including
information on bugs / vulnerabilities / threats that may be useful for other MIIs, should
be submitted to SEBI.
52) Such details as are felt useful for sharing with other MIIs in masked and anonymous
manner shall be shared using mechanism to be specified by SEBI from time to time.
Training
53) MII should conduct periodic training programs to enhance awareness level among the
employees and outsourced staff, vendors, etc. on IT / Cyber security policy and
standards. Special focus should be given to build awareness levels and skills of staff
from non-technical disciplines.
Page 322 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
54) The training program should be reviewed and updated to ensure that the contents of the
program remain current and relevant.
Periodic Audit
55) The Terms of Reference for the System Audit of national commodities derivatives
exchange shall be accordingly modified to include audit of implementation of the
aforementioned areas.
Page 323 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
LIST OF CIRCULARS
S. No. Date Title
1. October 01, Comprehensive Risk Management Framework for National
2015 Commodity Derivatives Exchanges
2. October 21, Risk Management for Regional Commodity Derivatives
2015 Exchanges
3. November 16, Investor grievance redressal system and arbitration mechanism
2015
4. November 16, Annual System Audit and BCP DR
2015
5. November 26, Timelines for Compliance with various provisions of Securities
2015 Laws by Commodity Derivatives Exchanges
6. December 09, Monthly Development Report for Commodity Derivative
2015 Exchanges
7. December 11, Testing of software used in or related to Trading and Risk
2015 Management
8. January 11, Mandatory requirements/Exit Policy for Commodity Derivatives
2016 Exchanges
9. January 15, Reduction in Daily Price Limits& Near month Position Limits for
2016 Agricultural Commodity Derivatives and Suspension of Forward
Segment
10. January 29, Revision in Position Limits for Agricultural Commodities
2016
11. March 29, Modification of Client Codes post Execution of Trades on
2016 National and Regional Commodity Derivatives Exchanges
12. March 29, Cyber Security and Cyber Resilience framework of National
2016 Commodity Derivatives Exchanges
13. April 25, 2016 Disclosure of Proprietary Trading by Commodity Derivatives
Broker to Client and Pro - account Trading terminal
14. August 11, Annual System Audit for Trading members of National
2016 Commodity Derivatives Exchanges
15. August 19, Programmes sponsored by the Exchanges through media channels
2016
16. August 19, Position Limits for Hedgers
2016
Page 324 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
S. No. Date Title
17. August 19, Modification of Client Codes post Execution of Trades on
2016 National and Regional Commodity Derivatives Exchanges–
Clarification
18. August 30, Trading Hours/ Trading Holidays on Commodity Derivatives
2016 Exchanges
19. August 30, Price Dissemination through SMS/Electronic Communication
2016 Facility
20. August 30, Maintenance and Preservation of Records
2016
21. September 01, Additional risk management norms for national commodity
2016 derivatives exchanges
22. September 02, Spot Price Polling Mechanism
2016
23. September 07, Transaction Charges by Commodity Derivatives Exchanges
2016
24. September 07, Mechanism for regular monitoring of and penalty for short-
2016 collection/non-collection of margins from clients
25. September 07, Daily Price Limits (DPL) for Non-Agricultural Commodity
2016 Derivatives/First day DPL for All Commodity Derivatives
26. September 07, Guidelines for Due Date Rate (DDR) fixation for Regional
2016 Commodity Derivatives Exchanges
27. September 16, Unique Client Code (UCC) and Mandatory requirement of
2016 Permanent Account Number (PAN)
28. September 16, Settlement Guarantee Fund, Stress Testing and Base Minimum
2016 Capital
29. September 20, Permission for trading in futures contracts and modification in
2016 contract specifications at exchange level
30. September 21, Staggered delivery, early delivery system, early pay-in facility,
2016 penalty on delivery default, fixation of FSP and changes in expiry
dates
31. September 26, Commodity derivatives – Miscellaneous norms
2016
32. September 26, Circular on Investor Protection Fund (IPF) and its related matters
2016
Page 325 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
S. No. Date Title
33. September 27, Revised Warehousing Norms in the Commodity Derivatives
2016 Market for Agricultural and Agri-processed Commodities Traded
on the National Commodity Derivatives Exchanges
34. September 27, Position Limits for Commodity Derivatives, clubbing of open
2016 positions, penalties for violation of position limits
35. September 27, Portfolio Management Services (PMS) in Commodity
2016 Derivatives Market
36. September 27, Sharing of Information in case of Declaration of Member as
2016 Defaulter in case of Multiple Membership
37. September 27, Disclosure by Commodity Derivative Exchanges on their
2016 Websites
38. September 27, Broad Guidelines on Algorithmic Trading for National
2016 Commodity Derivatives Exchanges
39. September 27, Spread Margin Benefit
2016
40. September 28, List of Commodities Notified under SCRA
2016
41. September 28, Introduction of Options in Commodity Derivatives Market
2016
42. October 14, Bullion as collateral
2016
43. December 02, Spread margin benefit
2016
44. December 16, Applicability of Principles of Financial Market Infrastructures
2016 (PFMIs) on Commodity Derivatives Exchanges
45. January 20, Criteria for Eligibility, Retention and re-introduction of derivative
2017 contracts on Commodities
46. June 13, 2017 Options on Commodity Futures- Product Design and Risk
Management Framework
47. June 13, 2017 Comprehensive guidelines for Investor protection Fund, Investor
Service Fund and its related matters
48. June 21, 2017 Participation of Category III Alternative Investment Funds (AIFs)
in the commodity derivatives market
49. Jul y11, 2017 Amendment to Investor Grievance Redressal System and
Arbitration Mechanism
Page 326 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
S. No. Date Title
50. July 25, 2017 Position Limits for Agricultural Commodity Derivatives
51. October 16, Criteria for Settlement Mode of Commodity Derivative Contracts
2017
52. January 03, Transaction Charges by Commodity Derivatives Exchanges
2018
53. March 14, Clarification to Circular pertaining to Investor Protection Fund
2018 (IPF) and Investor Service Fund (ISF)
54. March 14, Clarification to Circular pertaining to Investor Grievance
2018 Redressal System and Arbitration Mechanism
55. March 20, Spread margin benefit in commodity futures contracts
2018
56. March 21, Risk Management norms for commodity derivatives
2018
57. March 26, Guidelines for Liquidity Enhancement Schemes (LES) in
2018 Commodity Derivatives Contracts
58. April 03, 2018 Orders per second limit and requirement of empanelment of
system auditors for algorithmic trading in commodity derivatives
59. June 11, 2018 Disclosure by Exchanges related to Deliverable Supply and
Position Limits Calculation for Agricultural Commodity
Derivatives
60. July 11, 2018 Core SGF and standardized stress testing for credit risk for
commodity derivatives
61. October 09, Participation of Eligible Foreign Entities (EFEs) in the
2018 commodity derivatives market
62. October 16, Uniformity in the procedure for obtaining samples of goods at the
2018 Exchange accredited warehouses
63. November 15, Disclosures regarding commodity risks by listed entities
2018
64. November 27, Interoperability among Clearing Corporations
2018
65. November 30, Trading hours for commodity derivatives segment
2018
66. January 04, Disclosures by Stock Exchanges for commodity derivatives
2019
Page 327 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
S. No. Date Title
67. January 10, Committees at Market Infrastructure Institutions (MIIs)
2019
68. January 23, Alignment of Trading Lot and Delivery Lot size
2019
69. February 11, Framework for utilization of Financial Security Deposit (FSD)
2019
70. March 20, Framework for Utilization of Regulatory Fee Foregone by SEBI
2019
71. May 21, 2019 Participation of Mutual Funds in Commodity Derivatives Market
in India
72. May 22, 2019 Participation of Portfolio Managers in Commodity Derivatives
Market in India
73. June 18, 2019 Design of Commodity Indices and Product Design for Futures on
Commodity Indices
74. June 20, 2019 Credit of Penalty for short-collection/non-collection of Margins
on Commodity Derivatives Segments to Core SGF
75. July 26, 2019 Guidelines for Liquidity Enhancement Scheme (LES) in
Commodity Derivatives Contracts
76. July 26, 2019 Staggered Delivery Period in Commodity futures contracts
77. August 01, Rationalization of imposition of fines for false/incorrect reporting
2019 of margins or non-reporting of margins by Trading
Member/Clearing Member in all segments
78. August 07, Product Advisory Committee
2019
79. September 13, Additional commodities as Eligible Liquid Assets for Commodity
2019 Derivatives Segment
80. November 14, Modifications in the contract specifications of commodity
2019 derivatives contracts
81. November 29, Cut-off Time for Determining Minimum Threshold of Margins to
2019 be Collected from Clients
82. January 16, Options in Goods - Product Design and Risk Management
2020 Framework
83. January 27, Review of Margin Framework for Commodity Derivatives
2020 Segment
Page 328 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
S. No. Date Title
84. February 04, Performance review of the commodity derivatives contracts
2020
85. March 03, Review of Norms regarding Regaining Matched Book for
2020 Commodity Derivatives Segment
86. May 26, 2020 Guidelines for identification and selection of location as a
delivery centre(s) for commodity derivatives contract
87. June 05, 2020 Participation of Mutual Funds in Commodity Derivatives Market
in India
88. July 20, 2020 Eligibility Criteria for Selection of Underlying Commodity
Futures for Options on Commodity Futures
89. July 21, 2020 Review of Stress Testing Methodology for Positions with Early
Pay-in
90. September 21, Alternate Risk Management Framework Applicable in case of
2020 Near Zero and Negative Prices
91. October 19, Utilization of Fund Created out of the Regulatory Fee Forgone by
2020 SEBI – Additional Guidelines
92. December 21, Review of inclusion of Historical Scenarios in Standardized
2020 Stress Testing in Commodity Derivatives Segment
93. January 11, Review of Volatility Scan Range (VSR) for Option contracts in
2021 Commodity Derivatives Segment
94. January 11, Revision in Daily Price Limits (DPL) for Commodity Futures
2021 Contracts
95. January 15, Norms for investment and disclosure by Mutual Funds in
2021 Exchange Traded Commodity Derivatives (“ETCDs”)
96. February 23, Pre-Expiry Margin on commodities under Alternate Risk
2021 Management Framework
97. March 04, 2021 Circular on Mutual Funds
98. March 08, 2021 Amendments to provisions in SEBI Circular dated September 16,
2016 on Unique Client Code (UCC) and mandatory requirement
of Permanent Account Number (PAN)
99. March 23, 2021 Review of Delivery Default Norms
100. April 16, 2021 Circular on Guidelines for warehousing norms for Agricultural
and Agri-processed goods and non-agricultural goods (only base
and industrial metals)
Page 329 of 330
भारतीय प्रततभूतत और तितिमय बोर्ड
Securities and Exchange Board of India
S. No. Date Title
101. Jun 29, 2021 Cross Margin in Commodity Index Futures and its underlying
constituent futures or its variants
102. Jul 08, 2021 Review of Advance Intimation timelines for modifications in the
contract specifications of commodity derivative contracts
103. Aug 09, 2021 Calendar Spread margin benefit in commodity futures contracts
104. Aug 17, 2021 Penalty for Repeated Delivery Default
105. Oct 04, 2021 Disclosure of Complaints against the Stock Exchanges and the
Clearing Corporations
106. Oct 22, 2021 Amendment to SEBI Circular pertaining to Investor Protection
Fund (IPF)/Investor Service Fund (ISF) and its related matters
107. Oct 22, 2021 Amendment to SEBI Circulars pertaining to Investor Grievance
Redressal System and Arbitration Mechanism
108. Dec 16, 2021 Cut-off Time for generation of last Risk Parameter File (RPF) for
client’s margin collection purpose and modification in framework
to enable verification of upfront collection of margins from clients
in commodity derivatives segment
109. Jan 03, 2022 Options on Commodity Futures – Modification in Exercise
Mechanism
110. Mar 17, 2022 Revision in Orders Per Second limit for algorithmic trading in
Commodity Derivatives Segment of the Stock Exchange
111. Mar 24, 2022 Introduction of Options on Commodity Indices - Product Design
and Risk Management Framework
Page 330 of 330